Mercurial > emacs
annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 43093:5b046c8a20a6
(save-selected-window): Move macro before first use.
author | Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 03 Feb 2002 15:35:27 +0000 |
parents | 1be1134989cd |
children | 10539fb6d0fc |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27321 | 1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads |
2 ;; | |
3 ;;; Code: | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4 |
25876 | 5 |
25998 | 6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best |
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5" | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15390 29811)) |
25998 | 9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el |
10 | |
11 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\ | |
12 Play 5x5. | |
13 | |
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping | |
15 squares you must fill the grid. | |
16 | |
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are: | |
18 \\<5x5-mode-map> | |
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current] | |
20 Move up \\[5x5-up] | |
21 Move down \\[5x5-down] | |
22 Move left \\[5x5-left] | |
23 Move right \\[5x5-right] | |
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game] | |
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize] | |
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly] | |
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current] | |
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best] | |
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] | |
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil) | |
31 | |
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\ | |
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil) | |
34 | |
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\ | |
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil) | |
37 | |
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\ | |
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil) | |
40 | |
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
43 Mutate the result." t nil) |
25998 | 44 |
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\ | |
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. | |
47 | |
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes | |
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current | |
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function | |
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil) | |
52 | |
53 ;;;*** | |
54 | |
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" | |
43051 | 56 ;;;;;; (15425 28364)) |
25876 | 57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el |
58 | |
25998 | 59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\ |
26724 | 60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. |
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these | |
62 extensions. | |
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file | |
64 name" nil nil) | |
25998 | 65 |
25876 | 66 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\ |
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. | |
68 | |
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) | |
70 | |
71 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]' | |
72 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]' | |
73 | |
74 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]' | |
75 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]' | |
76 | |
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]' | |
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' | |
79 | |
25998 | 80 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]' |
25876 | 81 |
82 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]' | |
83 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]' | |
84 | |
85 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]' | |
86 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]' | |
87 | |
88 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: | |
89 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]' | |
90 Comment region '\\[comment-region]' | |
91 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]' | |
92 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]' | |
93 | |
94 If you use imenu.el: | |
95 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]' | |
96 | |
97 If you use find-file.el: | |
98 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]' | |
99 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] | |
100 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]' | |
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] | |
25998 | 102 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. |
25876 | 103 |
104 If you use ada-xref.el: | |
105 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier | |
106 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier | |
30565 | 107 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil) |
25998 | 108 |
109 ;;;*** | |
110 | |
111 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
112 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
25998 | 113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el |
114 | |
115 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\ | |
116 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil) | |
25876 | 117 |
118 ;;;*** | |
119 | |
31388 | 120 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun |
121 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry | |
122 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
123 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 124 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el |
125 | |
126 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\ | |
127 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
27321 | 128 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.") |
25876 | 129 |
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\ | |
131 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. | |
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.") | |
133 | |
134 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\ | |
135 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil) | |
136 | |
137 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\ | |
138 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. | |
139 | |
140 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. | |
141 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
142 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' | |
143 \(or whatever we use on this operating system). | |
144 | |
145 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then | |
146 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current | |
147 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. | |
148 | |
149 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the | |
32115 | 150 current buffer to the complete file name. |
151 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 152 |
153 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 154 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file. |
25876 | 155 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user |
156 name and site. | |
157 | |
39732 | 158 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log. |
159 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. | |
160 | |
25876 | 161 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. |
39732 | 162 |
25876 | 163 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; |
164 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' | |
165 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. | |
166 | |
40341 | 167 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a |
168 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by | |
169 the same person. | |
170 | |
39732 | 171 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying |
172 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these | |
173 notices. | |
174 | |
25876 | 175 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if |
176 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil) | |
177 | |
178 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\ | |
39732 | 179 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item. |
180 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays | |
181 the change log file in another window." t nil) | |
25876 | 182 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window) |
183 | |
184 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\ | |
185 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. | |
186 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. | |
187 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. | |
188 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. | |
189 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
190 | |
191 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\ | |
192 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
193 | |
194 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\ | |
195 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
196 | |
197 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\ | |
198 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.") | |
199 | |
200 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\ | |
201 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. | |
202 | |
203 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...), | |
28523 | 204 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. |
25876 | 205 |
206 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before | |
207 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or | |
28523 | 208 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables |
27321 | 209 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and |
210 `add-log-current-defun-function' | |
25876 | 211 |
212 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil) | |
213 | |
27321 | 214 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\ |
215 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. | |
216 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on | |
217 the appropriate motion commands). | |
218 | |
31388 | 219 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and |
220 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil) | |
221 | |
222 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\ | |
223 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil) | |
27321 | 224 |
25876 | 225 ;;;*** |
226 | |
227 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
228 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15390 |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
229 ;;;;;; 29801)) |
25876 | 230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el |
231 | |
232 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\ | |
233 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. | |
234 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an | |
235 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. | |
236 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new | |
237 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the | |
238 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', | |
239 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but | |
240 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be | |
241 interpreted as `error'.") | |
242 | |
243 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\ | |
244 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. | |
245 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will | |
246 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already | |
247 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the | |
26724 | 248 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will |
249 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the | |
25876 | 250 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.") |
251 | |
252 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 253 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. |
25876 | 254 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified |
255 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value | |
256 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds | |
257 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest | |
258 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same | |
259 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice | |
260 will be overwritten with the new one. | |
26724 | 261 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be |
25876 | 262 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id |
263 will clear the cache." nil nil) | |
264 | |
265 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\ | |
26724 | 266 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). |
25876 | 267 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: |
268 | |
269 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) | |
270 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] | |
271 BODY... ) | |
272 | |
273 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. | |
274 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. | |
275 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. | |
276 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', | |
277 see also `ad-add-advice'. | |
278 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function | |
279 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in | |
280 before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
281 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. | |
282 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. | |
283 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. | |
284 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised | |
285 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. | |
286 BODY ::= Any s-expression. | |
287 | |
288 Semantics of the various flags: | |
289 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in | |
290 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected | |
291 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). | |
292 | |
293 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if | |
294 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. | |
295 | |
296 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting | |
297 advised function should be compiled. | |
298 | |
26724 | 299 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used |
25876 | 300 during activation until somebody enables it. |
301 | |
302 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile | |
303 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current | |
304 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use | |
305 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. | |
306 | |
307 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according | |
308 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. | |
309 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of | |
310 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The | |
311 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file | |
312 during preloading. | |
313 | |
26724 | 314 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro)) |
25876 | 315 |
316 ;;;*** | |
317 | |
30565 | 318 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule |
319 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
320 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15371 46415)) |
27327 | 321 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el |
322 | |
323 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\ | |
324 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. | |
325 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to | |
326 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of | |
327 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location | |
328 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each | |
329 rule's `separate' attribute). | |
330 | |
331 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of | |
332 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their | |
333 `separate' attribute set. | |
334 | |
335 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the | |
336 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and | |
337 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details | |
338 on the format of these lists." t nil) | |
339 | |
340 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\ | |
341 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. | |
342 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt | |
343 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you | |
344 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding | |
345 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full | |
346 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also | |
347 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount | |
348 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout | |
349 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these | |
350 options. | |
351 | |
352 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to | |
353 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: | |
354 | |
355 Fred (123) 456-7890 | |
356 Alice (123) 456-7890 | |
357 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 | |
358 Joe (123) 456-7890 | |
359 | |
360 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it | |
361 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the | |
362 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil) | |
363 | |
364 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\ | |
365 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. | |
366 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES | |
367 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to | |
368 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to | |
369 align that section." t nil) | |
370 | |
371 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\ | |
372 Call `align' on the current alignment section. | |
373 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and | |
374 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or | |
375 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it | |
376 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have | |
377 been used to align that section." t nil) | |
378 | |
379 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
380 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. | |
381 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule | |
382 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a | |
383 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the | |
384 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text | |
385 to be colored." t nil) | |
386 | |
387 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\ | |
388 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil) | |
389 | |
30565 | 390 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\ |
391 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil) | |
392 | |
27327 | 393 ;;;*** |
394 | |
25876 | 395 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" |
43051 | 396 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15441 20096)) |
28212 | 397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el |
25876 | 398 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir) |
399 | |
400 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\ | |
401 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. | |
402 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents | |
403 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs | |
404 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific | |
405 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil) | |
406 | |
407 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil) | |
408 | |
409 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
410 | |
411 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist))) | |
412 | |
413 ;;;*** | |
414 | |
39050 | 415 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
416 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425)) |
39050 | 417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el |
418 | |
419 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\ | |
420 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. | |
421 The characters start at randomly chosen places, | |
422 and all slide in parallel to their final positions, | |
423 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. | |
424 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally | |
425 in the current window." nil nil) | |
426 | |
427 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\ | |
428 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. | |
429 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil) | |
430 | |
431 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\ | |
432 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil) | |
433 | |
434 ;;;*** | |
435 | |
35744 | 436 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) |
43051 | 437 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15384 21740)) |
35744 | 438 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el |
439 | |
440 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\ | |
441 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil) | |
442 | |
443 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\ | |
444 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. | |
445 | |
446 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is | |
447 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using | |
448 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into | |
449 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. | |
450 | |
451 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker | |
452 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. | |
453 | |
454 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil) | |
455 | |
456 ;;;*** | |
457 | |
34166 | 458 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
459 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15413 39895)) |
26724 | 460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el |
461 | |
34166 | 462 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\ |
463 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. | |
464 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', | |
465 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer | |
466 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for | |
467 \\[yank]. | |
468 | |
469 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar | |
470 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary. | |
471 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of | |
472 the rules. | |
473 | |
474 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names | |
475 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a | |
476 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The | |
477 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil) | |
478 | |
26724 | 479 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\ |
480 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. | |
481 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil) | |
482 | |
483 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\ | |
484 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. | |
485 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
486 | |
487 ;;;*** | |
488 | |
25876 | 489 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary |
490 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line | |
491 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message) | |
43051 | 492 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15384 21744)) |
25876 | 493 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el |
494 | |
495 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\ | |
496 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. | |
497 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time | |
498 as the first thing on a line.") | |
499 | |
500 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\ | |
501 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.") | |
502 | |
503 (defvar appt-audible t "\ | |
504 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.") | |
505 | |
506 (defvar appt-visible t "\ | |
507 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.") | |
508 | |
509 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\ | |
510 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.") | |
511 | |
512 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\ | |
513 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.") | |
514 | |
515 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\ | |
516 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.") | |
517 | |
518 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\ | |
519 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. | |
520 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.") | |
521 | |
522 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\ | |
28523 | 523 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. |
25876 | 524 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil) |
525 | |
526 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\ | |
527 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil) | |
528 | |
28523 | 529 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\ |
530 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. | |
531 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be | |
532 put in the appointments list. | |
533 02/23/89 | |
534 12:00pm lunch | |
535 Wednesday | |
536 10:00am group meeting | |
537 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER | |
538 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. | |
539 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil) | |
25876 | 540 |
541 ;;;*** | |
542 | |
543 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command | |
43051 | 544 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15425 |
545 ;;;;;; 28360)) | |
25876 | 546 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el |
547 | |
26724 | 548 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\ |
549 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. | |
550 | |
551 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil) | |
552 | |
25876 | 553 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\ |
554 Show user variables that match REGEXP. | |
30565 | 555 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show |
25876 | 556 normal variables." t nil) |
557 | |
558 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command)) | |
559 | |
560 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 561 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
562 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show | |
25876 | 563 noninteractive functions. |
564 | |
565 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that | |
566 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil) | |
567 | |
568 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 569 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. |
570 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also | |
571 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more | |
572 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
25876 | 573 |
574 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 575 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. |
576 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks | |
25876 | 577 at the function and at the names and values of properties. |
578 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil) | |
579 | |
580 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\ | |
30565 | 581 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. |
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use | |
25876 | 583 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key |
584 bindings. | |
585 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil) | |
586 | |
587 ;;;*** | |
588 | |
42814 | 589 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15425 |
590 ;;;;;; 58597)) | |
25876 | 591 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el |
592 | |
593 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\ | |
594 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. | |
595 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
596 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
597 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; | |
598 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. | |
599 | |
600 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
601 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the | |
602 archive. | |
603 | |
604 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
605 | |
606 ;;;*** | |
607 | |
42814 | 608 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 58597)) |
25876 | 609 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el |
610 | |
611 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\ | |
612 Major mode for editing arrays. | |
613 | |
614 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is | |
615 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are | |
616 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. | |
617 | |
27321 | 618 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. |
25876 | 619 |
620 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. | |
27321 | 621 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, |
25876 | 622 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. |
623 | |
624 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of | |
625 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you | |
42814 | 626 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer |
25876 | 627 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. |
628 The variables are: | |
629 | |
630 Variables you assign: | |
27321 | 631 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. |
632 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. | |
633 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. | |
634 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. | |
635 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore | |
25876 | 636 row numbers in the buffer. |
637 | |
638 Variables which are calculated: | |
27321 | 639 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. |
640 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. | |
25876 | 641 |
642 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may | |
643 take a numeric prefix argument): | |
644 | |
645 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. | |
646 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. | |
647 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row. | |
648 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row. | |
649 | |
650 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. | |
651 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. | |
652 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. | |
653 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. | |
654 | |
655 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. | |
656 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. | |
657 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. | |
658 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. | |
659 | |
660 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column | |
661 between that of point and mark. | |
662 | |
663 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. | |
664 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. | |
665 | |
666 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. | |
667 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. | |
668 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and | |
669 newlines inside rows) | |
670 | |
671 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. | |
672 | |
673 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
674 | |
675 ;;;*** | |
676 | |
42814 | 677 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15425 |
678 ;;;;;; 58604)) | |
34166 | 679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el |
680 | |
681 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\ | |
682 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. | |
683 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses | |
684 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. | |
685 | |
686 How to quit artist mode | |
687 | |
688 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. | |
689 | |
690 | |
691 How to submit a bug report | |
692 | |
693 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. | |
694 | |
695 | |
696 Drawing with the mouse: | |
697 | |
698 mouse-2 | |
699 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with | |
700 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described | |
701 below). | |
702 | |
703 mouse-1 | |
704 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies | |
705 or pastes: | |
706 | |
707 Operation Not shifted Shifted | |
708 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
709 Pen fill-char at point line from last point | |
710 to new point | |
711 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
712 Line Line in any direction Straight line | |
713 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
714 Rectangle Rectangle Square | |
715 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
716 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines | |
717 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
718 Ellipses Ellipses Circles | |
719 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
720 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) | |
721 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
722 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray | |
723 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
724 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle | |
725 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
726 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected | |
727 lines | |
728 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
729 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square | |
730 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
731 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square | |
732 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
733 Paste Paste Paste | |
734 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
735 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill | |
736 -------------------------------------------------------------- | |
737 | |
38398 | 738 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically |
34166 | 739 or diagonally. |
740 | |
741 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you | |
742 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment | |
743 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the | |
744 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing | |
745 poly-lines. | |
746 | |
747 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer | |
748 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while | |
749 overwrite means the opposite. | |
750 | |
751 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose | |
752 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable | |
753 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. | |
754 | |
755 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. | |
756 | |
757 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. | |
758 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. | |
759 | |
760 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. | |
761 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you | |
762 are currently drawing something. | |
763 | |
764 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite | |
765 some time to fill. | |
766 | |
767 | |
768 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer | |
769 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle | |
770 | |
771 | |
772 Settings | |
773 | |
774 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares | |
775 | |
776 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines | |
777 | |
778 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing | |
779 | |
780 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding | |
781 | |
782 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape | |
783 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) | |
784 | |
785 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. | |
786 | |
787 | |
788 Drawing with keys | |
789 | |
790 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: | |
791 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint | |
792 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) | |
793 When erase characters: toggles erasing | |
794 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square | |
795 When pasting: Pastes | |
796 | |
797 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw | |
798 | |
799 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char]. | |
800 | |
801 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling | |
802 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing | |
803 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing | |
804 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding | |
805 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings | |
806 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes | |
807 | |
808 | |
809 Arrows | |
810 | |
811 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning | |
812 of the line/poly-line | |
813 | |
814 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end | |
815 of the line/poly-line | |
816 | |
817 | |
818 Selecting operation | |
819 | |
820 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: | |
821 | |
822 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines | |
823 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines | |
824 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles | |
825 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares | |
826 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines | |
827 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines | |
828 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses | |
829 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles | |
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) | |
831 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) | |
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can | |
833 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can | |
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters | |
835 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles | |
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines | |
837 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines | |
838 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles | |
839 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles | |
840 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting | |
841 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling | |
842 | |
843 | |
844 Variables | |
845 | |
846 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, | |
847 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET). | |
848 | |
849 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not | |
850 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... | |
851 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding | |
852 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect | |
853 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows | |
854 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares | |
855 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings | |
856 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling | |
857 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling | |
858 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing | |
859 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
860 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses | |
861 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders | |
862 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible | |
863 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines | |
864 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings | |
865 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area | |
866 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' | |
867 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' | |
868 | |
869 Hooks | |
870 | |
871 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. | |
872 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. | |
873 | |
874 | |
875 Keymap summary | |
876 | |
877 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil) | |
878 | |
879 ;;;*** | |
880 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
881 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
882 ;;;;;; 46426)) |
25876 | 883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el |
884 | |
885 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\ | |
886 Major mode for editing typical assembler code. | |
887 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: | |
888 | |
889 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. | |
890 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. | |
891 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. | |
892 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. | |
893 | |
894 The character used for making comments is set by the variable | |
895 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;'). | |
896 | |
897 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', | |
898 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. | |
899 | |
900 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. | |
901 | |
902 Special commands: | |
903 \\{asm-mode-map} | |
904 " t nil) | |
905 | |
906 ;;;*** | |
907 | |
35196 | 908 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
909 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
35196 | 910 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el |
25876 | 911 |
912 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 913 Obsolete.") |
25876 | 914 |
915 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\ | |
25998 | 916 This command is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 917 |
918 ;;;*** | |
919 | |
29505 | 920 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
921 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
28919 | 922 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el |
923 | |
33357 | 924 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\ |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
925 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled. |
33357 | 926 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
928 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.") | |
929 | |
930 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
931 | |
932 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
933 | |
28919 | 934 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
29505 | 935 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. |
28919 | 936 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
937 \\<autoarg-mode-map> | |
938 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they | |
939 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and | |
940 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence | |
941 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. | |
942 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is | |
943 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. | |
944 | |
945 For example: | |
946 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. | |
947 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. | |
948 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and | |
949 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]. | |
950 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times. | |
951 | |
952 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil) | |
953 | |
33357 | 954 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\ |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
955 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled. |
33357 | 956 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
958 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.") | |
959 | |
960 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
961 | |
962 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg)) | |
963 | |
29505 | 964 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\ |
965 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. | |
966 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
967 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map> | |
968 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' | |
969 &c to supply digit arguments. | |
970 | |
971 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil) | |
972 | |
28919 | 973 ;;;*** |
974 | |
28077 | 975 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
976 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
28077 | 977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el |
978 | |
979 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\ | |
980 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil) | |
981 | |
982 ;;;*** | |
983 | |
25876 | 984 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
985 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15400 1471)) |
25876 | 986 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el |
987 | |
988 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
32115 | 989 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. |
25876 | 990 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil) |
991 | |
992 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\ | |
993 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. | |
994 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, | |
995 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil) | |
996 | |
32115 | 997 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\ |
40341 | 998 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. |
33357 | 999 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 1000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
1001 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.") | |
1002 | |
1003 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1004 | |
1005 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert)) | |
1006 | |
25876 | 1007 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\ |
26724 | 1008 Toggle Auto-insert mode. |
1009 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
1010 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). | |
1011 | |
1012 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can | |
25876 | 1013 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil) |
1014 | |
1015 ;;;*** | |
1016 | |
1017 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories | |
1018 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" | |
43051 | 1019 ;;;;;; (15441 20092)) |
25876 | 1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el |
1021 | |
1022 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1023 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' | |
39590 | 1024 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables). |
1025 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil) | |
25876 | 1026 |
1027 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\ | |
1028 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. | |
1029 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil) | |
1030 | |
1031 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\ | |
1032 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. | |
1033 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil) | |
1034 | |
1035 ;;;*** | |
1036 | |
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode | |
27949 | 1038 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1039 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 1040 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el |
1041 | |
25998 | 1042 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1043 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. | |
1044 | |
1045 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' | |
1046 instead.") | |
1047 | |
27949 | 1048 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\ |
1049 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. | |
1050 | |
1051 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the | |
1052 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.") | |
1053 | |
1054 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1055 | |
1056 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert)) | |
1057 | |
25876 | 1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ |
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. | |
1060 | |
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. | |
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil) | |
1064 | |
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. | |
1067 | |
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil) | |
1070 | |
1071 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\ | |
1072 Revert any buffer when file on disk change. | |
1073 | |
1074 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. | |
1075 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. | |
1076 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil) | |
1077 | |
1078 ;;;*** | |
1079 | |
28162 | 1080 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1081 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 1082 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el |
1083 | |
28162 | 1084 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\ |
31388 | 1085 Activate mouse avoidance mode. |
28162 | 1086 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. |
1087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
1088 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.") | |
1089 | |
1090 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
1091 | |
1092 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid)) | |
1093 | |
25876 | 1094 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\ |
1095 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. | |
1096 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', | |
1097 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. | |
1098 | |
31388 | 1099 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' |
25876 | 1100 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated |
1101 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. | |
1102 | |
31388 | 1103 Effects of the different modes: |
25876 | 1104 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. |
1105 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, | |
1106 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. | |
1107 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse | |
1108 a random distance & direction. | |
1109 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. | |
1110 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. | |
1111 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. | |
1112 | |
1113 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. | |
1114 | |
1115 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\", | |
1116 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for | |
1117 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil) | |
1118 | |
1119 ;;;*** | |
1120 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1121 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1122 ;;;;;; 46426)) |
25876 | 1123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el |
1124 | |
1125 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\ | |
1126 Major mode for editing AWK code. | |
33357 | 1127 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap |
1128 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing | |
25876 | 1129 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. |
1130 | |
33357 | 1131 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil) |
25876 | 1132 |
1133 ;;;*** | |
1134 | |
1135 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1136 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 1137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el |
1138 | |
1139 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\ | |
1140 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. | |
1141 | |
1142 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain | |
1143 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. | |
1144 | |
1145 For example: | |
1146 | |
1147 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value | |
1148 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote | |
1149 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b | |
1150 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b | |
1151 | |
1152 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro)) | |
1153 | |
1154 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote))) | |
1155 | |
1156 ;;;*** | |
1157 | |
1158 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el" | |
43051 | 1159 ;;;;;; (15384 21740)) |
25876 | 1160 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el |
1161 | |
1162 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\ | |
1163 Display battery status information in the echo area. | |
26899 | 1164 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1165 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil) |
1166 | |
1167 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\ | |
1168 Display battery status information in the mode line. | |
33002 | 1169 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables |
25876 | 1170 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. |
1171 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' | |
1172 seconds." t nil) | |
1173 | |
1174 ;;;*** | |
1175 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1177 ;;;;;; 46416)) |
25876 | 1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el |
1179 | |
1180 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\ | |
1181 Major mode for editing BibTeX files. | |
1182 | |
1183 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a | |
1184 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
1185 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
1186 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the | |
1187 message. | |
1188 | |
1189 | |
1190 General information on working with BibTeX mode: | |
1191 | |
1192 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a | |
1193 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using | |
1194 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled | |
1195 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry | |
1196 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1197 | |
1198 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable | |
1199 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will | |
1200 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries | |
1201 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have | |
1202 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new | |
1203 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry]. | |
1204 | |
1205 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function | |
1206 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of | |
1207 BibTeX mode. | |
1208 | |
1209 | |
1210 Special information: | |
1211 | |
1212 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. | |
1213 | |
1214 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. | |
1215 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. | |
1216 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. | |
1217 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. | |
1218 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. | |
1219 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the | |
1220 current field. | |
1221 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. | |
1222 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}. | |
1223 | |
1224 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT | |
1225 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required | |
1226 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of | |
1227 bibtex-entry-format. | |
1228 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special | |
1229 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad | |
1230 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. | |
1231 | |
1232 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. | |
1233 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. | |
1234 | |
1235 The following may be of interest as well: | |
1236 | |
1237 Functions: | |
1238 bibtex-entry | |
1239 bibtex-kill-entry | |
1240 bibtex-yank-pop | |
1241 bibtex-pop-previous | |
1242 bibtex-pop-next | |
1243 bibtex-complete-string | |
1244 bibtex-complete-key | |
1245 bibtex-print-help-message | |
1246 bibtex-generate-autokey | |
1247 bibtex-beginning-of-entry | |
1248 bibtex-end-of-entry | |
1249 bibtex-reposition-window | |
1250 bibtex-mark-entry | |
1251 bibtex-ispell-abstract | |
1252 bibtex-ispell-entry | |
1253 bibtex-narrow-to-entry | |
1254 bibtex-sort-buffer | |
1255 bibtex-validate | |
1256 bibtex-count | |
1257 bibtex-fill-entry | |
1258 bibtex-reformat | |
1259 bibtex-convert-alien | |
1260 | |
1261 Variables: | |
1262 bibtex-field-delimiters | |
1263 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref | |
1264 bibtex-include-OPTkey | |
1265 bibtex-user-optional-fields | |
1266 bibtex-entry-format | |
1267 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries | |
1268 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries | |
1269 bibtex-entry-field-alist | |
1270 bibtex-predefined-strings | |
1271 bibtex-string-files | |
1272 | |
1273 --------------------------------------------------------- | |
1274 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is | |
1275 non-nil. | |
1276 | |
1277 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil) | |
1278 | |
1279 ;;;*** | |
1280 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15371 46420)) |
32115 | 1282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el |
1283 | |
1284 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$") | |
1285 | |
1286 ;;;*** | |
1287 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1288 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1289 ;;;;;; 1479)) |
25876 | 1290 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el |
1291 | |
1292 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1293 Play blackbox. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1294 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4. |
25876 | 1295 |
1296 What is blackbox? | |
1297 | |
1298 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the | |
1299 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several | |
1300 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and | |
1301 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of | |
1302 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower | |
1303 your score. | |
1304 | |
1305 Overview of play: | |
1306 | |
1307 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument | |
1308 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is | |
1309 four. | |
1310 | |
1311 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor | |
1312 movement keys. | |
1313 | |
1314 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. | |
1315 The result will be determined and the playfield updated. | |
1316 | |
1317 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the | |
1318 box and pressing \\[bb-romp]. | |
1319 | |
1320 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, | |
1321 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or | |
1322 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and | |
1323 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly | |
1324 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be | |
1325 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. | |
1326 | |
1327 Details: | |
1328 | |
1329 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: | |
1330 | |
1331 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than | |
1332 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are | |
1333 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the | |
1334 ray went in, and the other where it came out. | |
1335 | |
1336 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place | |
1337 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are | |
1338 denoted by the letter `R'. | |
1339 | |
1340 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does | |
1341 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are | |
1342 denoted by the letter `H'. | |
1343 | |
1344 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by | |
1345 example. | |
1346 | |
1347 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can | |
1348 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes | |
1349 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. | |
1350 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as | |
1351 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit | |
1352 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the | |
1353 ray. | |
1354 | |
1355 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety | |
1356 degree deflection it causes. | |
1357 | |
1358 1 | |
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1360 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1361 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - | |
1362 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - | |
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - | |
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - | |
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - | |
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - | |
1367 2 3 | |
1368 | |
1369 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point | |
1370 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: | |
1371 | |
1372 | |
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1374 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1375 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - | |
1376 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - | |
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1378 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1379 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1380 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1381 | |
1382 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper | |
1383 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to | |
1384 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third | |
1385 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the | |
1386 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray | |
1387 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately | |
1388 emerging from the box. | |
1389 | |
1390 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: | |
1391 | |
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - | |
1394 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - | |
1395 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - | |
1396 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - | |
1397 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1399 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - | |
1400 | |
1401 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of | |
1402 a reflection." t nil) | |
1403 | |
1404 ;;;*** | |
1405 | |
1406 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate | |
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list | |
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete | |
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location | |
1410 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1411 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471)) |
25876 | 1412 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el |
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) | |
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) | |
1415 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list) | |
1416 | |
1417 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\ | |
1418 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. | |
1419 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it | |
1420 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a | |
1421 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark | |
1422 functions have a binding in this keymap.") | |
1423 | |
1424 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map)) | |
1425 | |
1426 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1427 | |
1428 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set)) | |
1429 | |
1430 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1431 | |
1432 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump)) | |
1433 | |
1434 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert)) | |
1435 | |
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks)) | |
1437 | |
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1439 | |
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename)) | |
1441 | |
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete)) | |
1443 | |
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load)) | |
1445 | |
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write)) | |
1447 | |
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save)) | |
1449 | |
1450 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\ | |
1451 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. | |
1452 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. | |
1453 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name | |
1454 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\" | |
1455 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set | |
1456 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, | |
1457 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most | |
1458 recent one. | |
1459 | |
1460 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the | |
1461 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's | |
1462 yank successive words. | |
1463 | |
1464 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer | |
1465 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress | |
1466 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the | |
1467 name of the file being visited. | |
1468 | |
1469 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, | |
1470 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from | |
1471 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil) | |
1472 | |
1473 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1474 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1475 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1476 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1477 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1478 this. | |
1479 | |
1480 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked | |
1481 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump | |
1482 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place | |
1483 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil) | |
1484 | |
1485 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\ | |
1486 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). | |
1487 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of | |
1488 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed | |
1489 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil) | |
1490 | |
1491 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\ | |
1492 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. | |
1493 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the | |
1494 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil) | |
1495 | |
1496 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location)) | |
1497 | |
1498 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
1499 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. | |
1500 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from | |
1501 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. | |
1502 | |
1503 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an | |
1504 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You | |
1505 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. | |
1506 | |
1507 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1508 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1509 name." t nil) | |
1510 | |
1511 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1512 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1513 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1514 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1515 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1516 this." t nil) | |
1517 | |
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1519 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1520 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1521 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1522 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1523 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1524 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, | |
1525 probably because we were called from there." t nil) | |
1526 | |
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\ | |
1528 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). | |
1529 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil) | |
1530 | |
1531 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\ | |
1532 Save currently defined bookmarks. | |
1533 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable | |
1534 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE | |
1535 \(second argument). | |
1536 | |
1537 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG | |
1538 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then | |
1539 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE | |
1540 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the | |
1541 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. | |
1542 | |
1543 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use | |
1544 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you | |
1545 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable | |
1546 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil) | |
1547 | |
1548 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\ | |
1549 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). | |
1550 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If | |
1551 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are | |
1552 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages | |
1553 while loading. | |
1554 | |
1555 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you | |
1556 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load | |
1557 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first | |
1558 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is | |
1559 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it | |
1560 explicitly. | |
1561 | |
1562 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as | |
1563 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get | |
1564 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same | |
1565 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil) | |
1566 | |
1567 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\ | |
1568 Display a list of existing bookmarks. | |
1569 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. | |
1570 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for | |
1571 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil) | |
1572 | |
1573 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1574 | |
1575 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list)) | |
1576 | |
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1578 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1579 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1580 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1581 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1582 this. | |
1583 | |
1584 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1585 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1586 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1587 | |
1588 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1589 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). |
25876 | 1590 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable |
1591 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some | |
1592 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about | |
1593 this. | |
1594 | |
1595 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1596 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1597 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1598 | |
1599 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1600 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. |
25876 | 1601 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file). |
1602 | |
1603 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1604 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1605 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1606 | |
1607 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1608 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1609 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. |
1610 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1611 prompts for NEWNAME. |
25876 | 1612 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was |
1613 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting | |
1614 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. | |
1615 | |
1616 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert | |
1617 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark | |
1618 name. | |
1619 | |
1620 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1621 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1622 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1623 | |
1624 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\ | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
1625 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. |
25876 | 1626 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If |
1627 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will | |
1628 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the | |
1629 one most recently used in this file, if any). | |
1630 | |
1631 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the | |
1632 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the | |
1633 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil) | |
1634 | |
1635 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions")) | |
1636 | |
1637 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map))) | |
1638 | |
1639 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) | |
1640 | |
1641 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) | |
1642 | |
1643 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) | |
1644 | |
1645 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) | |
1646 | |
1647 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))) | |
1648 | |
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))) | |
1650 | |
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))) | |
1652 | |
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))) | |
1654 | |
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) | |
1656 | |
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))) | |
1658 | |
1659 ;;;*** | |
1660 | |
38398 | 1661 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail |
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm | |
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic | |
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point |
38398 | 1667 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file |
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1669 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1670 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" |
43051 | 1671 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15425 28364)) |
28212 | 1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el |
25876 | 1673 |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1674 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\ |
25876 | 1675 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. |
1676 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and | |
1677 `browse-url-of-file' commands. | |
1678 | |
1679 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs | |
1680 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one | |
1681 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The | |
1682 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last | |
1683 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.") | |
1684 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1685 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1686 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1687 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1688 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1689 The name by which to invoke Galeon.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1690 |
37617 | 1691 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\ |
25876 | 1692 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. |
1693 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser | |
1694 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version | |
1695 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.") | |
1696 | |
1697 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\ | |
1698 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. | |
1699 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.") | |
1700 | |
1701 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\ | |
1702 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.") | |
1703 | |
1704 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1705 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. | |
1706 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called | |
1707 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function | |
1708 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the | |
1709 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil) | |
1710 | |
1711 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\ | |
1712 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. | |
1713 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the | |
1714 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is | |
1715 narrowed." t nil) | |
1716 | |
1717 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\ | |
1718 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil) | |
1719 | |
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\ | |
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil) | |
1722 | |
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\ | |
1724 Ask a WWW browser to load URL. | |
1725 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable | |
1726 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1727 | |
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\ | |
1729 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. | |
1730 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable | |
1731 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil) | |
1732 | |
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\ | |
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. | |
1735 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click | |
1736 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like | |
1737 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser | |
1738 to use." t nil) | |
1739 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1741 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1742 Default to the URL around or before point. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1743 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1745 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1746 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1747 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1748 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1751 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1752 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape, |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1753 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1754 |
25876 | 1755 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\ |
1756 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. | |
1757 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1758 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. | |
1759 | |
37617 | 1760 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1761 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a |
1762 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1763 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1764 |
1765 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1766 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1767 |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1768 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1769 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1770 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1771 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1772 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1773 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1774 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1775 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1776 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1778 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1779 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1780 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1781 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1782 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1783 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1784 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1785 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1786 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1787 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1788 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1789 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1790 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1791 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1792 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
1793 |
33002 | 1794 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\ |
1795 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. | |
1796 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1797 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. | |
1798 | |
37617 | 1799 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
33002 | 1800 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an |
1801 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the | |
37617 | 1802 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
33002 | 1803 |
1804 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1805 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
33002 | 1806 |
25876 | 1807 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\ |
1808 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1809 | |
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable | |
1811 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the | |
1812 program is invoked according to the variable | |
1813 `browse-url-mosaic-program'. | |
1814 | |
37617 | 1815 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1816 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a |
1817 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1818 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1819 |
1820 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1821 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1822 |
1823 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\ | |
1824 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. | |
1825 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.") | |
1826 | |
1827 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1828 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. | |
1829 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the | |
1830 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil) | |
1831 | |
1832 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\ | |
1833 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1834 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1835 | |
1836 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must | |
1837 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the | |
1838 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. | |
1839 | |
37617 | 1840 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1841 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a |
1842 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses | |
37617 | 1843 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1844 |
1845 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1846 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1847 |
1848 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1849 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. | |
1850 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1851 | |
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\ | |
1853 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. | |
1854 Default to the URL around or before point. | |
1855 | |
37617 | 1856 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1857 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive |
37617 | 1858 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1859 |
1860 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1861 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1862 |
1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\ | |
1864 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. | |
1865 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by | |
1866 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1867 | |
1868 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1869 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1870 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run | |
1871 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' | |
1872 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil) | |
1873 | |
1874 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\ | |
1875 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. | |
1876 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run | |
1877 a new Lynx process in a new buffer. | |
1878 | |
37617 | 1879 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1880 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, |
1881 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
37617 | 1882 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1883 |
1884 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1885 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1886 |
1887 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\ | |
1888 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. | |
1889 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1890 | |
1891 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\ | |
1892 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. | |
1893 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the | |
1894 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument | |
1895 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the | |
1896 current one. | |
1897 | |
37617 | 1898 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is |
25876 | 1899 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A |
1900 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of | |
37617 | 1901 `browse-url-new-window-flag'. |
25876 | 1902 |
1903 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is | |
37617 | 1904 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil) |
25876 | 1905 |
1906 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\ | |
1907 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. | |
1908 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the | |
1909 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments | |
1910 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which | |
1911 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil) | |
1912 | |
38398 | 1913 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\ |
1914 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. | |
1915 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil) | |
1916 | |
25876 | 1917 ;;;*** |
1918 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1919 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1920 ;;;;;; 1479)) |
25876 | 1921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el |
1922 | |
1923 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\ | |
1924 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
1925 | |
1926 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\ | |
1927 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
1928 | |
1929 ;;;*** | |
1930 | |
27016 | 1931 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
1932 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415)) |
27016 | 1933 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el |
1934 | |
1935 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\ | |
1936 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1937 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1938 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1939 | |
1940 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\ | |
1941 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. | |
1942 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined | |
1943 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil) | |
1944 | |
1945 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\ | |
1946 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil) | |
1947 | |
1948 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\ | |
31388 | 1949 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. |
27016 | 1950 \\<bs-mode-map> |
1951 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for | |
1952 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. | |
1953 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer | |
1954 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC] | |
1955 | |
1956 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. | |
1957 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. | |
1958 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function | |
1959 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly | |
1960 name of buffer configuration." t nil) | |
1961 | |
1962 ;;;*** | |
1963 | |
39732 | 1964 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button |
43051 | 1965 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425 |
1966 ;;;;;; 28360)) | |
39732 | 1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el |
1968 | |
42730 | 1969 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\ |
39732 | 1970 Keymap used by buttons.") |
1971 | |
1972 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\ | |
1973 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons. | |
1974 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.") | |
1975 | |
1976 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\ | |
1977 Define a `button type' called NAME. | |
1978 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
1979 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type | |
1980 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when | |
40341 | 1981 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument). |
1982 | |
1983 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a | |
1984 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values | |
1985 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent | |
1986 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil) | |
39732 | 1987 |
1988 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\ | |
1989 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
1990 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 1991 specifying properties to add to the button. |
1992 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
1993 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
1994 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 1995 |
1996 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil) | |
1997 | |
1998 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\ | |
1999 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
2000 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 2001 specifying properties to add to the button. |
2002 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2003 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2004 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 2005 |
2006 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil) | |
2007 | |
2008 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\ | |
2009 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer. | |
2010 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 2011 specifying properties to add to the button. |
2012 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2013 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2014 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 2015 |
2016 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually | |
2017 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating | |
2018 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
2019 `make-text-button'. | |
2020 | |
2021 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil) | |
2022 | |
2023 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\ | |
2024 Insert a button with the label LABEL. | |
2025 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs, | |
40341 | 2026 specifying properties to add to the button. |
2027 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a | |
2028 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see | |
2029 `define-button-type'. | |
39732 | 2030 |
2031 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is | |
2032 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. | |
2033 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using | |
2034 `insert-text-button'. | |
2035 | |
2036 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil) | |
2037 | |
2038 ;;;*** | |
2039 | |
25876 | 2040 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile |
2041 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file | |
2042 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" | |
43051 | 2043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 2044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el |
2045 | |
2046 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2047 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. | |
2048 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil) | |
2049 | |
2050 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2051 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. | |
2052 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. | |
2053 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. | |
2054 | |
2055 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. | |
2056 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, | |
2057 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means | |
2058 don't ask and compile the file anyway. | |
2059 | |
2060 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. | |
2061 | |
2062 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, | |
2063 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil) | |
2064 | |
2065 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2066 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. | |
2067 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. | |
39590 | 2068 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling. |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2069 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil) |
25876 | 2070 |
2071 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2072 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. | |
2073 Print the result in the minibuffer. | |
2074 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil) | |
2075 | |
2076 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2077 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. | |
2078 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil) | |
2079 | |
2080 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2081 Display a call graph of a specified file. | |
2082 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called | |
2083 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions | |
2084 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as | |
2085 all functions called by those functions. | |
2086 | |
2087 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or | |
2088 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, | |
2089 cons, etc.). | |
2090 | |
2091 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called | |
2092 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be | |
2093 invoked interactively." t nil) | |
2094 | |
2095 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2096 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
2097 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
2098 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
2099 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
43051 | 2100 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\". |
2101 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be | |
2102 already up-to-date." nil nil) | |
25876 | 2103 |
2104 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\ | |
2105 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. | |
2106 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. | |
2107 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil) | |
2108 | |
2109 ;;;*** | |
2110 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 2112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el |
2113 | |
2114 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2115 | |
2116 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2117 | |
2118 ;;;*** | |
2119 | |
2120 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2121 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 2122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el |
2123 | |
2124 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\ | |
2125 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. | |
2126 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken | |
2127 from the cursor position." t nil) | |
2128 | |
2129 ;;;*** | |
2130 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2131 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2132 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2133 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2134 ;;;;;; 1474)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2137 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2138 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2139 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2140 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2141 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2143 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2144 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2145 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\". |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2146 If nil, use original installation directory. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2147 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2149 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2150 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2151 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2152 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2153 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2155 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2156 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2157 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2159 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2160 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2162 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2163 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2165 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2166 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2168 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2169 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2171 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2172 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2173 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form, |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2174 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2176 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2177 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2178 This is most useful in the X window system. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2179 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2180 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2182 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2183 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2184 See calc-keypad for details." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2186 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2187 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2188 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2189 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2190 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2192 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2193 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2195 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2196 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2197 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2198 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2199 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2201 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2202 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2204 ;;;;;; (15400 1474)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2205 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2207 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2208 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2209 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2210 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
2211 |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2212 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2213 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
27949 | 2214 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el |
2215 | |
2216 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\ | |
34166 | 2217 Run the Emacs calculator. |
27949 | 2218 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil) |
2219 | |
2220 ;;;*** | |
2221 | |
25876 | 2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays |
2223 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays | |
2224 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks | |
2225 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook | |
2226 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook | |
2227 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form | |
2228 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style | |
2229 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string | |
2230 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol | |
25998 | 2231 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook |
2232 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook | |
2233 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays | |
2234 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially | |
26724 | 2235 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar |
2236 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset | |
2237 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" | |
43051 | 2238 ;;;;;; (15445 42111)) |
25876 | 2239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el |
2240 | |
2241 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\ | |
2242 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. | |
2243 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.") | |
2244 | |
2245 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\ | |
2246 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. | |
2247 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, | |
2248 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off | |
2249 the screen.") | |
2250 | |
2251 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\ | |
2252 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. | |
2253 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, | |
2254 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed | |
2255 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.") | |
2256 | |
2257 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\ | |
2258 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. | |
32115 | 2259 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used, |
25876 | 2260 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For |
2261 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary | |
2262 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current | |
2263 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. | |
2264 | |
2265 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value | |
2266 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries | |
2267 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, | |
2268 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only | |
2269 Saturday's entries on Saturday. | |
2270 | |
2271 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command | |
2272 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the | |
2273 number of days of diary entries displayed.") | |
2274 | |
2275 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2276 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. | |
2277 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.") | |
2278 | |
26724 | 2279 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\ |
2280 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. | |
2281 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.") | |
2282 | |
25876 | 2283 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\ |
2284 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. | |
2285 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first | |
2286 displayed.") | |
2287 | |
2288 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\ | |
2289 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. | |
2290 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.") | |
2291 | |
2292 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2293 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. | |
2294 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2295 | |
2296 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.") | |
2297 | |
2298 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2299 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. | |
2300 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2301 | |
2302 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian | |
2303 calendar.") | |
2304 | |
2305 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\ | |
2306 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. | |
2307 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. | |
2308 | |
2309 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic | |
2310 calendar.") | |
2311 | |
2312 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\ | |
2313 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. | |
2314 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.") | |
2315 | |
2316 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\ | |
2317 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. | |
2318 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but | |
2319 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command | |
2320 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.") | |
2321 | |
2322 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2323 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. | |
2324 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a | |
2325 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: | |
2326 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) | |
2327 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; | |
2328 a function is also provided for this: | |
2329 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) | |
2330 | |
2331 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2332 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2333 date is not visible in the window. | |
2334 | |
2335 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2336 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2337 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2338 | |
2339 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\ | |
2340 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. | |
2341 | |
2342 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of | |
2343 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current | |
2344 date is visible in the window. | |
2345 | |
2346 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any | |
2347 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the | |
2348 functions that move by days and weeks.") | |
2349 | |
25998 | 2350 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\ |
2351 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. | |
2352 | |
26724 | 2353 For example, |
25998 | 2354 |
2355 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) | |
2356 | |
2357 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.") | |
2358 | |
25876 | 2359 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\ |
2360 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. | |
2361 | |
2362 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms | |
2363 | |
2364 MONTH/DAY | |
2365 MONTH/DAY/YEAR | |
2366 MONTHNAME DAY | |
2367 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR | |
2368 DAYNAME | |
2369 | |
2370 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry | |
2371 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is | |
2372 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. | |
2373 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. | |
2374 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. | |
2375 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three | |
2376 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, | |
2377 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, | |
2378 respectively. | |
2379 | |
2380 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used | |
2381 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set | |
2382 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are | |
2383 | |
2384 DAY/MONTH | |
2385 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2386 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2387 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2388 DAYNAME | |
2389 | |
2390 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute | |
2391 `american-calendar' in the calendar. | |
2392 | |
2393 A diary entry can be preceded by the character | |
2394 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry | |
2395 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar | |
2396 window but will appear in a diary window. | |
2397 | |
2398 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with | |
2399 either a TAB or one or more spaces. | |
2400 | |
2401 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary | |
2402 entries (in the default American style): | |
2403 | |
2404 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! | |
2405 &1/1. Happy New Year! | |
2406 10/22 Ruth's birthday. | |
2407 21: Payday | |
2408 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am | |
2409 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. | |
2410 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! | |
2411 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. | |
2412 mar 16 Dad's birthday | |
2413 April 15, 1989 Income tax due. | |
2414 &* 15 time cards due. | |
2415 | |
2416 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with | |
2417 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the | |
2418 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the | |
2419 single diary entry | |
2420 | |
2421 02/11/1989 | |
2422 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today | |
2423 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting | |
2424 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' | |
2425 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden | |
2426 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan | |
2427 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School | |
2428 | |
2429 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This | |
2430 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if | |
2431 used with more than one day's entries displayed. | |
2432 | |
2433 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry | |
2434 | |
2435 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation | |
2436 | |
2437 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November | |
2438 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', | |
2439 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', | |
2440 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', | |
2441 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', | |
2442 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', | |
2443 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', | |
2444 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function | |
2445 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. | |
2446 | |
2447 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also | |
2448 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored | |
2449 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the | |
2450 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation | |
2451 for these functions for details. | |
2452 | |
2453 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for | |
2454 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2455 | |
2456 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\ | |
2457 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.") | |
2458 | |
2459 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\ | |
2460 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.") | |
2461 | |
2462 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\ | |
2463 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.") | |
2464 | |
2465 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\ | |
2466 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. | |
2467 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.") | |
2468 | |
2469 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\ | |
32115 | 2470 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. |
25876 | 2471 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.") |
2472 | |
2473 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\ | |
2474 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. | |
2475 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. | |
2476 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.") | |
2477 | |
2478 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\ | |
2479 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. | |
2480 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, | |
2481 1990. The accepted European date styles are | |
2482 | |
2483 DAY/MONTH | |
2484 DAY/MONTH/YEAR | |
2485 DAY MONTHNAME | |
2486 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR | |
2487 DAYNAME | |
2488 | |
2489 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three | |
2490 characters with or without a period.") | |
2491 | |
2492 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ | |
2493 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. | |
2494 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2495 | |
25998 | 2496 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\ |
25876 | 2497 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. |
2498 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.") | |
2499 | |
2500 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\ | |
2501 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. | |
2502 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.") | |
2503 | |
2504 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\ | |
2505 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. | |
2506 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.") | |
2507 | |
2508 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\ | |
2509 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. | |
2510 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary | |
2511 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for | |
2512 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer | |
2513 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.") | |
2514 | |
2515 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2516 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. | |
2517 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. | |
2518 | |
2519 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of | |
2520 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together | |
2521 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines | |
2522 of the form | |
2523 | |
2524 #include \"filename\" | |
2525 | |
2526 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2527 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing | |
2528 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' | |
2529 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2530 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. | |
2531 | |
2532 For example, you could use | |
2533 | |
2534 (setq list-diary-entries-hook | |
2535 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) | |
2536 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) | |
2537 | |
2538 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with | |
2539 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into | |
2540 lexicographic order.") | |
2541 | |
2542 (defvar diary-hook nil "\ | |
2543 *List of functions called after the display of the diary. | |
2544 Can be used for appointment notification.") | |
2545 | |
2546 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\ | |
2547 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. | |
2548 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no | |
2549 diary display. | |
2550 | |
2551 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in | |
2552 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these | |
2553 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order | |
2554 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) | |
2555 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be | |
2556 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with | |
2557 holidays), or produce hard copy output. | |
2558 | |
2559 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative | |
2560 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary | |
2561 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement | |
2562 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the | |
2563 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy | |
2564 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even | |
2565 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy | |
2566 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.") | |
2567 | |
2568 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\ | |
2569 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. | |
2570 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2571 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2572 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2573 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2574 | |
2575 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\ | |
2576 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. | |
2577 | |
2578 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the | |
32115 | 2579 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together |
25876 | 2580 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines |
2581 of the form | |
2582 #include \"filename\" | |
2583 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are | |
2584 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the | |
2585 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as | |
2586 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the | |
2587 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.") | |
2588 | |
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\ | |
2590 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. | |
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull | |
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' | |
2593 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions | |
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.") | |
2595 | |
2596 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\ | |
2597 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. | |
2598 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they | |
2599 are holidays.") | |
2600 | |
2601 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\ | |
2602 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. | |
2603 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the | |
2604 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions | |
2605 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.") | |
2606 | |
2607 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2608 | |
2609 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\ | |
2610 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. | |
2611 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2612 | |
2613 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2614 | |
2615 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\ | |
2616 *Oriental holidays. | |
2617 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2618 | |
2619 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2620 | |
2621 (defvar local-holidays nil "\ | |
2622 *Local holidays. | |
2623 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2624 | |
2625 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2626 | |
2627 (defvar other-holidays nil "\ | |
2628 *User defined holidays. | |
2629 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2630 | |
2631 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2632 | |
2633 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))) | |
2634 | |
2635 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2636 | |
2637 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))) | |
2638 | |
2639 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2640 | |
2641 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))) | |
2642 | |
2643 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2644 | |
2645 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))) | |
2646 | |
2647 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2648 | |
2649 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\ | |
2650 *Jewish holidays. | |
2651 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2652 | |
2653 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2654 | |
2655 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\ | |
2656 *Christian holidays. | |
2657 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2658 | |
2659 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2660 | |
2661 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\ | |
2662 *Islamic holidays. | |
2663 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2664 | |
2665 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2666 | |
2667 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\ | |
2668 *Sun-related holidays. | |
2669 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.") | |
2670 | |
2671 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
2672 | |
2673 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\ | |
2674 The frame set up of the calendar. | |
2675 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, | |
2676 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated | |
2677 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with | |
2678 any other value the current frame is used.") | |
2679 | |
2680 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\ | |
2681 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. | |
2682 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil) | |
2683 | |
2684 ;;;*** | |
2685 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el |
2688 | |
2689 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2690 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.") | |
2691 | |
2692 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2693 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.") | |
2694 | |
2695 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2696 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.") | |
2697 | |
2698 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2699 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.") | |
2700 | |
2701 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2702 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.") | |
2703 | |
2704 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\ | |
2705 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.") | |
2706 | |
2707 ;;;*** | |
2708 | |
2709 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode | |
2710 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2711 ;;;;;; (15413 39895)) |
25876 | 2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el |
2713 | |
2714 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil) | |
2715 | |
2716 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2717 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. | |
2718 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2719 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version | |
2720 information already added. You just need to add a description of the | |
2721 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. | |
2722 | |
2723 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2724 | |
2725 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is | |
2726 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is | |
2727 run first. | |
2728 | |
2729 Key bindings: | |
2730 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2731 | |
2732 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2733 Major mode for editing C++ code. | |
2734 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2735 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2736 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2737 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2738 message. | |
2739 | |
2740 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2741 | |
2742 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2743 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2744 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2745 | |
2746 Key bindings: | |
2747 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2748 | |
2749 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2750 Major mode for editing Objective C code. | |
2751 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2752 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2753 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2754 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2755 message. | |
2756 | |
2757 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2758 | |
2759 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2760 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' | |
2761 is run first. | |
2762 | |
2763 Key bindings: | |
2764 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2765 | |
2766 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2767 Major mode for editing Java code. | |
2768 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a | |
2769 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2770 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2771 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the | |
2772 message. | |
2773 | |
2774 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2775 | |
2776 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2777 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2778 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically | |
2779 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you | |
2780 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. | |
2781 | |
2782 Key bindings: | |
2783 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2784 | |
2785 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2786 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. | |
2787 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2788 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2789 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2790 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2791 message. | |
2792 | |
2793 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2794 | |
2795 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that | |
2796 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook | |
2797 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2798 | |
2799 Key bindings: | |
2800 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2801 | |
2802 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\ | |
2803 Major mode for editing Pike code. | |
2804 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an | |
2805 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with | |
2806 version information already added. You just need to add a description | |
2807 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the | |
2808 message. | |
2809 | |
2810 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'. | |
2811 | |
2812 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value | |
2813 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook | |
2814 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. | |
2815 | |
2816 Key bindings: | |
2817 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil) | |
2818 | |
2819 ;;;*** | |
2820 | |
2821 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2822 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 2823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el |
2824 | |
2825 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2826 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. | |
2827 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of | |
2828 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable | |
2829 for details of setting up styles. | |
2830 | |
2831 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current | |
26899 | 2832 style name. |
2833 | |
2834 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables | |
2835 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of | |
2836 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the | |
2837 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' | |
2838 will be reassigned. | |
2839 | |
2840 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial | |
2841 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is | |
2842 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil) | |
25876 | 2843 |
2844 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2845 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. | |
2846 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is | |
2847 an association list describing the style and must be of the form: | |
2848 | |
2849 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) | |
2850 | |
2851 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, | |
2852 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to | |
2853 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil) | |
2854 | |
2855 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\ | |
2856 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. | |
2857 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new | |
26899 | 2858 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used |
2859 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil) | |
2860 | |
2861 ;;;*** | |
2862 | |
42814 | 2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el |
2865 | |
2866 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\ | |
2867 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. | |
2868 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different | |
2869 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current | |
2870 supported list, along with the values for this variable: | |
2871 | |
26899 | 2872 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) |
2873 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) | |
25876 | 2874 |
2875 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: | |
2876 `infodock'.") | |
2877 | |
2878 ;;;*** | |
2879 | |
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program | |
2881 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
2882 ;;;;;; (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 2883 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el |
2884 | |
2885 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\ | |
36538 | 2886 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil) |
25876 | 2887 |
2888 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\ | |
2889 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil) | |
2890 | |
2891 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2892 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. | |
2893 | |
2894 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of | |
2895 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not | |
2896 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, | |
2897 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before | |
2898 execution. | |
2899 | |
2900 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro)) | |
2901 | |
2902 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
2903 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
31388 | 2904 |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2905 CCL-PROGRAM has this form: |
31388 | 2906 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION |
2907 CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2908 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) | |
2909 | |
2910 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate | |
2911 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data | |
2912 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and | |
2913 `write' commands. | |
2914 | |
2915 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE | |
2916 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command | |
2917 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If | |
2918 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. | |
2919 | |
2920 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines | |
2921 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the | |
2922 semantics. | |
2923 | |
2924 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2925 | |
2926 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK | |
2927 | |
2928 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2929 | |
2930 STATEMENT := | |
2931 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | |
2932 | TRANSLATE | END | |
2933 | |
2934 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | |
2935 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) | |
2936 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | |
2937 | integer | |
2938 | |
2939 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) | |
2940 | |
38398 | 2941 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute |
31388 | 2942 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. |
2943 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2944 | |
2945 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute | |
2946 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. | |
2947 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2948 | |
2949 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. | |
2950 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
2951 | |
2952 ;; Terminate the most inner loop. | |
2953 BREAK := (break) | |
2954 | |
2955 REPEAT := | |
2956 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. | |
2957 (repeat) | |
2958 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) | |
2959 ;; (repeat)) | |
2960 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) | |
2961 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) | |
2962 ;; (read REG) | |
2963 ;; (repeat)) | |
2964 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) | |
2965 ;; Same as: ((write integer) | |
2966 ;; (read REG) | |
2967 ;; (repeat)) | |
2968 | (write-read-repeat REG integer) | |
2969 | |
2970 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 | |
2971 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. | |
2972 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2973 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2974 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | |
2975 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) | |
2976 ;; Same as: ((read REG) | |
2977 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | |
2978 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) | |
2979 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing | |
2980 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of | |
2981 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the | |
2982 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
2983 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code |
31388 | 2984 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. |
2985 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
2986 | |
2987 WRITE := | |
2988 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is | |
2989 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2990 ;; representation. | |
2991 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) | |
2992 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) | |
2993 ;; (write r7)) | |
2994 | (write EXPRESSION) | |
2995 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it | |
2996 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
2997 ;; representation. | |
2998 | (write integer) | |
2999 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output | |
3000 ;; buffer. | |
3001 | (write string) | |
3002 ;; Same as: (write string) | |
3003 | string | |
3004 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of | |
3005 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte | |
3006 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte | |
3007 ;; representation. | |
3008 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
3009 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose | |
3010 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the | |
3011 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << | |
35411
be20c22dc16d
2001-01-19 Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.sunysb.edu>
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents:
35196
diff
changeset
|
3012 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 |
31388 | 3013 ;; is the second code point of the character. |
3014 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) | |
3015 | |
3016 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. | |
3017 CALL := (call ccl-program-name) | |
3018 | |
3019 ;; Terminate the CCL program. | |
3020 END := (end) | |
3021 | |
3022 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also | |
3023 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. | |
3024 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
3025 | |
3026 ARG := REG | integer | |
3027 | |
3028 OPERATOR := | |
3029 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). | |
3030 + | - | * | / | % | |
3031 | |
3032 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3033 | & | `|' | ^ | |
3034 | |
3035 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3036 | << | >> | |
3037 | |
3038 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: | |
3039 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | |
3040 | <8 | |
3041 | |
3042 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: | |
3043 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) | |
3044 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | |
3045 | >8 | |
3046 | |
3047 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: | |
3048 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) | |
3049 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | |
3050 | // | |
3051 | |
3052 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | |
3053 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
3054 | |
3055 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS | |
3056 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, | |
3057 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
3058 ;; ((REG = CODE0) | |
3059 ;; (r7 = CODE1)) | |
3060 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the | |
3061 ;; second code point of CHAR. | |
3062 | de-sjis | |
3063 | |
3064 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of | |
3065 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding | |
3066 ;; Shift-JIS code, | |
3067 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: | |
3068 ;; ((REG = HIGH) | |
3069 ;; (r7 = LOW)) | |
3070 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower | |
3071 ;; byte of SJIS. | |
3072 | en-sjis | |
3073 | |
3074 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := | |
3075 ;; Same meaning as C code | |
3076 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
3077 | |
3078 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: | |
3079 ;; ((REG <<= 8) | |
3080 ;; (REG |= ARG)) | |
3081 | <8= | |
3082 | |
3083 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: | |
3084 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) | |
3085 ;; (REG >>= 8)) | |
3086 | |
3087 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: | |
3088 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) | |
3089 ;; (REG /= ARG)) | |
3090 | //= | |
3091 | |
3092 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' | |
3093 | |
3094 | |
3095 TRANSLATE := | |
3096 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
3097 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | |
36101 | 3098 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. |
31388 | 3099 MAP := |
3100 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | |
3101 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | |
3102 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) | |
3103 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... | |
3104 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET | |
3105 MAP-ID := integer | |
3106 " nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 3107 |
3108 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\ | |
3109 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. | |
3110 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return | |
3111 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. | |
3112 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, | |
3113 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro)) | |
3114 | |
3115 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\ | |
3116 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. | |
31388 | 3117 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. |
3118 | |
3119 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil) | |
25876 | 3120 |
3121 ;;;*** | |
3122 | |
3123 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments | |
3124 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text | |
3125 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive | |
3126 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun | |
3127 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces | |
37617 | 3128 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer |
25876 | 3129 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive |
3130 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" | |
42814 | 3131 ;;;;;; (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el |
3133 | |
3134 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3135 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. | |
3136 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which | |
3137 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil) | |
3138 | |
3139 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3140 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. | |
3141 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3142 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3143 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3144 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3145 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3146 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3147 | |
3148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3149 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. | |
3150 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current | |
3151 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current | |
3152 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document | |
3153 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. | |
3154 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the | |
3155 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil) | |
3156 | |
3157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3158 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. | |
3159 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that | |
3160 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue | |
3161 spacing are all verified." t nil) | |
3162 | |
3163 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3164 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. | |
3165 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), | |
3166 store all errors found in a warnings buffer, | |
3167 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil) | |
3168 | |
3169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3170 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. | |
3171 Only documentation strings are checked. | |
3172 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. | |
3173 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into | |
3174 a separate buffer." t nil) | |
3175 | |
3176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3177 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. | |
3178 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and | |
3179 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT | |
3180 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil) | |
3181 | |
37617 | 3182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\ |
3183 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. | |
3184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3185 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3186 if there is one." t nil) | |
3187 | |
25876 | 3188 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\ |
3189 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. | |
3190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a | |
3191 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error | |
3192 if there is one. | |
3193 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil) | |
3194 | |
3195 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3196 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. | |
3197 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil) | |
3198 | |
3199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3200 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. | |
3201 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the | |
3202 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display | |
3203 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil) | |
3204 | |
3205 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3206 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. | |
3207 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is | |
3208 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. | |
3209 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white | |
3210 space at the end of each line." t nil) | |
3211 | |
3212 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3213 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. | |
3214 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3215 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil) | |
3216 | |
3217 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3218 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3219 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3220 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil) | |
3221 | |
3222 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3223 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. | |
3224 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3225 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil) | |
3226 | |
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3228 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3229 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3230 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil) | |
3231 | |
3232 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3233 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. | |
3234 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3235 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil) | |
3236 | |
3237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3238 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. | |
3239 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3240 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil) | |
3241 | |
3242 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3243 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. | |
3244 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3245 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil) | |
3246 | |
3247 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3248 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. | |
3249 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3250 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil) | |
3251 | |
3252 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3253 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. | |
3254 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. | |
3255 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil) | |
3256 | |
3257 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\ | |
3258 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. | |
3259 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
3260 | |
3261 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is | |
34166 | 3262 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include |
25876 | 3263 checking of documentation strings. |
3264 | |
34166 | 3265 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 3266 |
3267 ;;;*** | |
3268 | |
3269 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3270 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3271 ;;;;;; 1476)) |
25876 | 3272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el |
3273 | |
3274 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3275 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. | |
3276 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3277 | |
3278 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3279 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil) | |
3280 | |
3281 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\ | |
3282 Encode the text in the current region to HZ. | |
3283 Return the length of resulting text." t nil) | |
3284 | |
3285 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\ | |
3286 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil) | |
3287 | |
3288 ;;;*** | |
3289 | |
27321 | 3290 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3291 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 3292 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el |
3293 | |
3294 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\ | |
3295 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. | |
3296 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select | |
3297 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the | |
3298 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for | |
3299 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil) | |
3300 | |
3301 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\ | |
3302 List history of commands typed to minibuffer. | |
3303 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. | |
3304 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history | |
3305 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. | |
3306 | |
3307 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil) | |
3308 | |
27321 | 3309 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\ |
3310 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3311 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. |
3312 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. | |
3313 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. | |
3314 | |
3315 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion | |
3316 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. | |
3317 \\{command-history-map} | |
27321 | 3318 |
3319 This command always recompiles the Command History listing | |
3320 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 3321 |
3322 ;;;*** | |
3323 | |
43051 | 3324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15384 21745)) |
25876 | 3325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el |
3326 | |
3327 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\ | |
3328 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. | |
3329 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the | |
3330 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to | |
3331 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the | |
3332 printer proceeds to the next function on the list. | |
3333 | |
3334 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that | |
3335 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.") | |
3336 | |
3337 ;;;*** | |
3338 | |
3339 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" | |
43051 | 3340 ;;;;;; (15401 43552)) |
25876 | 3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el |
3342 | |
3343 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil) | |
3344 | |
3345 ;;;*** | |
3346 | |
3347 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3348 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 3349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el |
3350 | |
3351 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\ | |
3352 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. | |
3353 Normally display output in temp buffer, but | |
3354 prefix arg means replace the region with it. | |
3355 | |
3356 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. | |
3357 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') | |
3358 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. | |
3359 | |
3360 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. | |
3361 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil) | |
3362 | |
3363 ;;;*** | |
3364 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3365 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3366 ;;;;;; 1471)) |
25876 | 3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el |
3368 | |
3369 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\ | |
3370 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. | |
3371 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. | |
3372 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
34166 | 3373 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 3374 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). |
3375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
3376 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*") | |
3377 | |
3378 ;;;*** | |
3379 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3380 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3381 ;;;;;; (15402 32084)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3382 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3383 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3384 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3385 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3386 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3387 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3388 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given, |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3389 ?* is used." nil (quote macro)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3390 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3391 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3392 |
25876 | 3393 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage |
3394 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3395 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15400 1476)) |
25876 | 3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el |
3397 | |
3398 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3399 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME | |
3400 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit | |
3401 ASCII table. | |
3402 | |
3403 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, | |
3404 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding | |
3405 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the | |
3406 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil) | |
3407 | |
3408 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3409 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. | |
3410 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3411 | |
3412 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3413 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. | |
3414 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3415 | |
3416 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\ | |
3417 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. | |
3418 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil) | |
3419 | |
3420 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\ | |
3421 Return an alist of supported codepages. | |
3422 | |
3423 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the | |
3424 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match | |
3425 for the character set supported by that codepage. | |
3426 | |
3427 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, | |
3428 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil) | |
3429 | |
3430 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\ | |
3431 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. | |
3432 | |
3433 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII | |
3434 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files | |
3435 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil) | |
3436 | |
3437 ;;;*** | |
3438 | |
26724 | 3439 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list |
3440 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command | |
33002 | 3441 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el" |
43051 | 3442 ;;;;;; (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el |
3444 | |
33002 | 3445 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\ |
3446 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. | |
3447 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. | |
3448 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3449 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3450 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3451 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3452 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3453 | |
3454 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3455 | |
25876 | 3456 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\ |
3457 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
3458 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
3459 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create | |
3460 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP | |
3461 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a | |
3462 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg | |
3463 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. | |
3464 | |
3465 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
3466 | |
3467 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\ | |
3468 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. | |
3469 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. | |
3470 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any | |
3471 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. | |
3472 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil) | |
3473 | |
26724 | 3474 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\ |
3475 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3476 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3477 | |
3478 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3479 | |
3480 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\ | |
3481 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. | |
3482 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. | |
3483 | |
3484 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil) | |
3485 | |
3486 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3487 Send COMMAND to current process. |
26724 | 3488 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3489 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3490 |
3491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\ | |
33002 | 3492 Send COMMAND to PROCESS. |
26724 | 3493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. |
26899 | 3494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil) |
26724 | 3495 |
25876 | 3496 ;;;*** |
3497 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3498 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3499 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
25876 | 3500 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el |
3501 | |
3502 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\ | |
3503 Compare text in current window with text in next window. | |
3504 Compares the text starting at point in each window, | |
3505 moving over text in each one as far as they match. | |
3506 | |
3507 This command pushes the mark in each window | |
3508 at the prior location of point in that window. | |
3509 If both windows display the same buffer, | |
3510 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: | |
3511 first in the other window, then in the selected window. | |
3512 | |
3513 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. | |
3514 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. | |
3515 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil) | |
3516 | |
3517 ;;;*** | |
3518 | |
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode | |
3520 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path | |
3521 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) | |
43051 | 3522 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15441 20096)) |
25876 | 3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el |
3524 | |
3525 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\ | |
3526 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').") | |
3527 | |
3528 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\ | |
3529 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.") | |
3530 | |
3531 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\ | |
3532 *Function to call to customize the compilation process. | |
3533 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is | |
3534 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used | |
3535 while processing the output of the compilation process.") | |
3536 | |
3537 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\ | |
3538 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. | |
3539 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the | |
3540 compilation buffer. It should return a string. | |
3541 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.") | |
3542 | |
3543 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\ | |
3544 Function to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3545 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string | |
3546 describing how the process finished.") | |
3547 | |
3548 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\ | |
3549 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. | |
3550 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, | |
3551 and a string describing how the process finished.") | |
3552 | |
3553 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\ | |
26724 | 3554 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. |
25876 | 3555 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.") |
3556 | |
3557 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\ | |
3558 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. | |
3559 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. | |
3560 nil as an element means to try the default directory.") | |
3561 | |
3562 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\ | |
3563 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. | |
3564 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously | |
3565 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. | |
3566 | |
3567 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message | |
3568 and move to the source code that caused it. | |
3569 | |
3570 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is | |
3571 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. | |
3572 | |
3573 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the | |
3574 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer]. | |
3575 Then start the next one. | |
3576 | |
3577 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by | |
3578 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that | |
3579 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil) | |
3580 | |
3581 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\ | |
3582 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. | |
3583 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), | |
3584 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines | |
3585 where grep found matches. | |
3586 | |
31388 | 3587 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can |
25876 | 3588 easily repeat a grep command. |
3589 | |
3590 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current | |
3591 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command | |
3592 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' | |
3593 if that history list is empty)." t nil) | |
3594 | |
3595 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\ | |
26724 | 3596 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. |
3597 Collect output in a buffer. | |
25876 | 3598 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command |
3599 to find the text that grep hits refer to. | |
3600 | |
3601 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can | |
3602 easily repeat a find command." t nil) | |
3603 | |
3604 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3605 Major mode for compilation log buffers. | |
3606 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error, | |
3607 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error]. | |
3608 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation]. | |
3609 | |
3610 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil) | |
3611 | |
3612 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3613 Toggle compilation shell minor mode. | |
3614 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3615 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3616 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3617 | |
3618 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\ | |
3619 Toggle compilation minor mode. | |
3620 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
3621 See `compilation-mode'. | |
3622 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
3623 | |
3624 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\ | |
3625 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. | |
3626 | |
3627 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, | |
3628 the message buffer is checked for new ones. | |
3629 | |
31388 | 3630 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; |
25876 | 3631 negative means move back to previous error messages. |
31388 | 3632 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer |
25876 | 3633 and start at the first error. |
3634 | |
3635 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or | |
3636 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from | |
3637 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any | |
3638 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To | |
3639 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type | |
3640 \\[next-error] in that buffer. | |
3641 | |
3642 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, | |
3643 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which | |
3644 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. | |
3645 | |
3646 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and | |
3647 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil) | |
3648 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error) | |
3649 | |
3650 ;;;*** | |
3651 | |
32115 | 3652 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3653 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 3654 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el |
3655 | |
29505 | 3656 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 3657 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. |
33357 | 3658 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 3659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3660 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.") | |
29505 | 3661 |
3662 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
3663 | |
3664 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete)) | |
3665 | |
25876 | 3666 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\ |
3667 Toggle Partial Completion mode. | |
3668 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. | |
3669 | |
3670 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is | |
3671 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is | |
3672 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed | |
32115 | 3673 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. |
25876 | 3674 |
3675 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other | |
3676 command begins with that sequence of characters, and | |
3677 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no | |
3678 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. | |
3679 | |
36101 | 3680 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted |
25876 | 3681 specially in \\[find-file]. For example, |
36101 | 3682 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. |
25876 | 3683 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil) |
3684 | |
3685 ;;;*** | |
3686 | |
3687 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3688 ;;;;;; (15400 1471)) |
25876 | 3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el |
3690 | |
3691 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\ | |
3692 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil) | |
3693 | |
3694 ;;;*** | |
3695 | |
26899 | 3696 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after |
3697 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string | |
3698 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
3699 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
26899 | 3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el |
3701 | |
3702 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\ | |
3703 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. | |
3704 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition | |
3705 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and | |
3706 `make-composition'. | |
3707 | |
3708 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: | |
3709 | |
3710 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | |
3711 | | 1:tc or top-center | |
3712 | | 2:tr or top-right | |
3713 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left | |
3714 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | |
3715 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right | |
3716 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | |
3717 | | 7:bc or bottom-center | |
3718 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right | |
3719 | |
3720 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition | |
3721 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where | |
3722 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already | |
3723 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to | |
3724 be added. | |
3725 | |
3726 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and | |
37246 | 3727 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as |
26899 | 3728 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): |
3729 | |
3730 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | |
3731 | | | | |
3732 | global| | | |
3733 | glyph | | | |
3734 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) | |
3735 +----+--*--+ | |
3736 | | new | | |
3737 | |glyph| | |
3738 +----+-----+ <--- new descent | |
3739 ") | |
3740 | |
3741 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3742 Compose characters in the current region. | |
3743 | |
3744 When called from a program, expects these four arguments. | |
3745 | |
3746 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) | |
3747 specifying the region. | |
3748 | |
3749 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3750 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. | |
3751 | |
3752 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead | |
3753 of the text in the region. | |
3754 | |
3755 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. | |
3756 | |
3757 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and | |
3758 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th | |
3759 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th | |
3760 elements with previously composed N glyphs. | |
3761 | |
3762 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point | |
3763 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more | |
3764 detail. | |
3765 | |
3766 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3767 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3768 text in the composition." t nil) | |
3769 | |
3770 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\ | |
3771 Decompose text in the current region. | |
3772 | |
3773 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
3774 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
3775 | |
3776 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3777 Compose characters in string STRING. | |
3778 | |
3779 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all | |
3780 the characters in it. | |
3781 | |
3782 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of | |
3783 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of | |
3784 STRING respectively. | |
3785 | |
3786 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a | |
3787 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function | |
3788 `compose-region' for more detail. | |
3789 | |
3790 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to | |
3791 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of | |
3792 text in the composition." nil nil) | |
3793 | |
3794 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\ | |
3795 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil) | |
3796 | |
3797 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3798 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. | |
3799 For relative composition, arguments are characters. | |
3800 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are | |
3801 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. | |
3802 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form | |
3803 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of | |
3804 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil) | |
3805 | |
3806 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\ | |
3807 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. | |
3808 | |
3809 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list | |
3810 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. | |
3811 | |
3812 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' | |
3813 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. | |
3814 | |
3815 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT | |
3816 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. | |
3817 | |
3818 If no composition is found, return nil. | |
3819 | |
3820 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a | |
3821 composition in; nil means the current buffer. | |
3822 | |
3823 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P | |
3824 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, | |
3825 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. | |
3826 | |
3827 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. | |
3828 | |
3829 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. | |
3830 | |
3831 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be | |
3832 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters | |
3833 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. | |
3834 | |
3835 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. | |
3836 | |
3837 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil) | |
30565 | 3838 |
26899 | 3839 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\ |
3840 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. | |
3841 | |
3842 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by | |
3843 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the | |
3844 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are | |
3845 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS | |
3846 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three | |
3847 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text | |
3848 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return | |
3849 nil. | |
3850 | |
3851 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value | |
3852 is: | |
3853 nil -- if no characters were composed. | |
3854 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. | |
3855 | |
3856 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. | |
3857 | |
33357 | 3858 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the |
3859 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. | |
3860 | |
26899 | 3861 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil) |
3862 | |
3863 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\ | |
3864 Compose last characters. | |
35196 | 3865 The argument is a parameterized event of the form |
3866 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), | |
3867 where N is the number of characters before point to compose, | |
3868 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' | |
3869 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, | |
3870 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. | |
26899 | 3871 This function is intended to be used from input methods. |
3872 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this | |
35196 | 3873 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) |
26899 | 3874 after a sequence character events." t nil) |
3875 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars) | |
3876 | |
3877 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\ | |
3878 Convert CHAR to string. | |
3879 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier. | |
3880 | |
3881 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or | |
3882 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or | |
3883 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil) | |
3884 | |
3885 ;;;*** | |
3886 | |
25876 | 3887 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) |
43051 | 3888 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el |
3890 | |
3891 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3892 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3893 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3894 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil) |
25876 | 3895 |
3896 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3897 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3898 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3899 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil) |
25876 | 3900 |
3901 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\ | |
3902 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. | |
3903 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second | |
3904 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil) | |
3905 | |
3906 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
3907 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil) |
25876 | 3908 |
3909 ;;;*** | |
3910 | |
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" | |
43051 | 3912 ;;;;;; (15441 20092)) |
25876 | 3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el |
3914 | |
3915 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\ | |
42814 | 3916 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year. |
3917 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding | |
3918 the current year after them. If necessary, and | |
3919 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions | |
3920 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil) | |
25876 | 3921 |
3922 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\ | |
3923 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil) | |
3924 | |
3925 ;;;*** | |
3926 | |
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" | |
42814 | 3928 ;;;;;; (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 3929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el |
3930 | |
3931 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\ | |
3932 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
3933 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
3934 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
3935 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
3936 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
3937 | |
3938 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], | |
3939 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as | |
3940 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by | |
3941 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left | |
3942 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, | |
3943 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess | |
3944 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it | |
3945 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that | |
3946 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. | |
3947 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. | |
3948 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens | |
3949 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.' | |
3950 | |
3951 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: | |
3952 | |
33002 | 3953 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, |
25876 | 3954 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. |
3955 | |
3956 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) | |
3957 | |
3958 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which | |
3959 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where | |
3960 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space | |
3961 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () | |
3962 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then | |
3963 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, | |
3964 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a | |
3965 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD | |
33002 | 3966 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). |
25876 | 3967 |
3968 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like | |
3969 | |
3970 bite if angry; | |
3971 | |
3972 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable | |
3973 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the | |
3974 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' | |
3975 to nil.) | |
3976 | |
3977 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage | |
3978 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if | |
3979 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like | |
3980 | |
3981 foreach (@lines) {print; print} | |
3982 | |
3983 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will | |
3984 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an | |
33002 | 3985 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual |
3986 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent], | |
25876 | 3987 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. |
3988 | |
3989 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form | |
3990 | |
3991 if (A) { B } | |
3992 | |
3993 into | |
3994 | |
3995 B if A; | |
3996 | |
3997 \\{cperl-mode-map} | |
3998 | |
3999 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode | |
4000 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches | |
4001 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is | |
4002 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl | |
4003 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), | |
4004 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of | |
4005 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which | |
4006 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these | |
4007 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting | |
4008 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off | |
4009 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra | |
4010 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by | |
4011 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace]. | |
4012 | |
4013 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands | |
4014 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. | |
4015 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and | |
4016 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable | |
33002 | 4017 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' |
25876 | 4018 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). |
4019 | |
4020 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style | |
4021 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or | |
4022 man via menu. | |
4023 | |
4024 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. | |
4025 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with | |
4026 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 | |
4027 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the | |
4028 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. | |
4029 | |
4030 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the | |
4031 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region | |
4032 span the needed amount of lines. | |
4033 | |
4034 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', | |
4035 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and | |
4036 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used | |
4037 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. | |
4038 | |
4039 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
4040 `cperl-tab-always-indent' | |
4041 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4042 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4043 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' | |
4044 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. | |
4045 `cperl-auto-newline' | |
4046 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, | |
4047 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following | |
4048 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. | |
33002 | 4049 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and |
4050 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. | |
25876 | 4051 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' |
4052 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. | |
4053 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. | |
4054 `cperl-indent-level' | |
4055 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. | |
4056 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
4057 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
4058 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' | |
4059 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
4060 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. | |
4061 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' | |
4062 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
4063 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
4064 `cperl-brace-offset' | |
4065 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
4066 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' | |
4067 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started | |
4068 this far to the right of the actual line indentation. | |
4069 `cperl-label-offset' | |
4070 Extra indentation for line that is a label. | |
4071 `cperl-min-label-indent' | |
4072 Minimal indentation for line that is a label. | |
4073 | |
4074 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are | |
4075 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 | |
4076 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 | |
4077 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 | |
4078 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 | |
4079 | |
4080 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the | |
4081 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use | |
4082 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values | |
4083 \(both available from menu). | |
4084 | |
4085 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in | |
33002 | 4086 column 0 is indented on |
25876 | 4087 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. |
4088 | |
4089 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' | |
4090 with no args. | |
4091 | |
4092 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) | |
4093 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', | |
4094 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil) | |
4095 | |
4096 ;;;*** | |
4097 | |
4098 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4099 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el |
4101 | |
4102 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\ | |
4103 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. | |
4104 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify | |
4105 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. | |
4106 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil) | |
4107 | |
4108 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\ | |
4109 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil) | |
4110 | |
4111 ;;;*** | |
4112 | |
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4114 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el |
4116 | |
4117 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\ | |
4118 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. | |
4119 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t | |
4120 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. | |
4121 | |
4122 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
4123 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.") | |
4124 | |
4125 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4126 | |
4127 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp)) | |
4128 | |
4129 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\ | |
29505 | 4130 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. |
25876 | 4131 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil) |
4132 | |
29505 | 4133 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode)) |
4134 | |
25876 | 4135 ;;;*** |
4136 | |
28710 | 4137 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" |
43051 | 4138 ;;;;;; (15384 21745)) |
28710 | 4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el |
4140 | |
4141 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\ | |
4142 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. | |
4143 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a | |
4144 single prompt, optionally using completion. | |
4145 | |
4146 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with | |
4147 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator | |
4148 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be | |
4149 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. | |
4150 | |
4151 The default value for the separator character is the value of | |
4152 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be | |
4153 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. | |
4154 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4155 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as |
28710 | 4156 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', |
4157 'bob', and 'eve'. | |
4158 | |
4159 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the | |
4160 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between | |
4161 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. | |
4162 | |
4163 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. | |
4164 | |
4165 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: | |
4166 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and | |
4167 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil) | |
4168 | |
4169 ;;;*** | |
4170 | |
25876 | 4171 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all |
4172 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window | |
4173 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces | |
4174 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved | |
4175 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face | |
4176 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option | |
4177 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable | |
4178 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" | |
43051 | 4179 ;;;;;; (15441 20086)) |
25876 | 4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el |
4181 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'") | |
4182 | |
4183 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4184 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4185 | |
4186 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4187 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4188 | |
4189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4190 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4191 | |
4192 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4193 |
4194 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4195 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. | |
4196 | |
4197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4198 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4199 | |
4200 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4201 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4202 | |
4203 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4204 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4205 | |
4206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4207 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4208 | |
4209 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4210 |
4211 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4212 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. | |
4213 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting | |
4214 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. | |
4215 | |
4216 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list | |
4217 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. | |
4218 | |
4219 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if | |
4220 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. | |
4221 | |
4222 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the | |
25998 | 4223 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. |
4224 | |
4225 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil) | |
25876 | 4226 |
4227 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4228 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. | |
4229 User options are structured into \"groups\". | |
4230 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups | |
4231 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil) | |
4232 | |
4233 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4234 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4235 | |
4236 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil) | |
4238 | |
4239 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option)) | |
4240 | |
4241 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4242 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil) | |
4243 | |
4244 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4245 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. | |
4246 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new | |
4247 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default | |
4248 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. | |
4249 | |
4250 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option | |
4251 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that | |
4252 version." t nil) | |
4253 | |
4254 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window)) | |
4255 | |
4256 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4257 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. | |
4258 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil) | |
4259 | |
4260 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4261 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. | |
4262 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil) | |
4263 | |
4264 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
28162 | 4265 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil) |
25876 | 4266 |
4267 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4268 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil) | |
4269 | |
4270 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4271 Customize all already saved user options." t nil) | |
4272 | |
4273 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4274 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4275 If ALL is `options', include only options. | |
4276 If ALL is `faces', include only faces. | |
4277 If ALL is `groups', include only groups. | |
4278 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not | |
4279 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil) | |
4280 | |
4281 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4282 Customize all user options matching REGEXP. | |
4283 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil) | |
4284 | |
4285 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4286 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4287 | |
4288 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4289 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
4290 | |
4291 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4292 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4293 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4294 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4295 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4296 that option." nil nil) | |
4297 | |
4298 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4299 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. | |
4300 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. | |
4301 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where | |
4302 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing | |
4303 that option." nil nil) | |
4304 | |
4305 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4306 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil) | |
4307 | |
4308 (defvar custom-file nil "\ | |
4309 File used for storing customization information. | |
4310 The default is nil, which means to use your init file | |
4311 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, | |
26899 | 4312 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. |
4313 | |
4314 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file | |
4315 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' | |
4316 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) | |
4317 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.") | |
25876 | 4318 |
4319 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4320 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil) | |
4321 | |
4322 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4323 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil) | |
4324 | |
4325 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4326 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
4327 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4328 | |
4329 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\ | |
4330 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. | |
25998 | 4331 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. |
25876 | 4332 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. |
4333 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
4334 | |
4335 ;;;*** | |
4336 | |
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4338 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el |
4340 | |
4341 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\ | |
4342 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil) | |
4343 | |
4344 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\ | |
4345 Initialize faces according to user preferences. | |
4346 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: | |
4347 | |
25998 | 4348 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) |
25876 | 4349 |
4350 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. | |
4351 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. | |
25998 | 4352 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. |
25876 | 4353 |
4354 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil) | |
4355 | |
4356 ;;;*** | |
4357 | |
28288 | 4358 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" |
43051 | 4359 ;;;;;; (15425 28361)) |
28162 | 4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el |
4361 | |
4362 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\ | |
28288 | 4363 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil) |
28162 | 4364 |
4365 ;;;*** | |
4366 | |
26963 | 4367 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) |
43051 | 4368 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15384 21747)) |
26963 | 4369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el |
4370 | |
4371 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
31388 | 4372 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. |
26963 | 4373 |
4374 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must | |
4375 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and | |
4376 C++ modes are included. | |
4377 | |
4378 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4379 | |
4380 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4381 Turn on CWarn mode. | |
4382 | |
4383 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: | |
4384 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil) | |
4385 | |
4386 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\ | |
4387 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. | |
4388 | |
4389 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
4390 | |
4391 ;;;*** | |
4392 | |
25876 | 4393 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char |
28919 | 4394 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4395 ;;;;;; (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 4396 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el |
4397 | |
4398 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4399 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4400 | |
4401 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4402 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
4403 | |
4404 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\ | |
4405 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. | |
4406 For readability, the table is slightly | |
4407 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. | |
4408 | |
4409 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; | |
4410 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. | |
4411 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. | |
4412 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. | |
4413 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil) | |
4414 | |
4415 ;;;*** | |
4416 | |
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4418 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 4419 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el |
4420 | |
4421 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand)) | |
4422 | |
4423 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion)) | |
4424 | |
4425 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4426 Completion on current word. | |
4427 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer | |
4428 and presents suggestions for completion. | |
4429 | |
4430 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the | |
4431 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the | |
4432 completions. | |
4433 | |
4434 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), | |
4435 then it searches *all* buffers. | |
4436 | |
4437 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list | |
4438 if there is a suitable one already." t nil) | |
4439 | |
4440 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\ | |
4441 Expand previous word \"dynamically\". | |
4442 | |
4443 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. | |
4444 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are | |
4445 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the | |
4446 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable | |
4447 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. | |
4448 | |
4449 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* | |
4450 possibility. A negative argument says search forward. | |
4451 | |
4452 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and | |
4453 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion | |
4454 with the next possible expansion not yet tried. | |
4455 | |
4456 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the | |
4457 direction of search to backward if set non-nil. | |
4458 | |
4459 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil) | |
4460 | |
4461 ;;;*** | |
4462 | |
43051 | 4463 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15384 |
4464 ;;;;;; 21747)) | |
25876 | 4465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el |
4466 | |
4467 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\ | |
4468 Major mode for editing DCL-files. | |
4469 | |
4470 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between | |
4471 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and | |
4472 dcl-block-end-regexp.) | |
4473 | |
4474 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. | |
4475 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. | |
4476 Data lines are not indented. | |
4477 | |
4478 Key bindings: | |
4479 | |
4480 \\{dcl-mode-map} | |
4481 Commands not usually bound to keys: | |
4482 | |
4483 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options | |
4484 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options | |
4485 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option | |
4486 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode | |
4487 | |
4488 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
4489 | |
4490 dcl-basic-offset | |
4491 Extra indentation within blocks. | |
4492 | |
4493 dcl-continuation-offset | |
4494 Extra indentation for continued lines. | |
4495 | |
4496 dcl-margin-offset | |
4497 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. | |
4498 | |
4499 dcl-margin-label-offset | |
4500 Indentation for a label. | |
4501 | |
4502 dcl-comment-line-regexp | |
4503 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. | |
4504 | |
4505 dcl-block-begin-regexp | |
4506 dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4507 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, | |
4508 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. | |
4509 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables | |
4510 make it possible to define other places to indent. | |
4511 Set to nil to disable this feature. | |
4512 | |
4513 dcl-calc-command-indent-function | |
4514 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. | |
4515 Two such functions are included in the package: | |
4516 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple | |
4517 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang | |
4518 | |
4519 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function | |
4520 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. | |
4521 One such function is included in the package: | |
4522 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) | |
4523 | |
4524 dcl-tab-always-indent | |
4525 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. | |
4526 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left | |
4527 margin. | |
4528 | |
4529 dcl-electric-characters | |
4530 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is | |
4531 typed. | |
4532 | |
4533 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps | |
4534 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize | |
4535 which words trigger electric indentation. | |
4536 | |
4537 dcl-tempo-comma | |
4538 dcl-tempo-left-paren | |
4539 dcl-tempo-right-paren | |
4540 These variables control the look of expanded templates. | |
4541 | |
4542 dcl-imenu-generic-expression | |
4543 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes | |
4544 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for | |
4545 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. | |
4546 | |
4547 dcl-imenu-label-labels | |
4548 dcl-imenu-label-goto | |
4549 dcl-imenu-label-gosub | |
4550 dcl-imenu-label-call | |
4551 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. | |
4552 | |
4553 Loading this package calls the value of the variable | |
4554 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4555 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' | |
4556 with no args, if that value is non-nil. | |
4557 | |
4558 | |
4559 The following example uses the default values for all variables: | |
4560 | |
4561 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches | |
4562 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) | |
4563 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. | |
4564 $ i = 1 | |
4565 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. | |
4566 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: | |
4567 $ label: | |
4568 $ if i.eq.1 | |
4569 $ then | |
4570 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are | |
4571 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4572 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... | |
4573 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset | |
4574 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line | |
4575 \"lined up with the command line\" | |
4576 $ type sys$input | |
4577 Data lines are not indented at all. | |
4578 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp | |
4579 $ endif | |
4580 $ | |
4581 " t nil) | |
4582 | |
4583 ;;;*** | |
4584 | |
4585 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" | |
43051 | 4586 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 4587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el |
4588 | |
4589 (setq debugger (quote debug)) | |
4590 | |
4591 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\ | |
4592 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'. | |
4593 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals | |
4594 of the evaluator. | |
4595 | |
4596 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and | |
4597 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the | |
4598 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil) | |
4599 | |
4600 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4601 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. | |
4602 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. | |
4603 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, | |
4604 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. | |
4605 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. | |
4606 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil) | |
4607 | |
4608 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\ | |
4609 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. | |
4610 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil) | |
4611 | |
4612 ;;;*** | |
4613 | |
4614 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4615 ;;;;;; (15400 1479)) |
25876 | 4616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el |
4617 | |
4618 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\ | |
4619 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil) | |
4620 | |
4621 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\ | |
4622 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. | |
4623 Lower-case letters enter plaintext. | |
4624 Upper-case letters are commands. | |
4625 | |
4626 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot | |
4627 modify it. | |
4628 | |
4629 The most useful commands are: | |
4630 \\<decipher-mode-map> | |
4631 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency | |
4632 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter | |
4633 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) | |
4634 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) | |
4635 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil) | |
4636 | |
4637 ;;;*** | |
4638 | |
33002 | 4639 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4640 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4641 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
25998 | 4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el |
4643 | |
33002 | 4644 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\ |
4645 Customization of `columns' group." t nil) | |
4646 | |
25998 | 4647 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\ |
4648 Prettify all columns in a text region. | |
4649 | |
4650 START and END delimits the text region." t nil) | |
4651 | |
4652 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\ | |
4653 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. | |
4654 | |
4655 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil) | |
4656 | |
4657 ;;;*** | |
4658 | |
43051 | 4659 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15384 |
4660 ;;;;;; 21747)) | |
25998 | 4661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el |
4662 | |
4663 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\ | |
4664 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map> | |
4665 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. | |
4666 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. | |
4667 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. | |
4668 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. | |
4669 | |
4670 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. | |
4671 | |
4672 Customization: | |
4673 | |
4674 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) | |
4675 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. | |
4676 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) | |
4677 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. | |
4678 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) | |
4679 Extra indentation for case statement labels. | |
4680 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) | |
4681 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, | |
4682 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
4683 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) | |
4684 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current | |
4685 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the | |
4686 blank line. | |
4687 `delphi-search-path' (default .) | |
4688 Directories to search when finding external units. | |
4689 `delphi-verbose' (default nil) | |
4690 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. | |
4691 | |
4692 Coloring: | |
4693 | |
4694 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) | |
4695 Face used to color delphi comments. | |
4696 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) | |
4697 Face used to color delphi strings. | |
4698 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) | |
4699 Face used to color delphi keywords. | |
4700 `delphi-other-face' (default nil) | |
4701 Face used to color everything else. | |
4702 | |
4703 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with | |
4704 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
4705 | |
4706 ;;;*** | |
4707 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4708 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4709 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
25876 | 4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el |
4711 | |
4712 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode)) | |
4713 | |
32115 | 4714 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\ |
39050 | 4715 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. |
33357 | 4716 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 4717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
4718 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.") | |
4719 | |
4720 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
4721 | |
4722 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel)) | |
4723 | |
25876 | 4724 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\ |
4725 Toggle Delete Selection mode. | |
4726 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is | |
4727 positive. | |
4728 | |
4729 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also | |
4730 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is | |
4731 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of | |
4732 any selection." t nil) | |
4733 | |
4734 ;;;*** | |
4735 | |
34166 | 4736 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4737 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471)) |
25876 | 4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el |
4739 | |
34166 | 4740 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\ |
4741 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. | |
4742 | |
4743 The arguments to this command are as follow: | |
4744 | |
4745 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. | |
39590 | 4746 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode') |
4747 or nil if there is no parent. | |
34166 | 4748 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\") |
4749 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, | |
4750 the function will attempt to invent something useful. | |
4751 BODY: forms to execute just before running the | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4752 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here. |
34166 | 4753 |
4754 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: | |
4755 | |
4756 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\") | |
4757 | |
4758 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' | |
4759 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, | |
4760 and DOCSTRING is generated by default. | |
4761 | |
4762 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as | |
4763 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: | |
4764 | |
4765 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\" | |
4766 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\" | |
4767 (setq case-fold-search nil)) | |
4768 | |
4769 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have | |
4770 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro)) | |
4771 | |
25876 | 4772 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\ |
26724 | 4773 Initialise variables for a new MODE. |
25876 | 4774 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an |
4775 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged | |
4776 the first time the mode is used." nil nil) | |
4777 | |
4778 ;;;*** | |
4779 | |
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4781 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el |
4783 | |
4784 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\ | |
4785 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. | |
4786 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil) | |
4787 | |
4788 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\ | |
4789 Load the `default' start-up library manually. | |
4790 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file | |
4791 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil) | |
4792 | |
4793 ;;;*** | |
4794 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15402 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4796 ;;;;;; 32085)) |
25876 | 4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el |
4798 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4799 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]") |
25876 | 4800 |
4801 ;;;*** | |
4802 | |
4803 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" | |
43051 | 4804 ;;;;;; (15425 28362)) |
25876 | 4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el |
4806 | |
4807 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4808 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. | |
4809 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed | |
4810 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for | |
4811 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil) | |
4812 | |
4813 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\ | |
4814 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. | |
4815 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. | |
4816 | |
4817 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. | |
4818 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since | |
4819 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that | |
4820 all relevant variables are set, as done here. | |
4821 | |
4822 #!/bin/sh | |
4823 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder | |
4824 emacs -batch \\ | |
4825 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\ | |
4826 european-calendar-style t \\ | |
4827 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\ | |
39732 | 4828 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries |
25876 | 4829 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow |
4830 | |
4831 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your | |
4832 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: | |
4833 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh | |
4834 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil) | |
4835 | |
4836 ;;;*** | |
4837 | |
4838 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4839 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 4840 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el |
4841 | |
4842 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\ | |
4843 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.") | |
4844 | |
4845 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\ | |
4846 *The command to use to run diff.") | |
4847 | |
4848 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\ | |
4849 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. | |
4850 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW | |
4851 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. | |
4852 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil) | |
4853 | |
4854 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\ | |
4855 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
4856 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
4857 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
4858 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil) | |
4859 | |
4860 ;;;*** | |
4861 | |
26899 | 4862 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
4863 ;;;;;; (15413 39886)) |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4865 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4866 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
26899 | 4867 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. |
39437 | 4868 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) |
4869 normal diffs. | |
4870 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4871 |
26899 | 4872 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\ |
4873 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. | |
4874 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4875 |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4876 ;;;*** |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
4877 |
25876 | 4878 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window |
4879 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink | |
4880 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename | |
4881 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches) | |
43051 | 4882 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15425 28361)) |
25876 | 4883 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el |
4884 | |
4885 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\ | |
4886 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. | |
4887 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; | |
4888 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4889 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4890 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp, |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4891 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
4892 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.") |
25876 | 4893 |
4894 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\ | |
4895 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').") | |
4896 | |
4897 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\ | |
4898 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. | |
4899 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by | |
4900 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link | |
4901 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). | |
4902 | |
4903 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to | |
4904 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. | |
4905 | |
4906 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a | |
4907 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and | |
4908 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can | |
4909 always set this variable to t.") | |
4910 | |
4911 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\ | |
4912 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. | |
4913 A value of nil means move to the subdir line. | |
4914 A value of t means move to first file.") | |
4915 | |
4916 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\ | |
4917 *Controls marking of renamed files. | |
4918 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. | |
4919 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) | |
4920 are afterward marked with that character.") | |
4921 | |
4922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\ | |
4923 *Controls marking of copied files. | |
4924 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. | |
4925 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4926 | |
4927 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\ | |
4928 *Controls marking of newly made hard links. | |
4929 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4930 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4931 | |
4932 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\ | |
4933 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. | |
4934 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. | |
4935 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.") | |
4936 | |
4937 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\ | |
4938 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. | |
4939 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, | |
4940 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. | |
4941 | |
4942 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.") | |
4943 | |
4944 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\ | |
4945 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. | |
4946 \(This works on only some systems.)") | |
4947 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired) | |
4948 | |
4949 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\ | |
4950 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. | |
4951 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. | |
4952 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) | |
4953 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have | |
4954 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, | |
4955 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit | |
4956 list of files to make directory entries for. | |
4957 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands. | |
4958 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then | |
4959 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete]. | |
4960 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. | |
4961 | |
4962 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil) | |
4963 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window) | |
4964 | |
4965 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\ | |
4966 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil) | |
4967 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame) | |
4968 | |
4969 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\ | |
4970 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil) | |
4971 | |
4972 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\ | |
4973 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil) | |
4974 | |
4975 ;;;*** | |
4976 | |
30565 | 4977 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp |
4978 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down | |
4979 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir | |
28939 | 4980 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir |
4981 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp | |
26899 | 4982 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename |
4983 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory | |
4984 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file | |
4985 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile | |
4986 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines | |
4987 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp | |
4988 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux" | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
4989 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15427 18577)) |
25876 | 4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el |
4991 | |
4992 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
4993 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. | |
37617 | 4994 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by |
4995 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.) | |
25876 | 4996 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. |
4997 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, | |
4998 which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
4999 | |
5000 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5001 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. | |
5002 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. | |
5003 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. | |
5004 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. | |
5005 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil) | |
5006 | |
5007 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5008 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5009 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil) | |
5010 | |
5011 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5012 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
5013 | |
5014 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5015 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
5016 | |
5017 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5018 Print the marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5019 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and | |
5020 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil) | |
5021 | |
5022 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5023 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. | |
5024 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, | |
5025 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file. | |
5026 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. | |
5027 | |
42730 | 5028 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs |
5029 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there. | |
5030 | |
5031 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by | |
5032 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | |
5033 file name substituted for `?'. | |
5034 | |
5035 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the | |
5036 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space). | |
5037 | |
5038 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special | |
5039 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through | |
5040 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by | |
42814 | 5041 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'. |
5042 | |
5043 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer. | |
5044 | |
5045 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as | |
5046 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed. | |
5047 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. | |
5048 | |
5049 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of | |
5050 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of | |
5051 in a subdir. | |
5052 | |
5053 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify | |
5054 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil) | |
25876 | 5055 |
5056 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5057 Kill all marked lines (not the files). | |
5058 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. | |
5059 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) | |
5060 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line | |
5061 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil) | |
5062 | |
5063 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5064 | |
5065 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5066 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil) | |
5067 | |
5068 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5069 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
5070 | |
5071 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5072 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil) | |
5073 | |
5074 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5075 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5076 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, | |
5077 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil) | |
5078 | |
5079 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5080 | |
5081 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5082 | |
5083 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5084 | |
5085 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5086 | |
5087 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil) | |
5088 | |
5089 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5090 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil) | |
5091 | |
5092 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5093 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. | |
5094 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. | |
5095 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5096 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, | |
5097 and new copies of these files are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5098 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5099 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5100 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5101 |
5102 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5103 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5104 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5105 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
5106 and new symbolic links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5107 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5108 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5109 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5110 |
5111 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5112 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5113 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
5114 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory | |
5115 and new hard links are made in that directory | |
37617 | 5116 with the same names that the files currently have. The default |
5117 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of | |
5118 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5119 |
5120 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5121 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. | |
5122 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. | |
37617 | 5123 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. |
5124 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value | |
5125 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 5126 |
5127 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5128 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
5129 | |
5130 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG | |
5131 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current | |
5132 file if none are marked. | |
5133 | |
25876 | 5134 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying |
5135 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time. | |
5136 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'. | |
5137 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. | |
5138 | |
5139 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. | |
5140 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil) | |
5141 | |
5142 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5143 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5144 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5145 | |
5146 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5147 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5148 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5149 | |
5150 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ | |
37617 | 5151 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. |
25876 | 5152 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil) |
5153 | |
5154 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5155 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil) | |
5156 | |
5157 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5158 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil) | |
5159 | |
5160 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5161 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5162 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), | |
5163 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5164 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. | |
5165 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5166 this subdirectory. | |
5167 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5168 | |
26899 | 5169 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5170 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. | |
5171 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, | |
5172 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). | |
5173 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. | |
5174 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at | |
5175 this subdirectory. | |
5176 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil) | |
5177 | |
25876 | 5178 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ |
5179 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. | |
5180 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil) | |
5181 | |
5182 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5183 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. | |
5184 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. | |
5185 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil) | |
5186 | |
5187 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5188 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. | |
5189 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command | |
5190 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil) | |
5191 | |
5192 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5193 Remove all lines of current subdirectory. | |
5194 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil) | |
5195 | |
5196 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5197 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5198 | |
5199 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5200 Go down in the dired tree." t nil) | |
5201 | |
5202 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5203 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. | |
5204 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. | |
5205 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil) | |
5206 | |
5207 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5208 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. | |
5209 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. | |
5210 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil) | |
5211 | |
5212 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\ | |
5213 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. | |
5214 Stops when a match is found. | |
5215 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) | |
5216 | |
28939 | 5217 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\ |
25876 | 5218 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. |
5219 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. | |
42730 | 5220 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace |
25876 | 5221 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil) |
5222 | |
30565 | 5223 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\ |
5224 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. | |
5225 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is | |
5226 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil) | |
5227 | |
25876 | 5228 ;;;*** |
5229 | |
43051 | 5230 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361)) |
25876 | 5231 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el |
5232 | |
5233 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\ | |
5234 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. | |
5235 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. | |
5236 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. | |
5237 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired | |
5238 buffer and try again." t nil) | |
5239 | |
5240 ;;;*** | |
5241 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 5243 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el |
5244 | |
5245 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\ | |
5246 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. | |
5247 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. | |
5248 | |
5249 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. | |
5250 | |
5251 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the | |
5252 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. | |
5253 | |
5254 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to | |
5255 `comint-output-filter-functions'. | |
5256 " nil nil) | |
5257 | |
5258 ;;;*** | |
5259 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5260 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5261 ;;;;;; 46419)) |
25876 | 5262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el |
5263 | |
5264 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\ | |
5265 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. | |
5266 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself | |
5267 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). | |
5268 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not | |
5269 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil) | |
5270 | |
5271 ;;;*** | |
5272 | |
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline | |
5274 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii | |
5275 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table | |
5276 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot | |
43051 | 5277 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 5278 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el |
5279 | |
5280 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5281 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil) | |
5282 | |
5283 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5284 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. | |
5285 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). | |
5286 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5287 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5288 | |
5289 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\ | |
5290 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. | |
5291 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). | |
5292 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', | |
5293 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil) | |
5294 | |
5295 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5296 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil) | |
5297 | |
5298 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\ | |
5299 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil) | |
5300 | |
5301 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\ | |
5302 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil) | |
5303 | |
5304 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\ | |
5305 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil) | |
5306 | |
5307 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\ | |
5308 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil) | |
5309 | |
5310 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\ | |
5311 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. | |
5312 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; | |
5313 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil) | |
5314 | |
5315 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\ | |
5316 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. | |
5317 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an | |
5318 X frame." nil nil) | |
5319 | |
5320 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\ | |
5321 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil) | |
5322 | |
30565 | 5323 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\ |
5324 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil) | |
25876 | 5325 |
5326 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\ | |
5327 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. | |
5328 | |
5329 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with | |
5330 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled | |
5331 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment | |
5332 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. | |
5333 | |
5334 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display | |
5335 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles | |
5336 European character display. | |
5337 | |
5338 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 | |
5339 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 | |
5340 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the | |
5341 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. | |
5342 | |
5343 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively | |
5344 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and | |
5345 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and | |
5346 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility | |
26724 | 5347 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil) |
25876 | 5348 |
5349 ;;;*** | |
5350 | |
5351 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5352 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 5353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el |
5354 | |
5355 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\ | |
5356 Dissociate the text of the current buffer. | |
5357 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, | |
5358 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. | |
5359 Every so often the user must say whether to continue. | |
5360 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. | |
5361 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. | |
5362 Default is 2." t nil) | |
5363 | |
5364 ;;;*** | |
5365 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5366 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el |
5368 | |
5369 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\ | |
5370 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil) | |
5371 | |
5372 ;;;*** | |
5373 | |
25998 | 5374 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5375 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 5376 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el |
5377 | |
25998 | 5378 (defvar double-mode nil "\ |
5379 Toggle Double mode. | |
5380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
5381 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.") | |
5382 | |
5383 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
5384 | |
5385 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double)) | |
5386 | |
25876 | 5387 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\ |
5388 Toggle Double mode. | |
5389 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. | |
5390 | |
5391 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings | |
5392 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil) | |
5393 | |
5394 ;;;*** | |
5395 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5396 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 5397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el |
5398 | |
5399 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\ | |
5400 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil) | |
5401 | |
5402 ;;;*** | |
5403 | |
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5405 ;;;;;; (15371 46420)) |
25876 | 5406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el |
5407 | |
5408 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\ | |
5409 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil) | |
5410 | |
5411 ;;;*** | |
5412 | |
34166 | 5413 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap |
5414 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" | |
43051 | 5415 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15401 43552)) |
25876 | 5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el |
5417 | |
26724 | 5418 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode)) |
5419 | |
5420 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
25876 | 5421 Define a new minor mode MODE. |
29505 | 5422 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, |
33357 | 5423 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. |
25876 | 5424 |
5425 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. | |
26724 | 5426 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. |
29505 | 5427 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. |
25876 | 5428 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. |
29505 | 5429 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' |
33357 | 5430 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use |
5431 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. | |
5432 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are | |
5433 used (see below). | |
5434 | |
26724 | 5435 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. |
29505 | 5436 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. |
5437 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. | |
33357 | 5438 The following keyword arguments are supported: |
5439 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. | |
5440 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be | |
5441 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local. | |
5442 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. | |
5443 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro)) | |
29505 | 5444 |
5445 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\ | |
33357 | 5446 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. |
29505 | 5447 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer |
5448 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. | |
5449 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: | |
5450 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 5451 |
32115 | 5452 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5453 Return a keymap built from bindings BS. | |
5454 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where | |
5455 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. | |
5456 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. | |
5457 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. | |
34166 | 5458 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
32115 | 5459 |
28162 | 5460 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro)) |
5461 | |
33002 | 5462 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\ |
5463 Define variable ST as a syntax-table. | |
37617 | 5464 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro)) |
28162 | 5465 |
25876 | 5466 ;;;*** |
5467 | |
5468 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5469 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5470 ;;;;;; 1475)) |
25876 | 5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el |
5472 | |
35196 | 5473 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun)) |
5474 | |
25876 | 5475 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\ |
5476 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. | |
5477 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value | |
5478 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. | |
5479 | |
5480 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. | |
5481 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs | |
5482 | |
5483 :filter FUNCTION | |
5484 | |
5485 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual | |
5486 menu displayed. | |
5487 | |
5488 :visible INCLUDE | |
5489 | |
5490 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this | |
5491 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. | |
5492 | |
5493 :active ENABLE | |
5494 | |
5495 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection | |
5496 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5497 | |
5498 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. | |
5499 | |
5500 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] | |
5501 | |
5502 NAME is a string--the menu item name. | |
5503 | |
5504 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, | |
5505 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. | |
5506 | |
5507 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5508 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5509 | |
26724 | 5510 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: |
25876 | 5511 |
5512 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] | |
5513 | |
5514 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. | |
5515 | |
5516 :keys KEYS | |
5517 | |
5518 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. | |
5519 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually | |
5520 computed automatically. | |
5521 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. | |
5522 | |
5523 :key-sequence KEYS | |
5524 | |
30565 | 5525 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this |
25876 | 5526 menu item. |
30565 | 5527 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of |
25876 | 5528 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no |
5529 keyboard equivalent. | |
5530 | |
5531 :active ENABLE | |
5532 | |
5533 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection | |
5534 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5535 | |
5536 :included INCLUDE | |
5537 | |
5538 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this | |
5539 expression has a non-nil value. | |
5540 | |
30565 | 5541 :suffix FORM |
5542 | |
5543 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose | |
5544 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. | |
25876 | 5545 |
5546 :style STYLE | |
26724 | 5547 |
25876 | 5548 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are |
26724 | 5549 defined: |
25876 | 5550 |
5551 toggle: A checkbox. | |
5552 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. | |
5553 radio: A radio button. | |
5554 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. | |
30565 | 5555 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the |
25876 | 5556 menu bar itself. |
5557 anything else means an ordinary menu item. | |
5558 | |
5559 :selected SELECTED | |
5560 | |
5561 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected | |
5562 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. | |
5563 | |
28523 | 5564 :help HELP |
5565 | |
5566 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. | |
5567 | |
25876 | 5568 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as |
5569 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed | |
5570 as a solid horizontal line. | |
5571 | |
5572 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro)) | |
5573 | |
5574 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil) | |
5575 | |
5576 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\ | |
5577 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. | |
5578 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items | |
5579 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil) | |
5580 | |
5581 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\ | |
5582 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. | |
25998 | 5583 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that |
5584 should contain a submenu named NAME. | |
5585 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. | |
5586 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. | |
5587 | |
5588 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. | |
5589 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before | |
5590 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. | |
25876 | 5591 |
5592 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, | |
5593 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil) | |
5594 | |
5595 ;;;*** | |
5596 | |
27545 | 5597 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style |
5598 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup | |
5599 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer | |
5600 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5601 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426)) |
27545 | 5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el |
5603 | |
5604 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5605 Customization for ebnf group." t nil) | |
5606 | |
5607 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5608 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5609 | |
5610 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for | |
5611 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending | |
5612 it to the printer. | |
5613 | |
5614 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it | |
5615 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save | |
5616 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a | |
5617 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil) | |
5618 | |
5619 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5620 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. | |
5621 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
5622 | |
5623 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5624 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. | |
5625 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a | |
5626 local buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
5627 | |
5628 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5629 | |
5630 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5631 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. | |
5632 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
5633 | |
5634 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
5635 | |
5636 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5637 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. | |
5638 | |
5639 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5640 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5641 | |
5642 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5643 | |
5644 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5645 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5646 | |
5647 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5648 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5649 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5650 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5651 | |
5652 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5653 | |
5654 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5655 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. | |
5656 | |
5657 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. | |
5658 The EPS file name has the following form: | |
5659 | |
5660 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps | |
5661 | |
5662 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. | |
5663 The default value is \"ebnf--\". | |
5664 | |
5665 <PRODUCTION> is the production name. | |
5666 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. | |
5667 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to | |
5668 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\". | |
5669 | |
5670 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil) | |
5671 | |
5672 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool)) | |
5673 | |
5674 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5675 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil) | |
5676 | |
5677 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5678 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil) | |
5679 | |
5680 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5681 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil) | |
5682 | |
5683 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5684 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil) | |
5685 | |
5686 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5687 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil) | |
5688 | |
5689 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5690 Set STYLE to current style. | |
5691 | |
5692 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5693 | |
5694 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5695 Reset current style. | |
5696 | |
5697 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5698 | |
5699 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5700 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. | |
5701 | |
5702 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5703 | |
5704 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\ | |
5705 Pop a style and set it to current style. | |
5706 | |
5707 It returns the old style symbol." t nil) | |
5708 | |
5709 ;;;*** | |
5710 | |
37617 | 5711 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree |
5712 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack | |
5713 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use | |
5714 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol | |
5715 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" | |
42814 | 5716 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15425 58604)) |
28523 | 5717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el |
5718 | |
5719 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5720 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. | |
5721 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. | |
5722 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. | |
5723 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. | |
5724 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. | |
5725 | |
5726 Tree mode key bindings: | |
28542 | 5727 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil) |
28523 | 5728 |
5729 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5730 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil) | |
5731 | |
30565 | 5732 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\ |
5733 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. | |
5734 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. | |
5735 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with | |
5736 completion." t nil) | |
28523 | 5737 |
5738 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5739 Repeat last operation on files in tree. | |
5740 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. | |
5741 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil) | |
5742 | |
5743 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5744 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. | |
5745 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil) | |
5746 | |
37617 | 5747 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\ |
5748 Search for call sites of a member. | |
5749 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. | |
5750 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. | |
5751 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that | |
5752 looks like a function call to the member." t nil) | |
5753 | |
5754 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5755 Move backward in the position stack. | |
5756 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5757 | |
5758 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5759 Move forward in the position stack. | |
5760 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil) | |
5761 | |
5762 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5763 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil) | |
5764 | |
5765 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\ | |
5766 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil) | |
5767 | |
28523 | 5768 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\ |
5769 Write the current tree data structure to a file. | |
5770 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. | |
5771 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil) | |
5772 | |
37617 | 5773 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\ |
5774 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil) | |
5775 | |
28523 | 5776 ;;;*** |
5777 | |
25876 | 5778 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5779 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 5780 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el |
5781 | |
5782 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\ | |
5783 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. | |
5784 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer | |
5785 listing with menuoid buffer selection. | |
5786 | |
5787 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list | |
5788 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list | |
5789 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. | |
5790 | |
5791 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on | |
5792 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are | |
5793 much like those of buffer-menu-mode. | |
5794 | |
5795 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. | |
5796 | |
5797 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil) | |
5798 | |
5799 ;;;*** | |
5800 | |
5801 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5802 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 5803 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el |
5804 | |
5805 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\ | |
5806 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. | |
5807 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil) | |
5808 | |
5809 ;;;*** | |
5810 | |
5811 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
5812 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el |
5814 | |
5815 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\ | |
5816 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5817 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and | |
5818 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by | |
5819 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. | |
5820 | |
5821 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this | |
5822 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with | |
5823 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your | |
5824 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.") | |
5825 | |
5826 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\ | |
5827 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. | |
5828 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. | |
5829 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.") | |
5830 | |
5831 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\ | |
27321 | 5832 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. |
25876 | 5833 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol |
5834 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro)) | |
5835 | |
5836 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form)) | |
5837 | |
5838 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\ | |
5839 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. | |
5840 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. | |
5841 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, | |
5842 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil) | |
5843 | |
5844 ;;;*** | |
5845 | |
5846 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision | |
5847 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer | |
5848 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions | |
5849 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor | |
5850 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise | |
5851 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor | |
5852 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor | |
5853 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions | |
5854 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 | |
42814 | 5855 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15425 58597)) |
25876 | 5856 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el |
5857 | |
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5859 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil) | |
5860 | |
5861 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\ | |
5862 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil) | |
5863 | |
5864 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3)) | |
5865 | |
5866 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files)) | |
5867 | |
5868 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5869 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil) | |
5870 | |
5871 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers)) | |
5872 | |
5873 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\ | |
5874 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil) | |
5875 | |
5876 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3)) | |
5877 | |
5878 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5879 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have | |
26724 | 5880 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5881 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5882 |
5883 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories)) | |
5884 | |
5885 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5886 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. | |
5887 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5888 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5889 |
5890 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions)) | |
5891 | |
5892 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\ | |
5893 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that | |
26724 | 5894 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular |
25876 | 5895 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5896 | |
5897 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3)) | |
5898 | |
5899 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\ | |
5900 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have | |
26724 | 5901 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression |
5902 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) | |
25876 | 5903 |
5904 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories)) | |
5905 | |
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5907 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. | |
26724 | 5908 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files |
25876 | 5909 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge |
26724 | 5910 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that |
25876 | 5911 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil) |
5912 | |
5913 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5914 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. | |
5915 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5916 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5917 |
5918 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) | |
5919 | |
5920 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5921 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. | |
5922 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file | |
26724 | 5923 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil) |
25876 | 5924 |
5925 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) | |
5926 | |
5927 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) | |
5928 | |
5929 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
5930 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. | |
5931 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5932 follows: | |
5933 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5934 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5935 | |
5936 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
5937 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. | |
5938 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as | |
5939 follows: | |
5940 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. | |
5941 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil) | |
5942 | |
5943 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\ | |
42730 | 5944 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. |
5945 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | |
5946 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | |
5947 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | |
5948 region. | |
25876 | 5949 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 |
26724 | 5950 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5951 |
5952 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\ | |
42730 | 5953 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers. |
5954 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except | |
5955 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer. | |
5956 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second | |
5957 region. | |
25876 | 5958 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. |
5959 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 | |
26724 | 5960 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil) |
25876 | 5961 |
5962 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files)) | |
5963 | |
5964 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\ | |
5965 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil) | |
5966 | |
5967 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5968 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil) | |
5969 | |
5970 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) | |
5971 | |
5972 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\ | |
5973 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil) | |
5974 | |
5975 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5976 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil) | |
5977 | |
5978 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\ | |
5979 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. | |
5980 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current | |
5981 buffer." t nil) | |
5982 | |
5983 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\ | |
5984 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. | |
42814 | 5985 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current |
25876 | 5986 buffer." t nil) |
5987 | |
5988 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
5989 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. | |
26724 | 5990 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a |
25876 | 5991 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil) |
5992 | |
5993 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\ | |
26724 | 5994 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. |
5995 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer | |
5996 and don't ask the user. | |
5997 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a | |
5998 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil) | |
25876 | 5999 |
6000 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\ | |
35196 | 6001 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. |
6002 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for | |
6003 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. | |
6004 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. | |
6005 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil) | |
25876 | 6006 |
6007 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file)) | |
6008 | |
6009 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer)) | |
6010 | |
6011 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\ | |
6012 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. | |
35196 | 6013 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. |
6014 Default: the file visited by the current buffer. | |
6015 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil) | |
25876 | 6016 |
6017 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision)) | |
6018 | |
6019 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\ | |
6020 Return string describing the version of Ediff. | |
6021 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil) | |
6022 | |
6023 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\ | |
6024 Display Ediff's manual. | |
6025 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil) | |
6026 | |
6027 ;;;*** | |
6028 | |
27949 | 6029 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el" |
43051 | 6030 ;;;;;; (15425 28361)) |
27949 | 6031 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el |
6032 | |
6033 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil) | |
6034 | |
6035 ;;;*** | |
6036 | |
25876 | 6037 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el" |
43051 | 6038 ;;;;;; (15425 28361)) |
25876 | 6039 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el |
6040 | |
6041 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\ | |
6042 Display Ediff's registry." t nil) | |
6043 | |
6044 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry)) | |
6045 | |
6046 ;;;*** | |
6047 | |
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) | |
43051 | 6049 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15425 28361)) |
25876 | 6050 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el |
6051 | |
6052 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\ | |
6053 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. | |
6054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', | |
6055 which see." t nil) | |
6056 | |
6057 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\ | |
6058 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. | |
6059 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. | |
6060 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil) | |
6061 | |
6062 ;;;*** | |
6063 | |
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro | |
6065 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6066 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 6067 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el |
6068 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro) | |
6069 | |
6070 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\ | |
6071 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. | |
6072 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.") | |
6073 | |
6074 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6075 Edit a keyboard macro. | |
6076 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. | |
6077 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit | |
6078 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by | |
6079 its command name. | |
6080 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil) | |
6081 | |
6082 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6083 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil) | |
6084 | |
6085 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6086 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil) | |
6087 | |
6088 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6089 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. | |
6090 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\". | |
6091 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. | |
6092 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored. | |
6093 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro. | |
6094 | |
6095 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case | |
6096 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. | |
6097 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. | |
6098 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil) | |
6099 | |
6100 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\ | |
6101 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. | |
6102 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. | |
6103 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. | |
6104 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted | |
6105 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil) | |
6106 | |
6107 ;;;*** | |
6108 | |
35196 | 6109 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" |
43051 | 6110 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el |
6112 | |
35196 | 6113 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\ |
6114 Set scroll margins. | |
6115 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. | |
6116 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil) | |
6117 | |
25876 | 6118 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\ |
6119 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil) | |
6120 | |
6121 ;;;*** | |
6122 | |
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6124 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el |
6126 | |
6127 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\ | |
6128 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer. | |
6129 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. | |
6130 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the | |
6131 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be | |
6132 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will | |
6133 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to | |
6134 the buffer specified by BUFFER. | |
6135 | |
6136 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
6137 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
6138 | |
6139 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window | |
6140 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer | |
6141 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if | |
6142 this value is non-nil. | |
6143 | |
6144 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and | |
32115 | 6145 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. |
6146 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. | |
25876 | 6147 |
36538 | 6148 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help |
6149 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and | |
25876 | 6150 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil) |
6151 | |
6152 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil) | |
6153 | |
6154 ;;;*** | |
6155 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6156 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string) |
43051 | 6157 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 6158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el |
6159 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6160 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\ |
42730 | 6161 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.") |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6162 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6163 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6164 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6165 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. |
25876 | 6166 |
6167 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is | |
6168 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. | |
6169 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is | |
6170 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained | |
6171 from the documentation string if possible. | |
6172 | |
6173 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring | |
6174 instead. | |
6175 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6176 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) |
25876 | 6177 |
6178 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\ | |
6179 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil) | |
6180 | |
6181 ;;;*** | |
6182 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6183 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6184 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
26899 | 6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el |
6186 | |
6187 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\ | |
6188 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. | |
6189 | |
6190 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show | |
6191 an elided material again. | |
6192 | |
6193 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil) | |
6194 | |
6195 ;;;*** | |
6196 | |
25876 | 6197 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" |
43051 | 6198 ;;;;;; (15401 43552)) |
25876 | 6199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el |
6200 | |
6201 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\ | |
6202 Initialize elint." t nil) | |
6203 | |
6204 ;;;*** | |
6205 | |
29505 | 6206 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6207 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15413 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6208 ;;;;;; 39891)) |
25876 | 6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el |
6210 | |
6211 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\ | |
6212 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. | |
6213 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil) | |
6214 | |
6215 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\ | |
6216 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. | |
6217 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil) | |
6218 | |
6219 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\ | |
6220 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. | |
6221 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: | |
6222 | |
6223 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil) | |
6224 | |
6225 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\ | |
6226 Display current profiling results. | |
6227 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling | |
6228 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are | |
6229 displayed." t nil) | |
6230 | |
6231 ;;;*** | |
6232 | |
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6234 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 6235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el |
6236 | |
6237 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\ | |
6238 Report a bug in GNU Emacs. | |
6239 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil) | |
6240 | |
6241 ;;;*** | |
6242 | |
6243 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor | |
6244 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote | |
6245 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor | |
6246 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6247 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15402 32084)) |
25876 | 6248 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el |
6249 | |
6250 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge")) | |
6251 | |
6252 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu))) | |
6253 | |
6254 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))) | |
6255 | |
6256 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))) | |
6257 | |
6258 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))) | |
6259 | |
6260 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))) | |
6261 | |
6262 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files))) | |
6263 | |
6264 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))) | |
6265 | |
6266 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))) | |
6267 | |
6268 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\ | |
6269 Run Emerge on two files." t nil) | |
6270 | |
6271 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6272 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6273 | |
6274 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\ | |
6275 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil) | |
6276 | |
6277 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6278 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil) | |
6279 | |
6280 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6281 | |
6282 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6283 | |
6284 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6285 | |
6286 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil) | |
6287 | |
6288 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\ | |
6289 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil) | |
6290 | |
6291 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\ | |
6292 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil) | |
6293 | |
6294 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil) | |
6295 | |
6296 ;;;*** | |
6297 | |
6298 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el" | |
43051 | 6299 ;;;;;; (15384 21745)) |
25876 | 6300 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el |
6301 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6302 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6303 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6304 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6306 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6307 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6308 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6309 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6310 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6311 |
25876 | 6312 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\ |
6313 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. | |
6314 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
6315 | |
6316 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command | |
6317 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode | |
6318 automatically. | |
6319 | |
6320 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted | |
6321 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6322 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil) |
25876 | 6323 |
6324 ;;;*** | |
6325 | |
6326 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) | |
43051 | 6327 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15425 28361)) |
25876 | 6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el |
6329 | |
6330 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\ | |
6331 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. | |
6332 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard | |
6333 text/enriched format. | |
6334 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. | |
6335 | |
42730 | 6336 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
6337 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. |
25876 | 6338 |
6339 Commands: | |
6340 | |
42730 | 6341 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 6342 |
6343 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6344 | |
6345 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil) | |
6346 | |
6347 ;;;*** | |
6348 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6350 ;;;;;; 46420)) |
30565 | 6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el |
6352 | |
6353 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\ | |
6354 Emacs shell interactive mode. | |
6355 | |
6356 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil) | |
6357 | |
6358 ;;;*** | |
6359 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6360 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6361 ;;;;;; 46420)) |
30565 | 6362 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el |
6363 | |
6364 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\ | |
6365 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil) | |
6366 | |
6367 ;;;*** | |
6368 | |
6369 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command | |
43051 | 6370 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15425 28363)) |
30565 | 6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el |
6372 | |
6373 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\ | |
6374 Create an interactive Eshell buffer. | |
6375 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of | |
6376 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in | |
6377 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session | |
42730 | 6378 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix |
30565 | 6379 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil) |
6380 | |
6381 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\ | |
6382 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. | |
6383 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil) | |
6384 | |
6385 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\ | |
6386 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. | |
6387 The result might be any Lisp object. | |
6388 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the | |
6389 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned | |
6390 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil) | |
6391 | |
6392 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\ | |
6393 Report a bug in Eshell. | |
6394 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. | |
6395 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil) | |
6396 | |
6397 ;;;*** | |
6398 | |
25876 | 6399 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags |
6400 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file | |
6401 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window | |
6402 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table | |
37203 | 6403 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list |
6404 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6405 ;;;;;; (15413 39896)) |
25876 | 6406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el |
6407 | |
6408 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\ | |
6409 *File name of tags table. | |
6410 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6411 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. | |
6412 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6413 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ") | |
6414 | |
28288 | 6415 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\ |
6416 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. | |
6417 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. | |
6418 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.") | |
6419 | |
25876 | 6420 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\ |
6421 *List of file names of tags tables to search. | |
6422 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory. | |
6423 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. | |
6424 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. | |
6425 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.") | |
6426 | |
37203 | 6427 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\ |
6428 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. | |
6429 An empty string means search the non-compressed file. | |
6430 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated | |
38398 | 6431 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function |
6432 `auto-compression-mode').") | |
37203 | 6433 |
25876 | 6434 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\ |
6435 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. | |
6436 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). | |
6437 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table | |
6438 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).") | |
6439 | |
6440 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\ | |
6441 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. | |
6442 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used, | |
6443 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.") | |
6444 | |
6445 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\ | |
6446 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag. | |
6447 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' | |
6448 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. | |
6449 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.") | |
6450 | |
6451 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6452 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. | |
6453 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. | |
6454 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. | |
6455 | |
6456 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. | |
6457 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. | |
6458 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag | |
6459 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags | |
6460 file the tag was in." t nil) | |
6461 | |
6462 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\ | |
6463 Return a list of files in the current tags table. | |
6464 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned | |
6465 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually | |
6466 without directory names." nil nil) | |
6467 | |
6468 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\ | |
6469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6470 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, | |
6471 but does not select the buffer. | |
6472 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. | |
6473 | |
6474 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6475 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6476 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6477 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6478 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6479 | |
6480 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6481 | |
6482 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6483 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6484 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6485 | |
6486 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6487 | |
6488 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6489 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6490 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. | |
6491 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. | |
6492 | |
6493 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6494 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6495 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6496 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number | |
6497 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6498 | |
6499 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6500 | |
6501 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6502 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6503 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6504 | |
6505 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6506 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag) | |
6507 | |
6508 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\ | |
6509 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6510 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and | |
6511 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6512 around or before point. | |
6513 | |
6514 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6515 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6516 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6517 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6518 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6519 | |
6520 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6521 | |
6522 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6523 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6524 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6525 | |
6526 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6527 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window) | |
6528 | |
6529 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\ | |
6530 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. | |
6531 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and | |
6532 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer | |
6533 around or before point. | |
6534 | |
6535 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6536 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6537 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6538 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6539 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6540 | |
6541 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. | |
6542 | |
6543 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6544 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6545 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6546 | |
6547 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6548 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame) | |
6549 | |
6550 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\ | |
6551 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. | |
6552 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. | |
6553 | |
6554 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for | |
6555 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are | |
6556 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P | |
6557 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or | |
6558 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. | |
6559 | |
6560 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. | |
6561 | |
6562 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed | |
6563 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark]. | |
6564 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. | |
6565 | |
6566 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6567 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp) | |
6568 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark) | |
6569 | |
6570 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\ | |
6571 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked. | |
6572 | |
6573 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument | |
6574 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from | |
6575 where they were found." t nil) | |
6576 | |
6577 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\ | |
6578 Select next file among files in current tags table. | |
6579 | |
6580 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the | |
6581 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is | |
6582 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. | |
6583 | |
6584 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer | |
6585 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. | |
6586 | |
6587 Value is nil if the file was already visited; | |
6588 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil) | |
6589 | |
6590 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\ | |
6591 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command. | |
6592 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the | |
6593 argument is passed to `next-file', which see). | |
6594 | |
6595 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of | |
6596 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is | |
6597 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to | |
6598 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to | |
6599 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil) | |
6600 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue) | |
6601 | |
6602 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\ | |
6603 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. | |
6604 Stops when a match is found. | |
6605 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]. | |
6606 | |
6607 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6608 | |
6609 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\ | |
42730 | 6610 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table. |
25876 | 6611 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. |
42730 | 6612 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace |
25876 | 6613 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]. |
6614 | |
6615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil) | |
6616 | |
6617 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\ | |
6618 Display list of tags in file FILE. | |
6619 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. | |
6620 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a | |
6621 directory specification." t nil) | |
6622 | |
6623 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\ | |
6624 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil) | |
6625 | |
6626 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\ | |
6627 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. | |
6628 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; | |
6629 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil) | |
6630 | |
6631 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\ | |
6632 Perform tags completion on the text around point. | |
6633 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. | |
6634 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default | |
6635 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil) | |
6636 | |
6637 ;;;*** | |
6638 | |
6639 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer | |
6640 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer | |
6641 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel | |
6642 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker | |
6643 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker | |
6644 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker | |
28919 | 6645 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6646 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477)) |
25876 | 6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el |
6648 | |
6649 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil) | |
6650 | |
6651 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6652 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6653 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language | |
6654 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6655 | |
6656 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region | |
6657 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6658 language. | |
6659 | |
6660 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion | |
6661 even if the buffer is read-only. | |
6662 | |
6663 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6664 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6665 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6666 | |
6667 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6668 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6669 | |
6670 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6671 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6672 | |
6673 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer | |
6674 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary | |
6675 language. | |
6676 | |
6677 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the | |
6678 buffer is read-only. | |
6679 | |
6680 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6681 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and | |
6682 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil) | |
6683 | |
6684 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6685 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6686 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6687 | |
6688 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6689 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. | |
6690 | |
6691 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\", | |
6692 convert the segments between them into FIDEL. | |
6693 | |
6694 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field | |
6695 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil) | |
6696 | |
6697 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6698 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL. | |
6699 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. | |
6700 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6701 | |
6702 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6703 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. | |
6704 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6705 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6706 | |
6707 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert | |
6708 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with | |
6709 the primary language. | |
6710 | |
6711 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the | |
6712 buffer is read-only. | |
6713 | |
6714 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6715 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6716 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6717 | |
6718 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6719 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. | |
6720 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary | |
6721 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. | |
6722 | |
6723 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the | |
6724 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the | |
6725 primary language. | |
6726 | |
6727 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the | |
6728 buffer is read-only. | |
6729 | |
6730 See also the descriptions of the variables | |
6731 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', | |
6732 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil) | |
6733 | |
6734 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6735 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. | |
6736 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil) | |
6737 | |
6738 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6739 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. | |
6740 | |
6741 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, | |
6742 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body, | |
6743 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and | |
6744 3) convert the body into SERA. | |
6745 | |
6746 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil) | |
6747 | |
6748 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6749 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA. | |
6750 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil) | |
6751 | |
6752 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6753 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil) | |
6754 | |
6755 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6756 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. | |
6757 | |
6758 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two | |
6759 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should | |
6760 be 1, 2, or 3. | |
6761 | |
6762 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. | |
6763 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. | |
6764 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. | |
6765 | |
6766 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil) | |
6767 | |
6768 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6769 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil) | |
6770 | |
6771 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6772 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. | |
6773 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil) | |
6774 | |
6775 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6776 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil) | |
6777 | |
6778 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6779 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. | |
6780 | |
6781 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the | |
6782 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. | |
6783 | |
6784 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. | |
6785 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil) | |
6786 | |
6787 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6788 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil) | |
6789 | |
6790 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6791 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil) | |
6792 | |
6793 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\ | |
6794 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil) | |
6795 | |
6796 ;;;*** | |
6797 | |
27321 | 6798 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline |
6799 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el" | |
43051 | 6800 ;;;;;; (15441 20096)) |
27321 | 6801 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el |
6802 | |
6803 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\ | |
6804 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. | |
42730 | 6805 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default |
27321 | 6806 server for future sessions." t nil) |
6807 | |
6808 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\ | |
6809 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6810 | |
6811 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\ | |
6812 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil) | |
6813 | |
6814 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\ | |
6815 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. | |
6816 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to | |
42730 | 6817 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. |
6818 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the | |
27321 | 6819 individual inline query words with directory attribute names. |
42730 | 6820 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by |
27321 | 6821 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. |
42814 | 6822 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. |
6823 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. | |
42730 | 6824 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, |
27321 | 6825 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil) |
6826 | |
6827 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\ | |
6828 Display a form to query the directory server. | |
6829 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first | |
6830 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil) | |
6831 | |
6832 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\ | |
6833 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. | |
6834 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil) | |
6835 | |
42730 | 6836 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu))))))))))) |
27326 | 6837 |
27321 | 6838 ;;;*** |
6839 | |
6840 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline | |
42814 | 6841 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary) |
43051 | 6842 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096)) |
27321 | 6843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el |
6844 | |
6845 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6846 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil) | |
6847 | |
6848 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6849 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6850 | |
42814 | 6851 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\ |
6852 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil) | |
6853 | |
27321 | 6854 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\ |
6855 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil) | |
6856 | |
6857 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6858 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil) | |
6859 | |
6860 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\ | |
6861 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil) | |
6862 | |
6863 ;;;*** | |
6864 | |
6865 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) | |
43051 | 6866 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096)) |
27321 | 6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el |
6868 | |
6869 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6870 Insert record at point into the BBDB database. | |
6871 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil) | |
6872 | |
6873 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\ | |
6874 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil) | |
6875 | |
6876 ;;;*** | |
6877 | |
6878 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" | |
43051 | 6879 ;;;;;; (15441 20096)) |
27321 | 6880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el |
6881 | |
6882 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\ | |
6883 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil) | |
6884 | |
6885 ;;;*** | |
6886 | |
30565 | 6887 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p |
6888 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6889 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 6890 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el |
6891 | |
30565 | 6892 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\ |
40341 | 6893 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name. |
30565 | 6894 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil) |
6895 | |
25876 | 6896 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\ |
6897 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. | |
6898 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', | |
6899 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control | |
6900 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made | |
6901 executable." t nil) | |
6902 | |
6903 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\ | |
6904 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. | |
6905 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil) | |
6906 | |
30565 | 6907 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\ |
6908 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. | |
6909 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing | |
6910 file modes." nil nil) | |
6911 | |
25876 | 6912 ;;;*** |
6913 | |
6914 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot | |
43051 | 6915 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 6916 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el |
6917 | |
6918 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\ | |
6919 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. | |
6920 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry | |
6921 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). | |
6922 | |
6923 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. | |
6924 | |
6925 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the | |
6926 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages | |
6927 to generate such functions. | |
6928 | |
6929 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of | |
6930 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the | |
6931 beginning of the expanded text. | |
6932 | |
6933 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first | |
6934 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions | |
6935 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and | |
6936 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. | |
6937 | |
6938 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil) | |
6939 | |
6940 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6941 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6942 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6943 | |
6944 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\ | |
6945 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. | |
6946 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil) | |
6947 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot) | |
6948 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot) | |
6949 | |
6950 ;;;*** | |
6951 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
6952 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15413 39896)) |
25876 | 6953 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el |
6954 | |
6955 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\ | |
6956 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. | |
6957 | |
6958 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. | |
6959 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. | |
6960 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. | |
6961 | |
6962 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. | |
6963 | |
6964 Key definitions: | |
6965 \\{f90-mode-map} | |
6966 | |
6967 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
6968 | |
6969 f90-do-indent | |
6970 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
6971 f90-if-indent | |
6972 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) | |
6973 f90-type-indent | |
6974 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) | |
6975 f90-program-indent | |
6976 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. | |
6977 (default 2) | |
6978 f90-continuation-indent | |
6979 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) | |
6980 f90-comment-region | |
6981 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
6982 region. (default \"!!!$\") | |
6983 f90-indented-comment-re | |
6984 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. | |
6985 (default \"!\") | |
6986 f90-directive-comment-re | |
6987 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented. | |
6988 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\") | |
6989 f90-break-delimiters | |
6990 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. | |
6991 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\") | |
6992 f90-break-before-delimiters | |
6993 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. | |
6994 (default t) | |
6995 f90-beginning-ampersand | |
6996 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) | |
6997 f90-smart-end | |
6998 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. | |
6999 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine | |
7000 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) | |
7001 f90-auto-keyword-case | |
7002 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) | |
7003 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. | |
7004 f90-leave-line-no | |
7005 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) | |
7006 f90-startup-message | |
7007 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t) | |
7008 f90-keywords-re | |
7009 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. | |
7010 | |
7011 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' | |
7012 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7013 | |
7014 ;;;*** | |
7015 | |
7016 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at | |
7017 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props | |
7018 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible | |
7019 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground | |
43051 | 7020 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15441 20529)) |
25876 | 7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el |
7022 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap) | |
7023 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap) | |
7024 | |
7025 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\ | |
7026 Menu keymap for faces.") | |
7027 | |
7028 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu) | |
7029 | |
7030 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\ | |
7031 Menu keymap for foreground colors.") | |
7032 | |
7033 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu) | |
7034 | |
7035 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\ | |
30565 | 7036 Menu keymap for background colors.") |
25876 | 7037 |
7038 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu) | |
7039 | |
27545 | 7040 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\ |
25876 | 7041 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.") |
7042 | |
7043 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu) | |
7044 | |
27545 | 7045 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\ |
25876 | 7046 Submenu for text justification commands.") |
7047 | |
7048 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu) | |
7049 | |
27545 | 7050 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\ |
25876 | 7051 Submenu for indentation commands.") |
7052 | |
7053 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu) | |
7054 | |
7055 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\ | |
7056 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.") | |
7057 | |
7058 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties")) | |
7059 | |
27545 | 7060 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--")))) |
7061 | |
7062 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu)))) | |
25876 | 7063 |
7064 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu) | |
7065 | |
7066 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\ | |
7067 Add FACE to the region or next character typed. | |
40341 | 7068 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that |
25876 | 7069 will not show through at all will be removed. |
7070 | |
40341 | 7071 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer. |
7072 | |
7073 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
7074 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
7075 requested face. | |
25876 | 7076 |
7077 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7078 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7079 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
7080 | |
7081 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 7082 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 7083 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). |
40341 | 7084 |
7085 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
7086 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
7087 requested face. | |
7088 | |
7089 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7090 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7091 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
25876 | 7092 |
7093 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 7094 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. |
40341 | 7095 Reads the color in the minibuffer. |
7096 | |
7097 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) | |
7098 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
7099 requested face. | |
7100 | |
7101 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7102 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7103 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
25876 | 7104 |
7105 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\ | |
30565 | 7106 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. |
25876 | 7107 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use |
7108 is the menu item's name. | |
7109 | |
40341 | 7110 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode) |
7111 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the | |
7112 requested face. | |
25876 | 7113 |
7114 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character | |
7115 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before | |
7116 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil) | |
7117 | |
7118 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7119 Make the region invisible. | |
7120 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7121 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7122 | |
7123 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\ | |
7124 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. | |
7125 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with | |
7126 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7127 | |
7128 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\ | |
7129 Make the region unmodifiable. | |
7130 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with | |
7131 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil) | |
7132 | |
7133 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\ | |
7134 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil) | |
7135 | |
7136 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\ | |
7137 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil) | |
7138 | |
7139 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\ | |
7140 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region. | |
7141 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil) | |
7142 | |
7143 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\ | |
7144 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil) | |
7145 | |
7146 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\ | |
7147 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil) | |
7148 | |
7149 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\ | |
7150 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. | |
7151 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of | |
7152 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list | |
7153 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil) | |
7154 | |
7155 ;;;*** | |
7156 | |
7157 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" | |
43051 | 7158 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 7159 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el |
7160 | |
7161 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7162 Toggle Fast Lock mode. | |
7163 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer | |
7164 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
7165 | |
7166 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) | |
7167 | |
7168 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text | |
7169 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the | |
7170 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. | |
7171 | |
7172 Font Lock caches may be saved: | |
7173 - When you save the file's buffer. | |
7174 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. | |
7175 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. | |
7176 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. | |
7177 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. | |
7178 | |
7179 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. | |
7180 | |
7181 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, | |
7182 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. | |
7183 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', | |
7184 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil) | |
7185 | |
7186 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\ | |
7187 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil) | |
7188 | |
7189 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil)) | |
7190 | |
7191 ;;;*** | |
7192 | |
7193 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue | |
34166 | 7194 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts |
43051 | 7195 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095)) |
25876 | 7196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el |
7197 | |
34166 | 7198 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\ |
35668 | 7199 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. |
7200 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used | |
7201 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil) | |
34166 | 7202 |
25876 | 7203 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\ |
7204 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil) | |
7205 | |
7206 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\ | |
7207 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. | |
7208 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can | |
7209 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil) | |
7210 | |
7211 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\ | |
7212 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. | |
7213 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of | |
7214 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly | |
7215 backup file names and the like)." t nil) | |
7216 | |
7217 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\ | |
7218 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. | |
7219 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event | |
7220 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which | |
7221 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up | |
7222 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed | |
7223 internally by feedmail): | |
7224 | |
7225 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) | |
7226 after-queue (a message has just been queued) | |
7227 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) | |
7228 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) | |
7229 | |
7230 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If | |
7231 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected | |
7232 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions | |
7233 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, | |
7234 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil) | |
7235 | |
7236 ;;;*** | |
7237 | |
35196 | 7238 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7239 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 7240 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el |
7241 | |
7242 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\ | |
7243 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. | |
7244 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. | |
7245 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. | |
7246 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, | |
7247 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. | |
7248 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil) | |
7249 | |
7250 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7251 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. | |
7252 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. | |
7253 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. | |
7254 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. | |
7255 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', | |
7256 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. | |
7257 | |
7258 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil) | |
26899 | 7259 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point) |
25876 | 7260 |
7261 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\ | |
7262 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. | |
7263 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is | |
7264 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. | |
7265 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces | |
7266 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil) | |
7267 | |
7268 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\ | |
7269 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. | |
7270 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. | |
7271 Return value: | |
7272 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) | |
7273 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns | |
7274 * otherwise, nil" t nil) | |
7275 | |
7276 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\ | |
7277 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil) | |
7278 | |
35196 | 7279 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\ |
7280 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil) | |
7281 | |
25876 | 7282 ;;;*** |
7283 | |
7284 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el" | |
43051 | 7285 ;;;;;; (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 7286 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el |
7287 | |
7288 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\ | |
7289 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. | |
7290 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in | |
7291 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through | |
31388 | 7292 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, |
7293 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution | |
25876 | 7294 \(directories) is done." t nil) |
7295 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7296 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7297 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete) | |
7298 | |
7299 ;;;*** | |
7300 | |
7301 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7302 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15413 39887)) |
25876 | 7303 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el |
7304 | |
7305 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\ | |
7306 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. | |
7307 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION | |
7308 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. | |
7309 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.") | |
7310 | |
7311 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\ | |
7312 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. | |
7313 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. | |
7314 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.") | |
7315 | |
7316 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7317 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. | |
7318 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7319 | |
7320 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls | |
7321 | |
7322 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use | |
7323 as the final argument." t nil) | |
7324 | |
7325 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7326 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, | |
7327 and run dired on those files. | |
7328 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. | |
7329 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7330 | |
7331 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil) | |
7332 | |
7333 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\ | |
7334 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. | |
7335 The command run (after changing into DIR) is | |
7336 | |
7337 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls | |
7338 | |
7339 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil) | |
7340 | |
7341 ;;;*** | |
7342 | |
7343 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file | |
7344 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7345 ;;;;;; (15400 1472)) |
25876 | 7346 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el |
7347 | |
7348 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7349 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
31388 | 7350 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. |
25876 | 7351 |
7352 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil) | |
7353 | |
7354 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7355 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. | |
7356 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. | |
7357 | |
7358 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. | |
7359 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. | |
7360 | |
7361 Variables of interest include: | |
7362 | |
31388 | 7363 - `ff-case-fold-search' |
7364 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). | |
25876 | 7365 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. |
7366 | |
31388 | 7367 - `ff-always-in-other-window' |
25876 | 7368 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an |
31388 | 7369 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. |
7370 | |
7371 - `ff-ignore-include' | |
25876 | 7372 If non-nil, ignores #include lines. |
7373 | |
31388 | 7374 - `ff-always-try-to-create' |
25876 | 7375 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. |
7376 | |
31388 | 7377 - `ff-quiet-mode' |
25876 | 7378 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. |
7379 | |
31388 | 7380 - `ff-special-constructs' |
7381 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special | |
7382 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for | |
25876 | 7383 extracting the filename from that construct. |
7384 | |
31388 | 7385 - `ff-other-file-alist' |
25876 | 7386 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. |
7387 | |
31388 | 7388 - `ff-search-directories' |
25876 | 7389 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in |
31388 | 7390 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. |
7391 | |
7392 - `ff-pre-find-hooks' | |
25876 | 7393 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. |
7394 | |
31388 | 7395 - `ff-pre-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7396 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. |
7397 | |
31388 | 7398 - `ff-post-load-hooks' |
25876 | 7399 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. |
7400 | |
31388 | 7401 - `ff-not-found-hooks' |
25876 | 7402 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. |
7403 | |
31388 | 7404 - `ff-file-created-hooks' |
25876 | 7405 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil) |
7406 | |
7407 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\ | |
7408 Visit the file you click on." t nil) | |
7409 | |
7410 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\ | |
31388 | 7411 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil) |
25876 | 7412 |
7413 ;;;*** | |
7414 | |
7415 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point | |
7416 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame | |
7417 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect | |
7418 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function | |
7419 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7420 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el |
7422 | |
7423 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
7424 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. | |
7425 | |
7426 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION | |
7427 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7428 not selected. | |
7429 | |
7430 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is | |
7431 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise | |
7432 in `load-path'." nil nil) | |
7433 | |
7434 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\ | |
7435 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. | |
7436 | |
7437 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function | |
7438 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7439 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7440 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7441 | |
7442 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in | |
7443 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7444 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7445 | |
7446 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7447 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7448 | |
7449 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7450 | |
7451 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7452 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. | |
7453 | |
7454 See `find-function' for more details." t nil) | |
7455 | |
7456 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7457 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. |
25876 | 7458 |
7459 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL | |
7460 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is | |
7461 not selected. | |
7462 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7463 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or |
25876 | 7464 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil) |
7465 | |
7466 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\ | |
7467 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. | |
7468 | |
7469 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable | |
7470 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and | |
7471 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if | |
7472 it is one of the current buffers. | |
7473 | |
7474 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in | |
7475 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. | |
7476 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil) | |
7477 | |
7478 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\ | |
7479 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7480 | |
7481 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7482 | |
7483 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\ | |
7484 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. | |
7485 | |
7486 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil) | |
7487 | |
7488 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\ | |
7489 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. | |
7490 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil) | |
7491 | |
7492 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7493 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7494 | |
7495 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\ | |
7496 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil) | |
7497 | |
7498 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\ | |
7499 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil) | |
7500 | |
7501 ;;;*** | |
7502 | |
37617 | 7503 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7504 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415)) |
37617 | 7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el |
7506 | |
7507 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7508 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil) | |
7509 | |
7510 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7511 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil) | |
7512 | |
7513 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\ | |
7514 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil) | |
7515 | |
7516 ;;;*** | |
7517 | |
28530 | 7518 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7519 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15371 46415)) |
28530 | 7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el |
7521 | |
7522 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\ | |
7523 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil) | |
7524 | |
7525 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\ | |
7526 Display FILE's commentary section. | |
7527 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil) | |
7528 | |
7529 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\ | |
7530 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil) | |
7531 | |
7532 ;;;*** | |
7533 | |
25876 | 7534 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7535 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el |
7537 | |
7538 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7539 Toggle flow control handling. | |
7540 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^. | |
7541 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil) | |
7542 | |
7543 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\ | |
7544 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. | |
7545 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control | |
7546 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, | |
7547 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ | |
7548 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil) | |
7549 | |
7550 ;;;*** | |
7551 | |
36538 | 7552 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off |
7553 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string) | |
43051 | 7554 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el |
7556 | |
30565 | 7557 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\ |
7558 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. | |
7559 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.") | |
7560 | |
7561 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\ | |
7562 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil) | |
7563 | |
42730 | 7564 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) |
7565 | |
25876 | 7566 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\ |
7567 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. | |
7568 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. | |
7569 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. | |
7570 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. | |
7571 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. | |
43051 | 7572 |
25876 | 7573 Bindings: |
7574 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). | |
7575 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. | |
7576 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. | |
7577 | |
7578 Hooks: | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7579 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered. |
25876 | 7580 |
7581 Remark: | |
7582 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are | |
7583 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by | |
7584 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. | |
7585 | |
7586 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance | |
7587 consider adding: | |
7588 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) | |
7589 in your .emacs file. | |
7590 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7591 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7592 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
7593 |
42730 | 7594 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) |
30565 | 7595 |
25876 | 7596 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\ |
7597 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil) | |
7598 | |
36538 | 7599 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\ |
7600 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil) | |
7601 | |
7602 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\ | |
7603 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil) | |
7604 | |
25876 | 7605 ;;;*** |
7606 | |
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode | |
7608 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el" | |
43051 | 7609 ;;;;;; (15441 20087)) |
25876 | 7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el |
7611 | |
7612 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7613 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7614 | |
7615 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7616 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil) | |
7617 | |
7618 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\ | |
7619 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. | |
7620 | |
7621 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use | |
7622 of two major techniques: | |
7623 | |
7624 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. | |
7625 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the | |
7626 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) | |
7627 | |
7628 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another | |
7629 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This | |
7630 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor | |
7631 movement commands. | |
7632 | |
7633 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two | |
7634 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow | |
7635 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been | |
7636 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, | |
7637 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your | |
7638 mileage may vary). | |
7639 | |
7640 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands | |
7641 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. | |
7642 | |
7643 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. | |
7644 | |
7645 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode | |
7646 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. | |
7647 \(This is the default.) | |
7648 | |
7649 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' | |
7650 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. | |
7651 | |
7652 Keys specific to Follow mode: | |
7653 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil) | |
7654 | |
7655 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\ | |
7656 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. | |
7657 | |
7658 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text | |
7659 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current | |
7660 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two | |
7661 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the | |
7662 two windows always will display two successive pages. | |
7663 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) | |
7664 | |
7665 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, | |
7666 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is | |
7667 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. | |
7668 | |
7669 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line | |
7670 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: | |
7671 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil) | |
7672 | |
7673 ;;;*** | |
7674 | |
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode | |
33357 | 7676 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7677 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15413 39887)) |
25876 | 7678 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el |
7679 | |
33002 | 7680 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults)) |
7681 | |
25876 | 7682 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7683 Toggle Font Lock mode. | |
37617 | 7684 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive |
7685 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font | |
7686 Lock on. | |
33002 | 7687 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".) |
25876 | 7688 |
7689 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: | |
7690 | |
7691 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; | |
7692 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; | |
7693 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the | |
7694 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7695 | |
33002 | 7696 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for |
7697 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]. | |
7698 | |
25876 | 7699 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in |
7700 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7701 | |
7702 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) | |
7703 | |
7704 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font | |
7705 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one | |
7706 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7707 | |
7708 (global-font-lock-mode t) | |
7709 | |
7710 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode | |
7711 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where | |
7712 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable | |
7713 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. | |
7714 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though | |
7715 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. | |
7716 | |
7717 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support | |
7718 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: | |
7719 | |
7720 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
7721 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) | |
7722 | |
7723 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting | |
7724 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can | |
7725 use `font-lock-add-keywords'. | |
7726 | |
7727 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer | |
7728 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. | |
7729 | |
7730 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of | |
7731 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused | |
7732 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
7733 | |
7734 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default | |
7735 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a | |
7736 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil) | |
7737 | |
7738 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\ | |
34166 | 7739 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil) |
25876 | 7740 |
7741 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\ | |
26899 | 7742 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7743 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
25876 | 7744 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. |
7745 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. | |
7746 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. | |
7747 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current | |
7748 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the | |
7749 end of the current highlighting list. | |
7750 | |
7751 For example: | |
7752 | |
7753 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode | |
7754 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) | |
7755 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face))) | |
7756 | |
7757 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in | |
7758 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. | |
7759 | |
38398 | 7760 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended |
7761 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7762 subtle problems due to details of the implementation. | |
7763 | |
25876 | 7764 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g., |
7765 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', | |
7766 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil) | |
7767 | |
26899 | 7768 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\ |
27949 | 7769 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. |
7770 | |
7771 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' | |
38398 | 7772 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. |
7773 | |
7774 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended | |
7775 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid | |
7776 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil) | |
26899 | 7777 |
25998 | 7778 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\ |
36538 | 7779 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled. |
33357 | 7780 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 7781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
7782 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.") | |
7783 | |
7784 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
7785 | |
7786 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock)) | |
7787 | |
33357 | 7788 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\ |
7789 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer. | |
7790 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
7791 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
7792 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil) | |
7793 | |
25876 | 7794 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\ |
26724 | 7795 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil) |
25876 | 7796 |
7797 ;;;*** | |
7798 | |
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7800 ;;;;;; (15402 32085)) |
25876 | 7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el |
7802 | |
7803 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\ | |
7804 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. | |
7805 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: | |
7806 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... | |
7807 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. | |
7808 | |
28288 | 7809 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward |
7810 compatibility. | |
25876 | 7811 |
7812 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is | |
7813 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. | |
7814 | |
7815 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil) | |
7816 | |
7817 ;;;*** | |
7818 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7819 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7820 ;;;;;; 1477)) |
26963 | 7821 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el |
7822 | |
7823 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\ | |
7824 Toggle footnote minor mode. | |
7825 \\<message-mode-map> | |
7826 key binding | |
7827 --- ------- | |
7828 | |
7829 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes | |
7830 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote | |
7831 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote | |
7832 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style | |
7833 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message | |
7834 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote | |
7835 " t nil) | |
7836 | |
7837 ;;;*** | |
7838 | |
25876 | 7839 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7840 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 7841 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el |
7842 | |
7843 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\ | |
7844 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. | |
7845 | |
7846 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: | |
7847 TAB forms-next-field TAB | |
7848 C-c TAB forms-next-field | |
7849 C-c < forms-first-record < | |
7850 C-c > forms-last-record > | |
7851 C-c ? describe-mode ? | |
7852 C-c C-k forms-delete-record | |
7853 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q | |
7854 C-c C-o forms-insert-record | |
7855 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l | |
7856 C-c C-n forms-next-record n | |
7857 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p | |
7858 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r | |
7859 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s | |
7860 C-c C-x forms-exit x | |
7861 " t nil) | |
7862 | |
7863 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\ | |
7864 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil) | |
7865 | |
7866 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\ | |
7867 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil) | |
7868 | |
7869 ;;;*** | |
7870 | |
7871 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7872 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15413 39896)) |
25876 | 7873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el |
7874 | |
7875 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\ | |
7876 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. | |
7877 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. | |
7878 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked | |
7879 with a character in column 6.") | |
7880 | |
7881 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\ | |
7882 Major mode for editing Fortran code. | |
7883 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. | |
7884 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. | |
7885 | |
7886 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for | |
7887 Fortran keywords. | |
7888 | |
7889 Key definitions: | |
7890 \\{fortran-mode-map} | |
7891 | |
7892 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: | |
7893 | |
7894 `comment-start' | |
30565 | 7895 If you want to use comments starting with `!', |
7896 set this to the string \"!\". | |
25876 | 7897 `fortran-do-indent' |
7898 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) | |
7899 `fortran-if-indent' | |
7900 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) | |
7901 `fortran-structure-indent' | |
7902 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. | |
7903 (default 3) | |
7904 `fortran-continuation-indent' | |
7905 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) | |
7906 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' | |
7907 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) | |
7908 `fortran-comment-indent-style' | |
7909 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, | |
7910 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond | |
7911 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed | |
7912 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7913 (for TAB format continuation style). | |
7914 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the | |
7915 indentation for a line of code. | |
7916 (default 'fixed) | |
7917 `fortran-comment-indent-char' | |
7918 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for | |
7919 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \") | |
7920 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' | |
7921 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) | |
7922 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' | |
7923 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) | |
7924 `fortran-line-number-indent' | |
7925 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get | |
7926 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching | |
7927 column 5. (default 1) | |
7928 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' | |
7929 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\" | |
7930 statements. (default nil) | |
7931 `fortran-blink-matching-if' | |
7932 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on | |
7933 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] | |
7934 statement. (default nil) | |
7935 `fortran-continuation-string' | |
7936 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation | |
7937 line. (default \"$\") | |
7938 `fortran-comment-region' | |
7939 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in | |
7940 region. (default \"c$$$\") | |
7941 `fortran-electric-line-number' | |
7942 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column | |
7943 as typed. (default t) | |
7944 `fortran-break-before-delimiters' | |
26724 | 7945 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. |
25876 | 7946 (default t) |
7947 | |
7948 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' | |
7949 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
7950 | |
7951 ;;;*** | |
7952 | |
37617 | 7953 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7954 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425)) |
37617 | 7955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el |
7956 | |
7957 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7958 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. | |
7959 | |
7960 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7961 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7962 | |
7963 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\ | |
7964 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. | |
7965 | |
7966 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, | |
7967 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil) | |
7968 | |
7969 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\ | |
7970 Compile fortune file. | |
7971 | |
7972 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses | |
7973 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil) | |
7974 | |
7975 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\ | |
7976 Create signature from output of the fortune program. | |
7977 | |
7978 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7979 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7980 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7981 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7982 | |
7983 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\ | |
7984 Display a fortune cookie. | |
7985 | |
7986 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, | |
7987 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune | |
7988 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix | |
7989 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil) | |
7990 | |
7991 ;;;*** | |
7992 | |
25876 | 7993 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
7994 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el |
7996 | |
7997 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
7998 Create a new generic mode with NAME. | |
7999 | |
8000 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST | |
8001 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) | |
8002 | |
8003 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function | |
8004 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new | |
8005 function. | |
8006 | |
8007 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, | |
8008 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character | |
8009 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with | |
33002 | 8010 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the |
8011 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. | |
25876 | 8012 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. |
8013 | |
8014 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. | |
8015 Each keyword should be a string. | |
8016 | |
8017 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry | |
8018 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' | |
8019 | |
33002 | 8020 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. |
8021 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' | |
25876 | 8022 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. |
8023 | |
8024 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. | |
8025 | |
8026 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil) | |
8027 | |
8028 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\ | |
8029 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. | |
8030 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have | |
8031 comment characters, keywords, and the like.) | |
8032 | |
8033 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. | |
8034 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil) | |
8035 | |
8036 ;;;*** | |
8037 | |
27545 | 8038 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8039 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
27545 | 8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el |
8041 | |
8042 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\ | |
8043 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. | |
8044 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) | |
8045 at places they belong to." t nil) | |
8046 | |
8047 ;;;*** | |
8048 | |
25876 | 8049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8050 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15413 39892)) |
25876 | 8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el |
8052 | |
8053 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
8054 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil) | |
8055 | |
8056 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\ | |
8057 Read network news. | |
8058 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
8059 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. | |
8060 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
8061 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. | |
8062 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil) | |
8063 | |
8064 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\ | |
8065 Read news as a slave." t nil) | |
8066 | |
8067 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\ | |
8068 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil) | |
8069 | |
8070 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\ | |
8071 Read network news. | |
8072 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the | |
8073 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will | |
8074 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil) | |
8075 | |
8076 ;;;*** | |
8077 | |
8078 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize | |
8079 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8080 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el |
8082 | |
8083 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
8084 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil) | |
8085 | |
8086 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
8087 Start Gnus plugged." t nil) | |
8088 | |
8089 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
8090 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. | |
8091 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the | |
8092 last form in your `.gnus.el' file: | |
8093 | |
8094 \(gnus-agentize) | |
8095 | |
8096 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', | |
8097 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus | |
8098 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil) | |
8099 | |
8100 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\ | |
8101 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil) | |
8102 | |
8103 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil) | |
8104 | |
8105 ;;;*** | |
8106 | |
32115 | 8107 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8108 ;;;;;; (15413 39892)) |
32115 | 8109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el |
8110 | |
8111 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\ | |
8112 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil) | |
8113 | |
8114 ;;;*** | |
8115 | |
25876 | 8116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8117 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el |
8119 | |
8120 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\ | |
33002 | 8121 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil) |
25876 | 8122 |
8123 ;;;*** | |
8124 | |
8125 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8126 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8127 ;;;;;; 46421)) |
25876 | 8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el |
8129 | |
8130 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8131 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. | |
8132 | |
8133 Usage: | |
8134 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil) | |
8135 | |
8136 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8137 Generate the cache active file." t nil) | |
8138 | |
8139 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\ | |
8140 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil) | |
8141 | |
8142 ;;;*** | |
8143 | |
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group) | |
43051 | 8145 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15384 21745)) |
25876 | 8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el |
8147 | |
8148 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8149 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. | |
8150 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil) | |
8151 | |
8152 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\ | |
8153 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil) | |
8154 | |
8155 ;;;*** | |
8156 | |
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8158 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el |
8160 | |
8161 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score)) | |
8162 | |
8163 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\ | |
8164 Run batched scoring. | |
8165 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil) | |
8166 | |
8167 ;;;*** | |
8168 | |
33357 | 8169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8170 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421)) |
33357 | 8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el |
8172 | |
8173 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil) | |
8174 | |
8175 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\ | |
8176 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. | |
8177 | |
8178 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8179 | |
8180 ;;;*** | |
8181 | |
32115 | 8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update |
8183 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8184 ;;;;;; (15400 1475)) |
32115 | 8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el |
8186 | |
8187 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8188 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. | |
8189 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail | |
8190 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with | |
8191 group parameters. | |
8192 | |
8193 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called | |
8194 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before | |
8195 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to | |
34166 | 8196 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. |
8197 | |
8198 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of | |
8199 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used | |
8200 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is | |
8201 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as | |
8202 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, | |
8203 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical | |
8204 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more | |
8205 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't | |
8206 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See | |
8207 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil) | |
32115 | 8208 |
8209 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
34166 | 8210 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by |
8211 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). | |
8212 | |
8213 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used | |
8214 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil) | |
32115 | 8215 |
8216 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
8217 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. | |
8218 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. | |
8219 | |
8220 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil) | |
8221 | |
8222 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8223 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8224 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT |
32115 | 8225 |
8226 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) | |
8227 | |
8228 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will | |
8229 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all | |
8230 existing groups are considered. | |
8231 | |
8232 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, | |
8233 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be | |
8234 returned. | |
8235 | |
8236 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC | |
8237 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this | |
8238 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or | |
8239 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is | |
8240 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if | |
8241 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it | |
8242 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT | |
8243 clauses will be generated. | |
8244 | |
34166 | 8245 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of |
8246 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no | |
8247 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is | |
8248 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy | |
8249 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, | |
8250 as the last element of a '| SPLIT. | |
8251 | |
32115 | 8252 For example, given the following group parameters: |
8253 | |
8254 nnml:mail.bar: | |
8255 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\") | |
8256 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\")) | |
8257 nnml:mail.foo: | |
8258 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\") | |
8259 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\") | |
8260 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\") | |
8261 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\")) | |
8262 nnml:mail.others: | |
8263 \((split-spec . catch-all)) | |
8264 | |
8265 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns: | |
8266 | |
8267 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\" | |
8268 \"mail.bar\") | |
8269 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\" | |
8270 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\")) | |
8271 \"mail.others\")" nil nil) | |
8272 | |
8273 ;;;*** | |
8274 | |
25876 | 8275 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8276 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el |
8278 | |
8279 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\ | |
8280 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. | |
8281 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil) | |
8282 | |
8283 ;;;*** | |
8284 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8285 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8286 ;;;;;; 46421)) |
32115 | 8287 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el |
8288 | |
8289 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\ | |
8290 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
8291 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the | |
35196 | 8292 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil) |
8293 | |
8294 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) | |
32115 | 8295 |
25876 | 8296 ;;;*** |
8297 | |
33002 | 8298 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8299 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
33002 | 8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el |
8301 | |
8302 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\ | |
8303 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. | |
8304 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. | |
8305 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr | |
8306 part is ignored. | |
8307 | |
8308 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is | |
8309 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' | |
8310 rather than using this function." nil nil) | |
8311 | |
8312 ;;;*** | |
8313 | |
25876 | 8314 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8315 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el |
8317 | |
8318 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\ | |
8319 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. | |
8320 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions | |
8321 for matching on group names. | |
8322 | |
8323 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as | |
8324 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like: | |
8325 | |
8326 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\" | |
8327 | |
8328 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil) | |
8329 | |
8330 ;;;*** | |
8331 | |
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8333 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el |
8335 | |
8336 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\ | |
8337 Update the format specification near point." t nil) | |
8338 | |
8339 ;;;*** | |
8340 | |
8341 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" | |
43051 | 8342 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el |
8344 | |
8345 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\ | |
32115 | 8346 Unload all Gnus features. |
8347 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names | |
8348 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use | |
8349 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil) | |
25876 | 8350 |
8351 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\ | |
8352 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil) | |
8353 | |
8354 ;;;*** | |
8355 | |
8356 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8357 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el |
8359 | |
8360 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\ | |
8361 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil) | |
8362 | |
8363 ;;;*** | |
8364 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8365 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15400 1479)) |
25876 | 8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el |
8367 | |
8368 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\ | |
8369 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8370 |
25876 | 8371 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. |
8372 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. | |
8373 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. | |
8374 | |
8375 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X | |
8376 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous | |
8377 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. | |
8378 | |
8379 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting | |
8380 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays]. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8381 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8382 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8383 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8384 |
25876 | 8385 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) |
8386 | |
8387 ;;;*** | |
8388 | |
8389 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8390 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424)) |
28212 | 8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el |
25876 | 8392 |
8393 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8394 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. | |
8395 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for | |
8396 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8397 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil) | |
8398 | |
8399 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8400 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. | |
8401 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for | |
8402 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found | |
8403 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil) | |
8404 | |
8405 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\ | |
8406 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. | |
8407 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL | |
8408 or to send e-mail. | |
8409 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. | |
8410 | |
8411 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and | |
8412 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil) | |
8413 | |
8414 ;;;*** | |
8415 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 8417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el |
8418 | |
8419 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\ | |
8420 Load a PS image for display on FRAME. | |
8421 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width | |
8422 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of | |
8423 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil) | |
8424 | |
8425 ;;;*** | |
8426 | |
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el" | |
43051 | 8428 ;;;;;; (15441 20087)) |
25876 | 8429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el |
8430 | |
8431 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\ | |
8432 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8433 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8434 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8435 | |
8436 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\ | |
8437 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8438 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8439 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8440 | |
8441 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\ | |
8442 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8443 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8444 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8445 | |
8446 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\ | |
8447 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8448 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8449 and source-file directory for your debugger. | |
8450 | |
8451 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source | |
8452 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil) | |
8453 | |
8454 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\ | |
8455 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. | |
8456 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8457 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8458 | |
8459 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\ | |
8460 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. | |
8461 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory | |
8462 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil) | |
8463 | |
8464 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8465 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8466 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8467 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\" |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8468 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value. |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8469 |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8470 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8471 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8472 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8473 original source file access method. |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8474 |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8475 For general information about commands available to control jdb from |
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
8476 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil) |
25876 | 8477 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
8478 | |
8479 ;;;*** | |
8480 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8482 ;;;;;; 46425)) |
25876 | 8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el |
8484 | |
8485 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\ | |
8486 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document. | |
8487 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' | |
8488 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. | |
8489 | |
8490 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) | |
8491 handwrite-fontsize (default 11) | |
8492 handwrite-numlines (default 60) | |
8493 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil) | |
8494 | |
8495 ;;;*** | |
8496 | |
25998 | 8497 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8498 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el |
8500 | |
8501 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\ | |
25998 | 8502 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil) |
8503 | |
8504 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\ | |
8505 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. | |
8506 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per | |
8507 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. | |
8508 | |
8509 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil) | |
8510 | |
8511 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\ | |
8512 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. | |
8513 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the | |
8514 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need | |
8515 to be updated." t nil) | |
8516 | |
8517 ;;;*** | |
8518 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8519 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8520 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library |
43051 | 8521 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15425 28361)) |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8523 |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8524 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8525 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. |
8526 If there is a tutorial version written in the language | |
8527 of the selected language environment, that version is used. | |
8528 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. | |
8529 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil) | |
8530 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8531 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8532 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. |
8533 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library' | |
8534 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load. | |
40341 | 8535 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes' |
39732 | 8536 to the specified name LIBRARY. |
8537 | |
8538 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories | |
8539 is used instead of `load-path'. | |
8540 | |
8541 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a | |
8542 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, | |
8543 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil) | |
8544 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8545 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8546 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil) |
8547 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8548 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil) |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8549 |
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8550 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8551 Return the bound variable symbol found around point. |
8552 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil) | |
8553 | |
41587
1337babcd9ab
Regenerate due to renaming of help-funs.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40341
diff
changeset
|
8554 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\ |
39732 | 8555 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). |
8556 Returns the documentation as a string, also. | |
8557 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), | |
8558 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil) | |
8559 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8560 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8561 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8562 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8563 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8564 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8565 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8566 Describe the category specifications in the current category table. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8567 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8568 |
39732 | 8569 ;;;*** |
8570 | |
25998 | 8571 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8572 ;;;;;; (15371 46415)) |
25876 | 8573 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el |
8574 | |
8575 (defvar three-step-help nil "\ | |
8576 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. | |
8577 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, | |
8578 and window listing and describing the options. | |
8579 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that | |
8580 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.") | |
8581 | |
8582 ;;;*** | |
8583 | |
39732 | 8584 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button |
8585 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup | |
43051 | 8586 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15425 28362)) |
39732 | 8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el |
8588 | |
8589 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\ | |
8590 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. | |
8591 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. | |
8592 Commands: | |
8593 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8594 | |
8595 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8596 | |
8597 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil) | |
8598 | |
8599 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\ | |
8600 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info. | |
8601 | |
8602 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help | |
8603 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the | |
8604 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of | |
40341 | 8605 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared. |
8606 | |
8607 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared, | |
8608 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can | |
8609 restore it properly when going back." nil nil) | |
39732 | 8610 |
8611 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\ | |
8612 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. | |
8613 | |
8614 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if | |
8615 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by | |
8616 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection | |
8617 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...' | |
8618 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding | |
8619 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8620 | |
8621 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also | |
8622 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment | |
8623 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate | |
8624 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. | |
8625 | |
8626 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of | |
8627 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for | |
8628 that." t nil) | |
8629 | |
8630 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8631 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. | |
8632 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched | |
8633 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are | |
8634 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8635 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8636 | |
8637 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\ | |
8638 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. | |
8639 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed | |
8640 to the button's help-function when it is invoked. | |
8641 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil) | |
8642 | |
8643 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\ | |
8644 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil) | |
8645 | |
8646 ;;;*** | |
8647 | |
25876 | 8648 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8649 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el |
8651 | |
8652 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\ | |
8653 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil) | |
8654 | |
8655 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\ | |
8656 Provide help for current mode." t nil) | |
8657 | |
8658 ;;;*** | |
8659 | |
8660 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" | |
43051 | 8661 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el |
8663 | |
8664 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\ | |
25998 | 8665 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. |
8666 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects | |
8667 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit | |
8668 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. | |
25876 | 8669 |
8670 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format | |
8671 using the function `hexlify-buffer'. | |
8672 | |
8673 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal) | |
8674 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line | |
8675 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal | |
8676 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. | |
8677 | |
8678 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are | |
8679 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as | |
8680 periods. | |
8681 | |
8682 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be | |
8683 in hexl format. | |
8684 | |
8685 A sample format: | |
8686 | |
8687 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT | |
8688 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- | |
8689 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod | |
8690 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re | |
8691 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte | |
8692 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal | |
8693 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print | |
8694 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara | |
8695 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont | |
8696 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII | |
8697 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are | |
8698 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per | |
8699 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin | |
8700 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character | |
8701 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. | |
8702 | |
8703 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most | |
8704 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line] | |
8705 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). | |
8706 | |
8707 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are | |
8708 also supported. | |
8709 | |
8710 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: | |
8711 | |
8712 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are | |
8713 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will | |
8714 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. | |
8715 | |
8716 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if | |
8717 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place | |
8718 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. | |
8719 | |
8720 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) | |
8721 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8722 | |
8723 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) | |
8724 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8725 | |
8726 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) | |
8727 into the buffer at the current point. | |
8728 | |
8729 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. | |
8730 | |
8731 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands | |
8732 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. | |
8733 | |
25998 | 8734 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. |
25876 | 8735 |
8736 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil) | |
8737 | |
8738 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\ | |
8739 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. | |
8740 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil) | |
8741 | |
8742 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\ | |
8743 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. | |
8744 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil) | |
8745 | |
8746 ;;;*** | |
8747 | |
30565 | 8748 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer |
36101 | 8749 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8750 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8751 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
30565 | 8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el |
8753 | |
8754 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces)) | |
8755 | |
8756 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\ | |
8757 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.") | |
8758 | |
8759 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
8760 | |
8761 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock)) | |
8762 | |
8763 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8764 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. | |
8765 | |
8766 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also | |
36101 | 8767 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" |
30565 | 8768 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, |
8769 which can be called interactively, are: | |
8770 | |
8771 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE | |
8772 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8773 | |
36101 | 8774 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE |
8775 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. | |
8776 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches | |
8777 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) | |
8778 | |
30565 | 8779 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE |
8780 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. | |
8781 | |
8782 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP | |
8783 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. | |
8784 | |
8785 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] | |
8786 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will | |
8787 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command | |
8788 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. | |
8789 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns], | |
8790 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. | |
8791 | |
8792 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] | |
8793 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). | |
8794 | |
8795 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the | |
8796 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: | |
8797 Hi-lock: FOO | |
8798 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords | |
8799 already present. The patterns must start before position (number | |
8800 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns | |
8801 will be read until | |
8802 Hi-lock: end | |
8803 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil) | |
8804 | |
8805 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer)) | |
8806 | |
8807 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8808 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8809 |
8810 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8811 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8812 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8813 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8814 | |
8815 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer)) | |
8816 | |
8817 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8818 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. |
30565 | 8819 |
8820 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history | |
8821 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. | |
8822 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. | |
8823 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil) | |
8824 | |
36101 | 8825 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)) |
8826 | |
8827 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8828 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. | |
8829 | |
8830 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial | |
8831 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil) | |
8832 | |
30565 | 8833 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer)) |
8834 | |
8835 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\ | |
36101 | 8836 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. |
30565 | 8837 |
8838 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted | |
8839 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock | |
36101 | 8840 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) |
30565 | 8841 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. |
8842 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil) | |
8843 | |
8844 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\ | |
8845 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. | |
8846 | |
8847 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using | |
8848 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can | |
8849 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil) | |
8850 | |
8851 ;;;*** | |
8852 | |
25876 | 8853 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially |
43051 | 8854 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el |
8856 | |
8857 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\ | |
8858 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. | |
8859 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
8860 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor | |
8861 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect | |
8862 how the hiding is done: | |
8863 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8864 `hide-ifdef-env' |
25876 | 8865 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the |
8866 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8867 is used. | |
8868 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8869 `hide-ifdef-define-alist' |
25876 | 8870 An association list of defined symbol lists. |
8871 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8872 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' | |
8873 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. | |
8874 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8875 `hide-ifdef-lines' |
25876 | 8876 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and |
8877 #endif lines when hiding. | |
8878 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8879 `hide-ifdef-initially' |
25876 | 8880 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode |
8881 is activated. | |
8882 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
8883 `hide-ifdef-read-only' |
25876 | 8884 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. |
8885 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. | |
8886 | |
8887 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8888 | |
8889 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\ | |
8890 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.") | |
8891 | |
8892 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\ | |
8893 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.") | |
8894 | |
8895 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\ | |
8896 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.") | |
8897 | |
8898 ;;;*** | |
8899 | |
27016 | 8900 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
8901 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el |
8903 | |
8904 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\ | |
27016 | 8905 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.") |
8906 | |
8907 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\ | |
25876 | 8908 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. |
27016 | 8909 Each element has the form |
25876 | 8910 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). |
27016 | 8911 |
8912 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks | |
8913 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. | |
8914 | |
8915 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is | |
8916 defined as text surrounded by START and END. | |
8917 | |
8918 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START | |
8919 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and | |
8920 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper | |
8921 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For | |
8922 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. | |
8923 | |
8924 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those | |
8925 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. | |
8926 | |
8927 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the | |
8928 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. | |
8929 | |
8930 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess | |
8931 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing | |
8932 whitespace. Case does not matter.") | |
25876 | 8933 |
8934 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\ | |
8935 Toggle hideshow minor mode. | |
8936 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. | |
8937 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow | |
8938 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. | |
8939 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
8940 | |
8941 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', | |
32115 | 8942 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also |
27016 | 8943 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. |
25876 | 8944 |
8945 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the | |
8946 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. | |
8947 | |
27949 | 8948 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. |
8949 | |
25876 | 8950 Key bindings: |
8951 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil) | |
8952 | |
8953 ;;;*** | |
8954 | |
8955 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file | |
8956 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change | |
8957 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight) | |
43051 | 8958 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el |
8960 | |
25998 | 8961 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil) |
8962 | |
25876 | 8963 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\ |
31388 | 8964 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. |
25876 | 8965 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil) |
8966 | |
8967 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
8968 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. | |
8969 | |
31388 | 8970 Without an argument: |
8971 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active | |
8972 or passive state as determined by the variable | |
8973 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active | |
8974 and passive state. | |
8975 | |
8976 With an argument ARG: | |
8977 If ARG is positive, set state to active; | |
8978 If ARG is zero, set state to passive; | |
8979 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. | |
8980 | |
8981 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. | |
25876 | 8982 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are |
8983 not displayed in a different face. | |
8984 | |
8985 Functions: | |
8986 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change | |
8987 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change | |
8988 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this | |
8989 buffer with the contents of a file | |
8990 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region | |
8991 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through | |
8992 various faces. | |
8993 | |
8994 Hook variables: | |
31388 | 8995 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. |
8996 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state | |
8997 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
25876 | 8998 |
8999 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
9000 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
9001 | |
9002 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
9003 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil) | |
9004 | |
9005 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
9006 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. | |
9007 | |
31388 | 9008 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element |
9009 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in | |
25876 | 9010 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain |
9011 shown in the last face in the list. | |
9012 | |
9013 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved | |
31388 | 9014 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the |
25876 | 9015 buffer to be saved): |
31388 | 9016 |
9017 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil) | |
25876 | 9018 |
9019 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
9020 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. | |
9021 | |
9022 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, | |
31388 | 9023 and must not be read-only. |
9024 | |
9025 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when | |
9026 this function is called interactively. | |
9027 | |
9028 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it | |
9029 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is | |
9030 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. | |
9031 | |
9032 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property | |
9033 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and | |
25876 | 9034 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil) |
9035 | |
9036 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\ | |
9037 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. | |
9038 | |
9039 When called interactively: | |
9040 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off | |
9041 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode | |
9042 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode | |
9043 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off | |
9044 | |
9045 When called from a program: | |
9046 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off | |
31388 | 9047 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode |
9048 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode | |
25876 | 9049 - otherwise just turn it on |
9050 | |
9051 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned | |
9052 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if | |
9053 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). | |
31388 | 9054 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil) |
25876 | 9055 |
9056 ;;;*** | |
9057 | |
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers | |
9059 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction | |
9060 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space | |
26724 | 9061 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9062 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472)) |
25876 | 9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el |
9064 | |
9065 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\ | |
9066 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. | |
9067 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, | |
9068 or insert functions in this list.") | |
9069 | |
9070 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\ | |
9071 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.") | |
9072 | |
9073 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\ | |
9074 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.") | |
9075 | |
9076 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\ | |
9077 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.") | |
9078 | |
9079 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\ | |
9080 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.") | |
9081 | |
9082 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\ | |
9083 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. | |
9084 If nil, all buffers are searched.") | |
9085 | |
9086 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\ | |
9087 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). | |
9088 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
9089 \(as atoms)") | |
9090 | |
9091 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\ | |
9092 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). | |
9093 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9094 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable |
25876 | 9095 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.") |
9096 | |
9097 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
9098 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. | |
9099 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are | |
9100 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated | |
9101 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible | |
9102 expansions. | |
9103 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next | |
9104 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument], | |
9105 undoes the expansion." t nil) | |
9106 | |
9107 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\ | |
9108 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. | |
9109 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second | |
9110 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro)) | |
9111 | |
9112 ;;;*** | |
9113 | |
39050 | 9114 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" |
43051 | 9115 ;;;;;; (15450 56540)) |
25998 | 9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el |
9117 | |
9118 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
39050 | 9119 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. |
25998 | 9120 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. |
9121 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on | |
9122 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil) | |
9123 | |
39050 | 9124 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\ |
9125 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. | |
9126 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
9127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
9128 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.") | |
9129 | |
9130 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9131 | |
9132 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line)) | |
9133 | |
9134 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\ | |
9135 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer. | |
9136 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
9137 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those | |
9138 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil) | |
9139 | |
25998 | 9140 ;;;*** |
9141 | |
38398 | 9142 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9143 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el |
9145 | |
38398 | 9146 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9147 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. | |
9148 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
9149 | |
9150 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
9151 | |
25876 | 9152 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\ |
9153 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). | |
9154 | |
9155 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the | |
9156 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. | |
9157 | |
9158 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil) | |
9159 | |
9160 ;;;*** | |
9161 | |
9162 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9163 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425)) |
35196 | 9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el |
25876 | 9165 |
9166 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9167 This function is obsolete. |
9168 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9169 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil) | |
25876 | 9170 |
9171 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9172 This function is obsolete. |
9173 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9174 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9175 |
9176 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\ | |
34166 | 9177 This function is obsolete. |
9178 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. | |
9179 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil) | |
25876 | 9180 |
9181 ;;;*** | |
9182 | |
42730 | 9183 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers |
9184 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers | |
9185 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers | |
9186 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp | |
9187 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill | |
9188 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines | |
9189 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked | |
9190 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show | |
42814 | 9191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters |
42730 | 9192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters |
9193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters | |
9194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable | |
42814 | 9195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-included-in-filters-p ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode |
9196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" | |
43051 | 9197 ;;;;;; "ibuf-ext.el" (15441 20088)) |
42730 | 9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el |
9199 | |
9200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9201 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility. | |
9202 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
9203 | |
9204 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9205 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil) | |
9206 | |
9207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9208 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil) | |
9209 | |
9210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil) | |
9211 | |
9212 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9213 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil) | |
9214 | |
9215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9216 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil) | |
9217 | |
9218 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9219 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer. | |
9220 | |
9221 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must | |
9222 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be | |
9223 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil) | |
9224 | |
9225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9226 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil) | |
9227 | |
9228 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9229 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil) | |
9230 | |
9231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9232 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR. | |
9233 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR | |
9234 filter into parts." t nil) | |
9235 | |
9236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9237 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | |
9238 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil) | |
9239 | |
9240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9241 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil) | |
9242 | |
9243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9244 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil) | |
9245 | |
9246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9247 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'. | |
9248 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead | |
9249 of replacing the current filters." t nil) | |
9250 | |
9251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9252 Toggle the current sorting mode. | |
9253 Possible sorting modes are: | |
9254 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed | |
9255 Name - the name of the buffer | |
9256 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer | |
9257 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil) | |
9258 | |
9259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9260 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil) | |
9261 | |
9262 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9263 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil) | |
9264 | |
9265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9266 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'. | |
9267 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown | |
9268 for this ibuffer session." t nil) | |
9269 | |
9270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9271 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'. | |
9272 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown | |
9273 for this ibuffer session." t nil) | |
9274 | |
9275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9276 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | |
9277 | |
9278 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | |
9279 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'. | |
9280 | |
9281 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers | |
9282 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil) | |
9283 | |
9284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9285 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1). | |
9286 | |
9287 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark | |
9288 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil) | |
9289 | |
9290 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9291 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil) | |
9292 | |
9293 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9294 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil) | |
9295 | |
9296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9297 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file. | |
9298 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil) | |
9299 | |
9300 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9301 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring. | |
9302 The names are separated by a space. | |
9303 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored. | |
9304 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file. | |
9305 | |
9306 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y. | |
9307 | |
9308 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the | |
9309 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil) | |
9310 | |
9311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9312 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil) | |
9313 | |
9314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9315 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil) | |
9316 | |
9317 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9318 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil) | |
9319 | |
9320 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9321 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil) | |
9322 | |
9323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9324 Mark all modified buffers." t nil) | |
9325 | |
9326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9327 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil) | |
9328 | |
9329 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9330 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil) | |
9331 | |
9332 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9333 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil) | |
9334 | |
9335 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9336 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil) | |
9337 | |
9338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9339 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil) | |
9340 | |
9341 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9342 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil) | |
9343 | |
9344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9345 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil) | |
9346 | |
9347 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\ | |
9348 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers. | |
9349 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it | |
9350 defaults to one." t nil) | |
9351 | |
9352 ;;;*** | |
9353 | |
9354 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter | |
43051 | 9355 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15441 |
9356 ;;;;;; 20088)) | |
42730 | 9357 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el |
9358 | |
9359 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
9360 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'. | |
9361 | |
9362 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and | |
9363 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer | |
9364 will be `buffer'. | |
9365 | |
9366 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column. | |
9367 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the | |
9368 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to | |
9369 the text, such as `mouse-face'. | |
9370 | |
9371 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named | |
9372 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be | |
9373 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you | |
9374 change its definition, you should explicitly call | |
9375 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro)) | |
9376 | |
9377 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
9378 Define a method of sorting named NAME. | |
9379 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called | |
9380 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'. | |
9381 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method. | |
9382 | |
9383 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one | |
9384 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil | |
9385 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro)) | |
9386 | |
9387 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
9388 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer. | |
9389 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for | |
9390 each marked buffer, with that buffer current. | |
9391 | |
9392 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function. | |
9393 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function. | |
9394 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function. | |
9395 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation | |
9396 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for | |
9397 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers. | |
9398 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used | |
9399 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid | |
9400 values are: | |
9401 nil - the function never modifiers buffers | |
9402 t - the function it always modifies buffers | |
9403 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the | |
9404 buffer's modification flag. | |
9405 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be | |
9406 prompted before performing this operation. | |
9407 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the | |
9408 operation is complete, in the form: | |
9409 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\" | |
9410 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a | |
9411 confirmation message, in the form: | |
9412 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\" | |
9413 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this | |
9414 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro)) | |
9415 | |
9416 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\ | |
9417 Define a filter named NAME. | |
9418 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function. | |
9419 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user. | |
9420 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter. | |
9421 | |
9422 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or | |
9423 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY | |
9424 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER | |
9425 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro)) | |
9426 | |
9427 ;;;*** | |
9428 | |
9429 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers) | |
43051 | 9430 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15441 20088)) |
42730 | 9431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el |
9432 | |
9433 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\ | |
9434 Display a list of buffers, in another window. | |
9435 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | |
9436 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil) | |
9437 | |
9438 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\ | |
9439 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default. | |
9440 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for | |
9441 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil) | |
9442 | |
9443 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\ | |
9444 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers. | |
9445 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information. | |
9446 | |
9447 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window. | |
9448 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults | |
9449 to \"*Ibuffer*\". | |
9450 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers | |
9451 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'. | |
9452 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer. | |
9453 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The | |
9454 special value `onewindow' means always use another window." t nil) | |
9455 | |
9456 ;;;*** | |
9457 | |
25876 | 9458 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" |
43051 | 9459 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el |
9461 | |
9462 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\ | |
37203 | 9463 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. |
9464 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil) | |
25876 | 9465 |
9466 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\ | |
9467 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. | |
9468 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil) | |
9469 | |
9470 ;;;*** | |
9471 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el |
9474 | |
9475 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\ | |
9476 Major mode for editing Icon code. | |
9477 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. | |
9478 Tab indents for Icon code. | |
9479 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
9480 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
9481 \\{icon-mode-map} | |
9482 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
9483 icon-tab-always-indent | |
9484 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, | |
9485 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
9486 icon-auto-newline | |
9487 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces | |
9488 inserted in Icon code. | |
9489 icon-indent-level | |
9490 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. | |
9491 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
9492 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
9493 icon-continued-statement-offset | |
9494 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the | |
9495 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
9496 icon-continued-brace-offset | |
9497 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. | |
9498 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. | |
9499 icon-brace-offset | |
9500 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. | |
9501 icon-brace-imaginary-offset | |
9502 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were | |
9503 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
9504 | |
9505 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' | |
9506 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
9507 | |
9508 ;;;*** | |
9509 | |
27321 | 9510 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" |
43051 | 9511 ;;;;;; (15384 21747)) |
27321 | 9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el |
9513 | |
9514 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\ | |
9515 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. | |
9516 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. | |
9517 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. | |
9518 | |
9519 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' | |
9520 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in | |
9521 separate frames. | |
9522 | |
9523 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. | |
9524 | |
9525 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending | |
9526 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. | |
9527 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
9528 | |
9529 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
9530 | |
9531 ;;;*** | |
9532 | |
27016 | 9533 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9534 ;;;;;; (15413 39896)) |
27016 | 9535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el |
9536 | |
9537 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\ | |
9538 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. | |
9539 | |
9540 The main features of this mode are | |
9541 | |
9542 1. Indentation and Formatting | |
9543 -------------------------- | |
9544 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. | |
9545 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. | |
9546 | |
9547 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also | |
9548 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. | |
9549 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at | |
9550 that point with the `+' concatenation operator. | |
9551 | |
9552 Comments are indented as follows: | |
9553 | |
9554 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. | |
9555 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code | |
9556 `;' Indent to a minimum column. | |
9557 | |
9558 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. | |
9559 | |
9560 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation | |
9561 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be | |
9562 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. | |
9563 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code | |
9564 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). | |
9565 | |
9566 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the | |
9567 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. | |
9568 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region'). | |
9569 | |
9570 2. Routine Info | |
9571 ------------ | |
9572 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted | |
9573 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info]. | |
9574 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. | |
9575 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode | |
9576 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules | |
9577 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this | |
30565 | 9578 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). |
9579 | |
9580 3. Online IDL Help | |
9581 --------------- | |
9582 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant | |
9583 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key | |
9584 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional | |
9585 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must | |
9586 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. | |
9587 | |
9588 4. Completion | |
27016 | 9589 ---------- |
30565 | 9590 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions |
9591 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and | |
9592 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). | |
9593 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in | |
9594 mixed or upper case. | |
9595 | |
9596 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations | |
27016 | 9597 -------------------------------- |
9598 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. | |
9599 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples | |
9600 | |
9601 \\pr PROCEDURE template | |
9602 \\fu FUNCTION template | |
9603 \\c CASE statement template | |
35196 | 9604 \\sw SWITCH statement template |
27016 | 9605 \\f FOR loop template |
9606 \\r REPEAT Loop template | |
9607 \\w WHILE loop template | |
9608 \\i IF statement template | |
9609 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template | |
9610 \\b BEGIN | |
9611 | |
9612 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have | |
9613 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. | |
9614 | |
9615 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the | |
9616 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries | |
9617 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification]. | |
9618 | |
30565 | 9619 6. Automatic Case Conversion |
27016 | 9620 ------------------------- |
9621 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by | |
9622 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. | |
9623 | |
30565 | 9624 7. Automatic END completion |
27016 | 9625 ------------------------ |
9626 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed | |
9627 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. | |
9628 | |
30565 | 9629 8. Hooks |
27016 | 9630 ----- |
9631 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. | |
9632 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. | |
9633 | |
30565 | 9634 9. Documentation and Customization |
27016 | 9635 ------------------------------- |
9636 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info] | |
9637 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). | |
9638 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's | |
9639 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. | |
9640 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. | |
9641 | |
30565 | 9642 10.Keybindings |
27016 | 9643 ----------- |
9644 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. | |
9645 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key] | |
9646 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. | |
9647 | |
9648 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil) | |
9649 | |
9650 ;;;*** | |
9651 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9652 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el |
9654 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*") | |
9655 | |
9656 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\ | |
9657 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. | |
9658 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil) | |
9659 | |
9660 ;;;*** | |
9661 | |
28724 | 9662 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image |
9663 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9664 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15402 32084)) |
25876 | 9665 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el |
9666 | |
27321 | 9667 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\ |
9668 Determine the image type from image data DATA. | |
9669 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot | |
9670 be determined." nil nil) | |
9671 | |
25876 | 9672 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\ |
9673 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. | |
9674 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot | |
9675 be determined." nil nil) | |
9676 | |
9677 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\ | |
9678 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. | |
9679 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil) | |
9680 | |
9681 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\ | |
27321 | 9682 Create an image. |
9683 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. | |
25876 | 9684 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted |
27321 | 9685 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes |
9686 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, | |
35196 | 9687 use its file extension as image type. |
27321 | 9688 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. |
25876 | 9689 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, |
32115 | 9690 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. |
25876 | 9691 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil) |
9692 | |
9693 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\ | |
25998 | 9694 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. |
25876 | 9695 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. |
25998 | 9696 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a |
9697 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the | |
29505 | 9698 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. |
25876 | 9699 POS may be an integer or marker. |
9700 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means | |
9701 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9702 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9703 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9704 |
9705 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\ | |
9706 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. | |
25998 | 9707 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer |
29505 | 9708 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is |
9709 defaulted if you omit it. | |
25876 | 9710 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means |
9711 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means | |
9712 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' | |
25998 | 9713 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil) |
25876 | 9714 |
9715 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\ | |
9716 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. | |
9717 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. | |
9718 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil) | |
9719 | |
28724 | 9720 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\ |
9721 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. | |
9722 | |
29505 | 9723 SPECS is a list of image specifications. |
28724 | 9724 |
9725 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9726 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
9727 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or | |
9728 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9729 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
29505 | 9730 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE |
9731 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image | |
9732 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is | |
9733 satisfied. | |
9734 | |
9735 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
28724 | 9736 |
25876 | 9737 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\ |
9738 Define SYMBOL as an image. | |
9739 | |
9740 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional | |
9741 documentation string. | |
9742 | |
9743 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of | |
9744 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at | |
27321 | 9745 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or |
9746 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, | |
9747 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a | |
9748 string containing the actual image data. The first image | |
9749 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to | |
9750 define SYMBOL. | |
25876 | 9751 |
9752 Example: | |
9753 | |
9754 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\") | |
9755 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro)) | |
9756 | |
9757 ;;;*** | |
9758 | |
33002 | 9759 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp |
9760 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" | |
43051 | 9761 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362)) |
32115 | 9762 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el |
9763 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9764 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\ |
33002 | 9765 *A list of image-file filename extensions. |
9766 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, | |
9767 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. | |
9768 | |
9769 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, | |
9770 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9771 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9772 the variable is set using \\[customize].") |
33002 | 9773 |
9774 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\ | |
9775 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. | |
9776 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, | |
9777 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. | |
9778 | |
9779 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is | |
9780 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9781 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9782 the variable is set using \\[customize].") |
33002 | 9783 |
32115 | 9784 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\ |
33002 | 9785 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil) |
9786 | |
9787 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\ | |
9788 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. | |
9789 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for | |
9790 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil) | |
32115 | 9791 |
9792 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 9793 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. |
33357 | 9794 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 9795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
9796 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.") | |
9797 | |
9798 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
9799 | |
9800 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file)) | |
9801 | |
9802 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\ | |
9803 Toggle visiting of image files as images. | |
9804 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
9805 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
9806 | |
9807 Image files are those whose name has an extension in | |
9808 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in | |
9809 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil) | |
9810 | |
9811 ;;;*** | |
9812 | |
25876 | 9813 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9814 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 9815 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el |
9816 | |
9817 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\ | |
9818 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. | |
9819 | |
9820 Affects only the mouse index menu. | |
9821 | |
9822 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). | |
9823 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found | |
9824 in the buffer. | |
9825 | |
9826 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. | |
9827 | |
9828 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first | |
9829 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; | |
9830 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.") | |
9831 | |
9832 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\ | |
9833 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9834 | |
9835 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' | |
9836 to create a buffer index. | |
9837 | |
9838 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: | |
9839 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) | |
9840 or like this: | |
9841 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) | |
9842 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in | |
9843 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element | |
30565 | 9844 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) |
9845 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. | |
25876 | 9846 |
9847 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the | |
9848 entries are not nested. | |
9849 | |
9850 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is | |
9851 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, | |
9852 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the | |
9853 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. | |
9854 | |
9855 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the | |
9856 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. | |
9857 | |
9858 The variable is buffer-local. | |
9859 | |
9860 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the | |
36101 | 9861 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be |
25876 | 9862 used to alter the syntax table for the search. |
9863 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9864 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by |
36101 | 9865 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the |
9866 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax | |
9867 during matching.") | |
25876 | 9868 |
9869 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression)) | |
9870 | |
9871 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\ | |
9872 The function to use for creating a buffer index. | |
9873 | |
9874 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index | |
9875 of the current buffer as an alist. | |
9876 | |
9877 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). | |
9878 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). | |
9879 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). | |
9880 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t | |
9881 if it is a sub-alist. | |
9882 | |
9883 This function is called within a `save-excursion'. | |
9884 | |
9885 The variable is buffer-local.") | |
9886 | |
9887 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function)) | |
9888 | |
9889 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\ | |
9890 Function for finding the next index position. | |
9891 | |
9892 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to | |
9893 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable | |
9894 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the | |
9895 file. | |
9896 | |
9897 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the | |
9898 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. | |
9899 | |
9900 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9901 | |
9902 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function)) | |
9903 | |
9904 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\ | |
9905 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. | |
9906 | |
9907 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' | |
9908 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. | |
9909 It should return the name for that index item. | |
9910 | |
9911 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9912 | |
9913 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function)) | |
9914 | |
25998 | 9915 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\ |
9916 Function to compare string with index item. | |
9917 | |
9918 This function will be called with two strings, and should return | |
9919 non-nil if they match. | |
9920 | |
9921 If nil, comparison is done with `string='. | |
9922 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, | |
9923 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of | |
9924 arguments match\". | |
9925 | |
9926 This variable is local in all buffers.") | |
9927 | |
9928 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function)) | |
9929 | |
25876 | 9930 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\ |
9931 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. | |
9932 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.") | |
9933 | |
9934 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function)) | |
9935 | |
35744 | 9936 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist)) |
9937 | |
25876 | 9938 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search)) |
9939 | |
9940 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\ | |
9941 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9942 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. | |
9943 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil) | |
9944 | |
9945 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\ | |
9946 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. | |
9947 | |
9948 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil) | |
9949 | |
9950 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\ | |
9951 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. | |
9952 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' | |
9953 for more information." t nil) | |
9954 | |
9955 ;;;*** | |
9956 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9957 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9958 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9959 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15400 1477)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9961 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9962 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9963 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9964 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9965 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9966 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9967 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9968 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9969 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9970 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9971 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9972 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9973 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9974 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9975 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9976 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9977 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9978 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9979 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9980 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9981 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9982 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9983 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
9984 |
25998 | 9985 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
9986 ;;;;;; (15400 1480)) |
25998 | 9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el |
25876 | 9988 |
9989 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\ | |
9990 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. | |
9991 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp | |
33002 | 9992 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword |
25876 | 9993 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)") |
9994 | |
9995 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\ | |
9996 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
9997 | |
9998 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\ | |
9999 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. | |
10000 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name | |
10001 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp | |
10002 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. | |
10003 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\" | |
10004 produces cosmetically superior output for this application, | |
10005 but it works only in Common Lisp.") | |
10006 | |
10007 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\ | |
10008 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. | |
10009 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, | |
33002 | 10010 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the |
25876 | 10011 Inferior Lisp buffer. |
10012 | |
31388 | 10013 This variable is only used if the variable |
10014 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. | |
10015 | |
25876 | 10016 More precise choices: |
10017 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\" | |
10018 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\" | |
10019 kcl: \"^>+ *\" | |
10020 | |
10021 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.") | |
10022 | |
10023 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\ | |
10024 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.") | |
10025 | |
10026 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\ | |
10027 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. | |
10028 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch | |
10029 to that buffer. | |
10030 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value | |
10031 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from | |
10032 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). | |
10033 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
10034 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*") | |
10035 | |
10036 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp)) | |
10037 | |
10038 ;;;*** | |
10039 | |
10040 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node | |
28710 | 10041 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10042 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15413 39888)) |
25876 | 10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el |
10044 | |
10045 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\ | |
10046 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil) | |
10047 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") | |
10048 | |
10049 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\ | |
10050 Enter Info, the documentation browser. | |
10051 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; | |
10052 the default is the top-level directory of Info. | |
25998 | 10053 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form |
10054 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. | |
25876 | 10055 |
10056 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command | |
10057 to read a file name from the minibuffer. | |
10058 | |
10059 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. | |
29505 | 10060 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' |
25876 | 10061 in all the directories in that path." t nil) |
10062 | |
10063 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\ | |
10064 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. | |
10065 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] | |
10066 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil) | |
10067 | |
28710 | 10068 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\ |
10069 Go to the Info directory node." t nil) | |
10070 | |
25876 | 10071 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\ |
10072 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. | |
35196 | 10073 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 10074 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
10075 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
10076 | |
10077 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\ | |
35196 | 10078 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. |
10079 KEY is a string. | |
30565 | 10080 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. |
35196 | 10081 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices |
25876 | 10082 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or |
10083 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil) | |
10084 | |
10085 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\ | |
10086 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. | |
10087 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil) | |
10088 | |
10089 ;;;*** | |
10090 | |
10091 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file | |
10092 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el" | |
43051 | 10093 ;;;;;; (15441 20088)) |
25876 | 10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el |
10095 | |
10096 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\ | |
10097 Throw away all cached data. | |
10098 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without | |
10099 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the | |
10100 system." t nil) | |
10101 | |
10102 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
10103 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. | |
10104 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. | |
10105 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value | |
10106 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 10107 The default symbol is the one found at point. |
10108 | |
10109 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 10110 |
10111 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\ | |
10112 Display the documentation of a file. | |
10113 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. | |
10114 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name | |
10115 into the minibuffer so you can edit it. | |
25998 | 10116 The default file name is the one found at point. |
10117 | |
10118 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil) | |
25876 | 10119 |
10120 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\ | |
10121 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil) | |
10122 | |
10123 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\ | |
10124 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil) | |
10125 | |
10126 ;;;*** | |
10127 | |
10128 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10129 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el |
10131 | |
10132 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\ | |
10133 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil) | |
10134 | |
10135 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\ | |
10136 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. | |
10137 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. | |
10138 | |
10139 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag | |
10140 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which | |
10141 should be saved in place of the original visited file. | |
10142 | |
10143 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is | |
10144 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original | |
10145 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it | |
10146 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil) | |
10147 | |
10148 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
10149 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. | |
10150 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil) | |
10151 | |
10152 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\ | |
10153 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
10154 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. | |
10155 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. | |
10156 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil) | |
10157 | |
10158 ;;;*** | |
10159 | |
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method | |
10161 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10162 ;;;;;; (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 10163 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el |
10164 | |
10165 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
10166 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil) | |
10167 | |
10168 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\ | |
10169 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil) | |
10170 | |
10171 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil) | |
10172 | |
10173 ;;;*** | |
10174 | |
10175 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el" | |
43051 | 10176 ;;;;;; (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el |
10178 | |
10179 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\ | |
10180 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. | |
10181 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. | |
10182 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys | |
10183 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following | |
10184 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. | |
10185 | |
10186 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language | |
10187 with the command `iso-accents-customize'. | |
10188 | |
10189 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, | |
10190 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). | |
10191 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. | |
10192 \"s gives German sharp s. | |
10193 /a gives a with ring. | |
10194 /e gives an a-e ligature. | |
10195 ~< and ~> give guillemots. | |
10196 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. | |
10197 ~? gives an inverted question mark. | |
10198 | |
10199 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, | |
10200 and a negative argument disables it." t nil) | |
10201 | |
10202 ;;;*** | |
10203 | |
10204 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only | |
28523 | 10205 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso |
10206 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10207 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 10208 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el |
10209 | |
10210 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10211 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. | |
10212 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10213 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10214 |
10215 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10216 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. | |
10217 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10218 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10219 |
10220 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10221 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. | |
10222 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10223 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10224 |
10225 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10226 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
10227 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10228 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10229 |
10230 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10231 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
10232 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10233 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10234 |
10235 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10236 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
10237 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10238 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10239 |
10240 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10241 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. | |
10242 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. | |
35196 | 10243 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
25876 | 10244 |
28523 | 10245 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\ |
10246 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. | |
10247 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 10248 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 10249 |
10250 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10251 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. | |
10252 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\". | |
35196 | 10253 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil) |
28523 | 10254 |
25876 | 10255 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\ |
10256 Warn that format is read-only." t nil) | |
10257 | |
10258 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10259 Warn that format is write-only." t nil) | |
10260 | |
10261 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\ | |
10262 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil) | |
10263 | |
10264 ;;;*** | |
10265 | |
10266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10267 ;;;;;; (15413 39894)) |
25876 | 10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el |
10269 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap))) | |
10270 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map) | |
10271 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap) | |
10272 | |
10273 ;;;*** | |
10274 | |
30565 | 10275 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag |
25876 | 10276 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings |
10277 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell | |
37617 | 10278 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist |
10279 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary) | |
43051 | 10280 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15441 20097)) |
25998 | 10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el |
25876 | 10282 |
28710 | 10283 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\ |
27321 | 10284 Non nil if using XEmacs.") |
10285 | |
25876 | 10286 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\ |
10287 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. | |
10288 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used, | |
10289 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.") | |
10290 | |
10291 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\ | |
10292 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. | |
10293 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.") | |
10294 | |
31388 | 10295 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1)))) |
25876 | 10296 |
10297 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1)))) | |
10298 | |
31388 | 10299 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1)))) |
10300 | |
39437 | 10301 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1)))) |
10302 | |
10303 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1)))) | |
10304 | |
10305 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2)))) | |
25876 | 10306 |
10307 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\ | |
10308 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. | |
10309 | |
10310 Each element of this list is also a list: | |
10311 | |
10312 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P | |
10313 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) | |
10314 | |
10315 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', | |
10316 nil means the default dictionary. | |
10317 | |
10318 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a | |
10319 word. | |
10320 | |
10321 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. | |
10322 | |
10323 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be | |
10324 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow | |
10325 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, | |
10326 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the | |
10327 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and | |
10328 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but | |
10329 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word. | |
10330 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. | |
10331 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. | |
10332 | |
10333 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. | |
10334 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any | |
10335 single word. | |
10336 | |
10337 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell | |
10338 subprocess. | |
10339 | |
10340 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which | |
10341 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts | |
10342 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff | |
10343 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. | |
10344 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, | |
10345 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. | |
10346 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See | |
10347 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. | |
10348 | |
10349 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. | |
10350 | |
10351 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should | |
10352 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the | |
10353 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).") | |
10354 | |
10355 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\ | |
10356 Key map for ispell menu.") | |
10357 | |
10358 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\ | |
10359 Spelling menu for XEmacs. | |
10360 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, | |
10361 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.") | |
10362 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10363 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload))) |
28710 | 10364 |
33357 | 10365 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name))))))))) |
10366 | |
10367 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))) | |
10368 | |
10369 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))) | |
10370 | |
10371 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map))))) | |
31388 | 10372 |
10373 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\ | |
25876 | 10374 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. |
10375 The alist key must be a regular expression. | |
10376 Valid forms include: | |
10377 (KEY) - just skip the key. | |
10378 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. | |
10379 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. | |
10380 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.") | |
10381 | |
31388 | 10382 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\ |
25876 | 10383 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. |
10384 First list is used raw. | |
10385 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}. | |
10386 | |
10387 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected | |
10388 for skipping in latex mode.") | |
10389 | |
10390 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word)) | |
10391 | |
10392 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\ | |
10393 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. | |
10394 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections | |
10395 in a window allowing you to choose one. | |
10396 | |
10397 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' | |
10398 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word | |
10399 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. | |
10400 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil | |
10401 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. | |
10402 | |
10403 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), | |
10404 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. | |
10405 | |
10406 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). | |
10407 | |
10408 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary] | |
27321 | 10409 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. |
10410 | |
10411 return values: | |
10412 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. | |
10413 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. | |
10414 \"word\" word corrected from word list. | |
10415 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered. | |
10416 quit spell session exited." t nil) | |
25876 | 10417 |
37617 | 10418 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\ |
10419 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. | |
10420 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil) | |
10421 | |
25876 | 10422 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\ |
10423 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. | |
10424 | |
10425 Selections are: | |
10426 | |
10427 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. | |
10428 SPC: Accept word this time. | |
10429 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. | |
10430 `a': Accept word for this session. | |
10431 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. | |
10432 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. | |
10433 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. | |
10434 `?': Show these commands. | |
10435 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. | |
10436 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits | |
10437 the aborted check to be completed later. | |
10438 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). | |
10439 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. | |
10440 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. | |
10441 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. | |
10442 `C-l': redraws screen | |
10443 `C-r': recursive edit | |
10444 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil) | |
10445 | |
10446 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\ | |
10447 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). | |
10448 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil) | |
10449 | |
10450 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\ | |
10451 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. | |
10452 A new one will be started as soon as necessary. | |
10453 | |
10454 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. | |
10455 | |
37617 | 10456 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil) |
25876 | 10457 |
10458 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\ | |
10459 Interactively check a region for spelling errors. | |
27321 | 10460 Return nil if spell session is quit, |
10461 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil) | |
25876 | 10462 |
10463 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\ | |
10464 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil) | |
10465 | |
10466 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\ | |
10467 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil) | |
10468 | |
10469 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\ | |
10470 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil) | |
10471 | |
10472 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10473 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words'). |
25876 | 10474 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character |
10475 sequence inside of a word. | |
10476 | |
10477 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil) | |
10478 | |
10479 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\ | |
10480 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil) | |
10481 | |
30565 | 10482 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\ |
10483 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. | |
31388 | 10484 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check |
35196 | 10485 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. |
10486 | |
10487 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are | |
10488 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell | |
10489 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries | |
10490 available on the net." t nil) | |
30565 | 10491 |
25876 | 10492 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\ |
10493 Toggle Ispell minor mode. | |
10494 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. | |
31388 | 10495 |
25876 | 10496 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET |
10497 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. | |
10498 | |
10499 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read | |
10500 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil) | |
10501 | |
10502 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\ | |
10503 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. | |
10504 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. | |
10505 Don't check included messages. | |
10506 | |
10507 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, | |
10508 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) | |
10509 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. | |
10510 | |
10511 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines | |
10512 in your .emacs file: | |
10513 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 | |
10514 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 | |
10515 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10516 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) | |
10517 | |
10518 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to | |
10519 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: | |
10520 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil) | |
10521 | |
10522 ;;;*** | |
10523 | |
32115 | 10524 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer |
25876 | 10525 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings |
43051 | 10526 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15384 21741)) |
25876 | 10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el |
10528 | |
10529 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10530 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. | |
32115 | 10531 Return the name of a buffer selected. |
25876 | 10532 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default |
10533 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. | |
10534 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil) | |
10535 | |
10536 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10537 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. | |
10538 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also | |
32115 | 10539 adds a hook to the minibuffer. |
10540 | |
10541 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 10542 |
10543 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10544 Switch to another buffer. | |
10545 | |
10546 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The | |
10547 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the | |
10548 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible | |
10549 in another frame. | |
10550 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10551 | |
10552 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10553 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. | |
10554 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10555 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10556 | |
10557 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10558 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. | |
10559 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10560 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10561 | |
10562 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\ | |
10563 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. | |
10564 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. | |
10565 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil) | |
10566 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10567 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10568 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10569 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10571 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10572 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10573 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10574 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10575 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10576 |
32115 | 10577 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\ |
10578 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. | |
10579 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
10580 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See | |
10581 `iswitchb' for details." t nil) | |
10582 | |
25876 | 10583 ;;;*** |
10584 | |
10585 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region | |
10586 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku | |
28919 | 10587 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10588 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 10589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el |
10590 | |
10591 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil) | |
10592 | |
10593 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10594 Convert argument to Katakana and return that. | |
10595 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10596 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10597 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana | |
10598 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value | |
10599 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are | |
10600 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil) | |
10601 | |
10602 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\ | |
10603 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. | |
10604 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10605 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10606 | |
10607 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10608 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. | |
10609 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10610 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. | |
10611 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil) | |
10612 | |
10613 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\ | |
10614 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. | |
10615 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. | |
10616 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil) | |
10617 | |
10618 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10619 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. | |
10620 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character | |
10621 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil) | |
10622 | |
10623 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10624 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil) | |
10625 | |
10626 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10627 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. | |
10628 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10629 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10630 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil) | |
10631 | |
10632 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\ | |
10633 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. | |
10634 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' | |
10635 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. | |
10636 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil) | |
10637 | |
10638 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\ | |
10639 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
10640 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil) | |
10641 | |
10642 ;;;*** | |
10643 | |
43051 | 10644 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15384 |
10645 ;;;;;; 21741)) | |
25876 | 10646 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el |
10647 | |
33002 | 10648 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\ |
10649 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. | |
10650 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region | |
10651 that needs to be (re)fontified. | |
10652 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil) | |
10653 | |
10654 ;;;*** | |
10655 | |
10656 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10657 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15413 39888)) |
25876 | 10658 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el |
25998 | 10659 |
10660 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\ | |
38452 | 10661 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. |
33357 | 10662 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 10663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10664 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.") | |
10665 | |
10666 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10667 | |
10668 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr)) | |
32115 | 10669 |
10670 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ | |
25876 | 10671 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. |
10672 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. | |
32115 | 10673 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil) |
25876 | 10674 |
33002 | 10675 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\ |
10676 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro)) | |
10677 | |
25876 | 10678 ;;;*** |
10679 | |
10680 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10681 ;;;;;; (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el |
10683 | |
10684 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\ | |
10685 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. | |
10686 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. | |
10687 | |
10688 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed | |
10689 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed | |
10690 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' | |
10691 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or | |
10692 shorter. | |
10693 | |
10694 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay | |
10695 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in | |
10696 the context of text formatting." nil nil) | |
10697 | |
10698 ;;;*** | |
10699 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10700 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10701 ;;;;;; 46423)) |
25876 | 10702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el |
10703 | |
30565 | 10704 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\ |
10705 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. | |
10706 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from | |
10707 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this | |
10708 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer | |
10709 positions that contains the current selection.") | |
10710 | |
25876 | 10711 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\ |
10712 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. | |
10713 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. | |
10714 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
10715 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. | |
10716 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, | |
10717 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil) | |
10718 | |
10719 ;;;*** | |
10720 | |
28919 | 10721 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10722 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el |
10724 | |
25998 | 10725 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\ |
25876 | 10726 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. |
10727 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.") | |
10728 | |
10729 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil) | |
10730 | |
10731 ;;;*** | |
10732 | |
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10734 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 10735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el |
10736 | |
10737 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run)) | |
10738 | |
10739 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\ | |
10740 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil) | |
10741 | |
10742 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm)) | |
10743 | |
10744 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\ | |
10745 Start or resume an Lm game. | |
10746 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. | |
10747 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: | |
10748 | |
10749 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game | |
10750 --------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
10751 none / 1 | yes | no | |
10752 2 | yes | yes | |
10753 3 | no | yes | |
10754 4 | no | no | |
10755 | |
10756 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot], | |
10757 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. | |
10758 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil) | |
10759 | |
10760 ;;;*** | |
10761 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10763 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao |
43051 | 10764 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15384 |
10765 ;;;;;; 21746)) | |
25876 | 10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el |
10767 | |
26899 | 10768 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
10769 | |
10770 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\ | |
10771 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. | |
10772 Only the first syllable is transcribed. | |
10773 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where | |
10774 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, | |
10775 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. | |
10776 | |
10777 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao | |
10778 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil) | |
10779 | |
10780 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\ | |
10781 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil) | |
10782 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10783 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10784 |
26899 | 10785 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\ |
10786 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. | |
10787 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
10788 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
10789 to compose. | |
10790 | |
10791 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
10792 | |
28919 | 10793 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil) |
10794 | |
25876 | 10795 ;;;*** |
10796 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10797 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display) |
43051 | 10798 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15384 21745)) |
32115 | 10799 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el |
10800 | |
10801 (defvar latin1-display nil "\ | |
10802 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. | |
10803 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', | |
10804 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using | |
10805 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise | |
10806 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input | |
10807 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if | |
10808 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. | |
10809 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10810 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10811 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10812 |
32115 | 10813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
10814 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") | |
10815 | |
10816 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable)) | |
10817 | |
10818 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp)) | |
10819 | |
10820 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\ | |
10821 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. | |
10822 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list | |
10823 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10824 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10825 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10826 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10827 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10828 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10829 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10830 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10831 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10832 changed if the display can render Unicode characters. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10833 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10835 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10836 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10837 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10838 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
10839 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp)) |
32115 | 10840 |
10841 ;;;*** | |
10842 | |
25876 | 10843 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" |
43051 | 10844 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15443 53096)) |
25876 | 10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el |
10846 | |
10847 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10848 Toggle Lazy Lock mode. | |
10849 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it | |
10850 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: | |
10851 | |
10852 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) | |
10853 | |
43051 | 10854 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see |
10855 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in | |
10856 JIT Lock's favor. | |
10857 | |
25876 | 10858 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: |
10859 | |
10860 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. | |
10861 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than | |
10862 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs | |
10863 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise | |
10864 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow | |
10865 for large buffers. | |
10866 | |
10867 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. | |
10868 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. | |
10869 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds | |
10870 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if | |
10871 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. | |
10872 | |
10873 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. | |
10874 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, | |
10875 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs | |
10876 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too | |
10877 slow to keep up with your typing. | |
10878 | |
10879 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. | |
10880 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic | |
10881 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs | |
10882 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and | |
10883 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic | |
10884 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. | |
10885 | |
10886 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. | |
10887 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has | |
10888 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. | |
10889 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. | |
10890 | |
10891 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified | |
10892 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode | |
10893 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any | |
10894 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block]. | |
10895 | |
10896 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. | |
10897 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth | |
10898 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via | |
10899 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and | |
10900 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil) | |
10901 | |
10902 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\ | |
10903 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil) | |
10904 | |
10905 ;;;*** | |
10906 | |
10907 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10908 ;;;;;; (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el |
10910 | |
10911 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\ | |
10912 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.") | |
10913 | |
10914 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\ | |
10915 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.") | |
10916 | |
10917 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\ | |
10918 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.") | |
10919 | |
10920 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\ | |
10921 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. | |
10922 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: | |
10923 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point | |
10924 for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10925 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. | |
10926 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. | |
10927 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job | |
10928 and transmit saved text. | |
10929 \\{ledit-mode-map} | |
10930 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, | |
10931 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil) | |
10932 | |
10933 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil) | |
10934 | |
10935 ;;;*** | |
10936 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el |
10939 | |
10940 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\ | |
10941 Run Conway's Life simulation. | |
10942 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first | |
10943 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between | |
10944 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil) | |
10945 | |
10946 ;;;*** | |
10947 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10948 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10949 ;;;;;; 46415)) |
25876 | 10950 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el |
10951 | |
10952 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\ | |
10953 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. | |
29505 | 10954 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE |
25876 | 10955 is nil, raise an error." t nil) |
10956 | |
10957 ;;;*** | |
10958 | |
10959 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10960 ;;;;;; (15402 32084)) |
25876 | 10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el |
10962 | |
10963 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\ | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10964 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
10965 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil) |
25876 | 10966 |
10967 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\ | |
26724 | 10968 Run the locate command with a filter. |
10969 | |
10970 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are | |
10971 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil) | |
25876 | 10972 |
10973 ;;;*** | |
10974 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415)) |
28162 | 10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el |
10977 | |
10978 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\ | |
10979 Setup a buffer to enter a log message. | |
33357 | 10980 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. |
28162 | 10981 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. |
10982 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the | |
10983 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region]. | |
10984 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call | |
35196 | 10985 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. |
10986 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files | |
10987 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). | |
10988 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the | |
10989 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it | |
10990 uses the current buffer." nil nil) | |
10991 | |
10992 ;;;*** | |
10993 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10994 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15413 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
10995 ;;;;;; 39888)) |
28162 | 10996 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el |
10997 | |
10998 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\ | |
28288 | 10999 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil) |
28162 | 11000 |
11001 ;;;*** | |
11002 | |
25876 | 11003 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11004 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11005 ;;;;;; 46416)) |
25876 | 11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el |
11007 | |
35744 | 11008 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))) |
11009 | |
11010 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)))) | |
11011 | |
11012 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\ | |
25876 | 11013 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. |
11014 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) | |
11015 | |
11016 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by | |
11017 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. | |
11018 | |
11019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of | |
11020 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\". | |
11021 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel | |
11022 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or | |
11023 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set | |
11024 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that | |
11025 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".") | |
11026 | |
11027 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\ | |
11028 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. | |
11029 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit | |
11030 switch on this list. | |
11031 See `lpr-command'.") | |
11032 | |
35744 | 11033 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\ |
25876 | 11034 *Name of program for printing a file. |
11035 | |
11036 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then | |
11037 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. | |
11038 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on | |
11039 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using | |
11040 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is | |
11041 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last | |
11042 argument.") | |
11043 | |
11044 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 11045 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. |
11046 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
11047 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 11048 |
11049 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\ | |
26724 | 11050 Paginate and print buffer contents. |
27016 | 11051 |
11052 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
11053 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
11054 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
11055 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
11056 | |
11057 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
11058 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
11059 | |
11060 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
11061 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 11062 |
11063 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 11064 Print region contents without pagination or page headers. |
11065 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
11066 for customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 11067 |
11068 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\ | |
27016 | 11069 Paginate and print the region contents. |
11070 | |
11071 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. | |
11072 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program | |
11073 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. | |
11074 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. | |
11075 | |
11076 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used | |
11077 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. | |
11078 | |
11079 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' | |
11080 for further customization of the printer command." t nil) | |
25876 | 11081 |
11082 ;;;*** | |
11083 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15413 39888)) |
25876 | 11085 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el |
11086 | |
35196 | 11087 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired)) |
25876 | 11088 |
11089 ;;;*** | |
11090 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11092 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
25876 | 11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el |
11094 | |
11095 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\ | |
11096 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. | |
11097 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. | |
11098 | |
11099 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
11100 | |
11101 ;;;*** | |
11102 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11103 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11104 ;;;;;; 46426)) |
25876 | 11105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el |
11106 | |
11107 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\ | |
11108 A major mode to edit m4 macro files. | |
11109 \\{m4-mode-map} | |
11110 " t nil) | |
11111 | |
11112 ;;;*** | |
11113 | |
11114 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11115 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el |
11117 | |
11118 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
11119 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. | |
11120 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. | |
11121 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. | |
11122 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil) | |
11123 | |
11124 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\ | |
11125 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. | |
11126 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on | |
11127 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). | |
11128 | |
11129 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same | |
11130 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code | |
11131 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings | |
11132 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global | |
11133 bindings. | |
11134 | |
11135 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', | |
11136 use this command, and then save the file." t nil) | |
11137 | |
11138 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\ | |
11139 Query user during kbd macro execution. | |
11140 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard | |
11141 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands | |
11142 each time the macro executes. | |
11143 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. | |
11144 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map> | |
11145 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. | |
11146 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. | |
11147 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. | |
11148 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. | |
11149 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil) | |
11150 | |
11151 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\ | |
11152 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning | |
11153 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. | |
11154 | |
11155 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and | |
11156 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. | |
11157 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to | |
11158 execute. | |
11159 | |
11160 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and | |
11161 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. | |
11162 | |
11163 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another | |
11164 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a | |
11165 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point | |
11166 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use | |
11167 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. | |
11168 | |
11169 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry | |
11170 looked like this: | |
11171 | |
11172 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function }, | |
11173 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function }, | |
11174 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function }, | |
11175 | |
11176 You could enter the names in this format: | |
11177 | |
11178 foo | |
11179 bar | |
11180 baz | |
11181 | |
11182 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: | |
11183 | |
11184 \\C-x ( | |
11185 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function }, | |
11186 \\C-x ) | |
11187 | |
11188 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use | |
11189 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. | |
11190 " t nil) | |
11191 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query) | |
11192 | |
11193 ;;;*** | |
11194 | |
11195 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11196 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el |
11198 | |
11199 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\ | |
11200 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. | |
11201 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). | |
11202 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. | |
11203 | |
11204 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero | |
11205 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of | |
11206 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for | |
11207 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than | |
11208 one recipients, all but the first is ignored. | |
11209 | |
37203 | 11210 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible |
25876 | 11211 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. |
11212 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid | |
11213 consing a string.)" nil nil) | |
11214 | |
11215 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\ | |
11216 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil) | |
11217 | |
11218 ;;;*** | |
11219 | |
11220 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history | |
11221 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11222 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 11223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el |
11224 | |
11225 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\ | |
11226 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil) | |
11227 | |
11228 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil) | |
11229 | |
11230 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\ | |
11231 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.") | |
11232 | |
11233 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\ | |
11234 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. | |
11235 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the | |
11236 message. | |
11237 | |
11238 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil) | |
11239 | |
11240 ;;;*** | |
11241 | |
25998 | 11242 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region |
11243 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11244 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11245 ;;;;;; 46424)) |
25876 | 11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el |
11247 | |
11248 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\ | |
11249 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. | |
11250 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and | |
11251 often correct parser.") | |
11252 | |
11253 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil) | |
11254 | |
25998 | 11255 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ |
11256 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding. | |
11257 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
11258 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
11259 | |
11260 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\ | |
11261 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding. | |
11262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
11263 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil) | |
11264 | |
11265 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\ | |
11266 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. | |
11267 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, | |
11268 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil) | |
11269 | |
25876 | 11270 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\ |
11271 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. | |
11272 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. | |
11273 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. | |
11274 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. | |
11275 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil) | |
11276 | |
11277 ;;;*** | |
11278 | |
11279 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11280 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15400 1477)) |
25876 | 11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el |
11282 | |
11283 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
11284 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil) | |
11285 | |
11286 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
11287 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. | |
11288 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil) | |
11289 | |
11290 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\ | |
11291 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. | |
11292 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil) | |
11293 | |
11294 ;;;*** | |
11295 | |
11296 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11297 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11298 ;;;;;; 46424)) |
25876 | 11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el |
11300 | |
11301 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\ | |
11302 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. | |
11303 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
11304 king@grassland.com | |
11305 If `parens', they look like: | |
11306 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11307 If `angles', they look like: | |
11308 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>") | |
11309 | |
11310 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\ | |
11311 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. | |
11312 If interactive, expand in header fields. | |
11313 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and | |
11314 their `Resent-' variants. | |
11315 | |
11316 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be | |
11317 removed from alias expansions." t nil) | |
11318 | |
11319 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\ | |
11320 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. | |
11321 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. | |
11322 | |
11323 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. | |
11324 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION | |
11325 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces | |
11326 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil) | |
11327 | |
11328 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\ | |
11329 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. | |
11330 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches | |
11331 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil) | |
11332 | |
11333 ;;;*** | |
11334 | |
11335 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" | |
43051 | 11336 ;;;;;; (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 11337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el |
11338 | |
11339 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\ | |
11340 Major mode for editing Makefiles. | |
11341 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. | |
11342 | |
11343 \\{makefile-mode-map} | |
11344 | |
11345 In the browser, use the following keys: | |
11346 | |
11347 \\{makefile-browser-map} | |
11348 | |
11349 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: | |
11350 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11351 `makefile-browser-buffer-name': |
25876 | 11352 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. |
11353 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11354 `makefile-target-colon': |
25876 | 11355 The string that gets appended to all target names |
11356 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. | |
11357 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values. | |
11358 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11359 `makefile-macro-assign': |
25876 | 11360 The string that gets appended to all macro names |
11361 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. | |
11362 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what | |
26724 | 11363 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake |
25876 | 11364 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you |
11365 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" . | |
11366 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11367 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon': |
25876 | 11368 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the |
11369 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. | |
11370 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11371 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column': |
25876 | 11372 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. |
11373 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11374 `makefile-browser-cursor-column': |
25876 | 11375 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves |
11376 up or down in the browser. | |
11377 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11378 `makefile-browser-selected-mark': |
25876 | 11379 String used to mark selected entries in the browser. |
11380 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11381 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark': |
25876 | 11382 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. |
11383 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11384 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p': |
25876 | 11385 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor |
11386 will automagically advance to the next line after an item | |
11387 has been selected in the browser. | |
11388 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11389 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p': |
25876 | 11390 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then |
11391 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets | |
11392 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise | |
11393 filenames are omitted. | |
11394 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11395 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p': |
26724 | 11396 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode |
25876 | 11397 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash |
11398 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. | |
11399 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving | |
11400 the backslash itself intact. | |
26724 | 11401 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode |
25876 | 11402 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\". |
11403 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11404 `makefile-browser-hook': |
25876 | 11405 A function or list of functions to be called just before the |
11406 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. | |
11407 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11408 `makefile-special-targets-list': |
25876 | 11409 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete |
11410 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. | |
11411 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil) | |
11412 | |
11413 ;;;*** | |
11414 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11415 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11416 ;;;;;; 46416)) |
25876 | 11417 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el |
11418 | |
11419 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\ | |
11420 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. | |
11421 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil) | |
11422 | |
11423 ;;;*** | |
11424 | |
42814 | 11425 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 11426 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el |
11427 | |
11428 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man)) | |
11429 | |
11430 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\ | |
11431 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. | |
11432 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x | |
11433 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the | |
11434 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable | |
11435 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. | |
30565 | 11436 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. |
11437 | |
11438 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or | |
39050 | 11439 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from |
11440 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the | |
11441 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil) | |
25876 | 11442 |
11443 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\ | |
11444 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil) | |
11445 | |
11446 ;;;*** | |
11447 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11448 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15402 32084)) |
40341 | 11449 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el |
11450 | |
11451 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\ | |
11452 Toggle Master mode. | |
11453 With no argument, this command toggles the mode. | |
11454 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode. | |
11455 Null prefix argument turns off the mode. | |
11456 | |
11457 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the | |
11458 following commands: | |
11459 | |
11460 \\{master-mode-map} | |
11461 | |
11462 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'. | |
11463 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show | |
11464 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil) | |
11465 | |
11466 ;;;*** | |
11467 | |
25876 | 11468 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame |
11469 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11470 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11471 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover |
25876 | 11472 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply |
11473 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file | |
11474 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function | |
11475 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function | |
11476 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11477 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15413 39893)) |
25876 | 11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el |
11479 | |
11480 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\ | |
11481 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look. | |
11482 | |
35196 | 11483 If nil, they contain just the return address like: |
25876 | 11484 king@grassland.com |
11485 If `parens', they look like: | |
11486 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
11487 If `angles', they look like: | |
11488 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
11489 | |
11490 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like | |
11491 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.") | |
11492 | |
11493 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\ | |
11494 Regexp matching the signature separator.") | |
11495 | |
11496 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\ | |
11497 *Local news organization file.") | |
11498 | |
11499 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\ | |
11500 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
11501 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the | |
11502 variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
11503 | |
32115 | 11504 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), |
35196 | 11505 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', |
11506 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. | |
11507 | |
11508 See also `send-mail-function'.") | |
25876 | 11509 |
11510 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\ | |
11511 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.") | |
11512 | |
11513 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\ | |
32115 | 11514 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.") |
25876 | 11515 |
11516 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\ | |
11517 *Function for citing an original message. | |
11518 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and | |
11519 `message-cite-original-without-signature'. | |
11520 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.") | |
11521 | |
11522 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\ | |
11523 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. | |
11524 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the | |
11525 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave | |
11526 point and mark around the citation text as modified.") | |
11527 | |
11528 (defvar message-signature t "\ | |
11529 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. | |
11530 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. | |
11531 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. | |
11532 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.") | |
11533 | |
11534 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\ | |
36101 | 11535 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. |
11536 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. | |
11537 If nil, don't insert a signature.") | |
25876 | 11538 |
32115 | 11539 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) |
25876 | 11540 |
11541 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\ | |
11542 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. | |
35196 | 11543 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map> |
11544 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' | |
11545 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message | |
25876 | 11546 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): |
11547 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject | |
11548 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc | |
11549 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To | |
11550 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups | |
11551 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution | |
11552 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To | |
35196 | 11553 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) |
11554 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) | |
11555 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). | |
11556 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). | |
11557 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). | |
11558 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). | |
11559 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). | |
11560 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). | |
11561 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). | |
11562 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). | |
11563 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). | |
11564 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). | |
11565 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil) | |
25876 | 11566 |
11567 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\ | |
11568 Start editing a mail message to be sent. | |
11569 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil) | |
11570 | |
11571 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\ | |
11572 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11573 | |
11574 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\ | |
11575 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11576 | |
11577 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\ | |
11578 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil) | |
11579 | |
11580 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\ | |
11581 Follow up to the message in the current buffer. | |
11582 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil) | |
11583 | |
11584 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\ | |
32115 | 11585 Cancel an article you posted. |
11586 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil) | |
25876 | 11587 |
11588 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\ | |
11589 Start composing a message to supersede the current message. | |
11590 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes | |
11591 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil) | |
11592 | |
11593 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\ | |
11594 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil) | |
11595 | |
11596 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\ | |
11597 Forward the current message via mail. | |
32115 | 11598 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. |
11599 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil) | |
25876 | 11600 |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11601 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11602 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11603 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11604 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11605 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11606 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11607 |
25876 | 11608 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\ |
11609 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil) | |
11610 | |
11611 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\ | |
11612 Re-mail the current message. | |
32115 | 11613 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that |
25876 | 11614 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to |
11615 you." t nil) | |
11616 | |
11617 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11618 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
11619 | |
11620 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11621 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
11622 | |
11623 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\ | |
11624 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11625 | |
11626 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\ | |
11627 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil) | |
11628 | |
11629 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\ | |
11630 Bold all nonblank characters in the region. | |
11631 Works by overstriking characters. | |
11632 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11633 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11634 | |
11635 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\ | |
11636 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. | |
11637 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
11638 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
11639 | |
11640 ;;;*** | |
11641 | |
11642 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11643 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 11644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el |
11645 | |
11646 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11647 Major mode for editing Metafont sources. | |
11648 Special commands: | |
11649 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11650 | |
11651 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables | |
11652 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11653 | |
11654 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\ | |
11655 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. | |
11656 Special commands: | |
11657 \\{meta-mode-map} | |
11658 | |
11659 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable | |
11660 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11661 | |
11662 ;;;*** | |
11663 | |
11664 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body | |
11665 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11666 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 11667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el |
11668 | |
11669 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\ | |
11670 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11671 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11672 | |
11673 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\ | |
11674 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. | |
11675 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11676 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11677 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11678 redisplayed as output is inserted. | |
11679 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil) | |
11680 | |
11681 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\ | |
11682 Process current buffer through `metamail'. | |
11683 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11684 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11685 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11686 means current). | |
11687 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11688 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11689 | |
11690 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\ | |
11691 Process current region through 'metamail'. | |
11692 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the | |
11693 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). | |
11694 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil | |
11695 means current). | |
11696 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not | |
11697 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil) | |
11698 | |
11699 ;;;*** | |
11700 | |
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11702 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477)) |
25876 | 11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el |
11704 | |
11705 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11706 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. | |
11707 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11708 to the MH mail system. | |
11709 | |
11710 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11711 | |
11712 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11713 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. | |
11714 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11715 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user | |
11716 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs | |
11717 that want to create a mail buffer. | |
11718 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil) | |
11719 | |
11720 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11721 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. | |
11722 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11723 to the MH mail system. | |
11724 | |
11725 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil) | |
11726 | |
11727 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\ | |
11728 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map> | |
11729 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message | |
11730 using the MH mail handling system. | |
11731 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME | |
11732 messages. | |
11733 | |
11734 \\{mh-letter-mode-map} | |
11735 | |
11736 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): | |
11737 | |
11738 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) | |
11739 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying | |
11740 the yanked message. | |
11741 | |
11742 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) | |
11743 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. | |
11744 If `body', just yank the body (no header). | |
11745 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. | |
11746 If there is a region, this variable is ignored. | |
11747 | |
11748 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \") | |
11749 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is | |
11750 inserted in a draft letter. | |
11751 | |
11752 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\") | |
11753 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature]. | |
11754 | |
11755 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
11756 | |
11757 ;;;*** | |
11758 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11760 ;;;;;; 1477)) |
25876 | 11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el |
11762 | |
11763 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\ | |
11764 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. | |
11765 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end | |
11766 to the MH mail system." t nil) | |
11767 | |
11768 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\ | |
11769 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil) | |
11770 | |
11771 ;;;*** | |
11772 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 11774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el |
11775 | |
11776 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\ | |
11777 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].") | |
11778 | |
11779 ;;;*** | |
11780 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15402 32085)) |
25876 | 11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el |
11783 | |
11784 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11785 | |
11786 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11787 | |
11788 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11789 | |
11790 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
11791 | |
11792 ;;;*** | |
11793 | |
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11795 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el |
11797 | |
11798 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\ | |
11799 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. | |
11800 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', | |
11801 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', | |
11802 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', | |
11803 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and | |
11804 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. | |
11805 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing | |
11806 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was | |
11807 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its | |
11808 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil) | |
11809 | |
11810 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\ | |
11811 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. | |
11812 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') | |
11813 to its second argument TM." nil nil) | |
11814 | |
11815 ;;;*** | |
11816 | |
35196 | 11817 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
11818 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15390 29799)) |
35196 | 11819 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el |
11820 | |
11821 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\ | |
39611 | 11822 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. |
35196 | 11823 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
11824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
11825 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.") | |
11826 | |
11827 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11828 | |
11829 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef)) | |
11830 | |
11831 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
11832 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode. |
35196 | 11833 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the |
11834 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield | |
11835 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET | |
11836 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the | |
11837 default indication. | |
11838 | |
11839 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
11840 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
11841 | |
11842 ;;;*** | |
11843 | |
32115 | 11844 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11845 ;;;;;; (15371 46420)) |
32115 | 11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el |
11847 | |
11848 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\ | |
11849 Show the partial part of HANDLE. | |
11850 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains | |
11851 the entire message. | |
11852 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil) | |
11853 | |
11854 ;;;*** | |
11855 | |
39050 | 11856 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11857 ;;;;;; (15371 46420)) |
39050 | 11858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el |
11859 | |
11860 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11861 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil) | |
11862 | |
11863 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\ | |
11864 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil) | |
11865 | |
11866 ;;;*** | |
11867 | |
25876 | 11868 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11869 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el |
11871 | |
11872 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\ | |
11873 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. | |
11874 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c | |
11875 followed by the first character of the construct. | |
11876 \\<m2-mode-map> | |
11877 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case | |
11878 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else | |
11879 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header | |
11880 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module | |
11881 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or | |
11882 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with | |
11883 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio | |
11884 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until | |
11885 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while | |
11886 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import | |
11887 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment | |
11888 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle | |
11889 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error | |
11890 \\[m2-link] link | |
11891 | |
11892 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. | |
11893 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. | |
11894 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil) | |
11895 | |
11896 ;;;*** | |
11897 | |
33002 | 11898 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11899 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
33002 | 11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el |
11901 | |
11902 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11903 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil) | |
11904 | |
11905 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\ | |
11906 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil) | |
11907 | |
11908 ;;;*** | |
11909 | |
43051 | 11910 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15384 |
11911 ;;;;;; 21743)) | |
25876 | 11912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el |
11913 | |
11914 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\ | |
11915 Toggle Mouse Sel mode. | |
11916 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
11917 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). | |
11918 | |
11919 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: | |
11920 | |
11921 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. | |
11922 | |
11923 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. | |
11924 | |
11925 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. | |
11926 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. | |
11927 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. | |
11928 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. | |
11929 Triple-clicking selects lines. | |
11930 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. | |
11931 | |
11932 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect | |
31388 | 11933 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. |
11934 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, | |
11935 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and | |
11936 interprogram-paste-function to nil. | |
25876 | 11937 |
11938 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at | |
39050 | 11939 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). |
25876 | 11940 |
11941 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection | |
11942 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. | |
11943 | |
11944 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. | |
11945 | |
11946 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 | |
11947 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the | |
11948 primary selection and region." t nil) | |
11949 | |
11950 ;;;*** | |
11951 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15400 1479)) |
25876 | 11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el |
11954 | |
11955 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\ | |
11956 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil) | |
11957 | |
11958 ;;;*** | |
11959 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11960 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15400 1473)) |
25876 | 11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el |
11962 | |
11963 (defvar msb-mode nil "\ | |
35744 | 11964 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. |
33357 | 11965 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25876 | 11966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
11967 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.") | |
11968 | |
11969 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
11970 | |
11971 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb)) | |
11972 | |
11973 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\ | |
11974 Toggle Msb mode. | |
11975 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. | |
11976 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a | |
11977 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil) | |
11978 | |
11979 ;;;*** | |
11980 | |
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods | |
26724 | 11982 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories |
11983 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly | |
31388 | 11984 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set |
11985 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
11986 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15413 39894)) |
25876 | 11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el |
11988 | |
11989 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
11990 Display a list of all character sets. | |
11991 | |
27949 | 11992 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number |
11993 for internal Emacs use. | |
11994 | |
11995 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence | |
11996 of characters in the charset for buffer and string | |
11997 by one to four hexadecimal digits. | |
11998 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. | |
11999 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. | |
12000 | |
12001 The D column contains a dimension of this character set. | |
12002 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. | |
12003 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for | |
12004 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. | |
25876 | 12005 |
12006 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
12007 but still shows the full information." t nil) | |
12008 | |
27949 | 12009 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\ |
12010 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. | |
12011 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' | |
12012 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable | |
12013 `non-iso-charset-alist'. | |
12014 | |
12015 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. | |
12016 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. | |
12017 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. | |
12018 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the | |
12019 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil) | |
12020 | |
12021 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12022 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil) | |
12023 | |
31388 | 12024 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\ |
12025 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil) | |
12026 | |
28919 | 12027 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\ |
35668 | 12028 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer. |
12029 POS defaults to point. | |
28919 | 12030 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, |
12031 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, | |
12032 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil) | |
12033 | |
25876 | 12034 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ |
12035 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil) | |
12036 | |
12037 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12038 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. | |
12039 | |
12040 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\", | |
12041 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order | |
12042 at the place of `..': | |
31388 | 12043 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) |
12044 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) | |
25876 | 12045 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' |
31388 | 12046 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' |
12047 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. | |
12048 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' | |
25876 | 12049 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 12050 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 12051 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
31388 | 12052 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) |
25876 | 12053 `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
31388 | 12054 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' |
25876 | 12055 `default-process-coding-system' for read |
31388 | 12056 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read |
25876 | 12057 `default-process-coding-system' for write |
31388 | 12058 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil) |
25876 | 12059 |
12060 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12061 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil) | |
12062 | |
12063 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12064 Display a list of all coding systems. | |
12065 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. | |
12066 | |
12067 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, | |
12068 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil) | |
12069 | |
26724 | 12070 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\ |
12071 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil) | |
12072 | |
25876 | 12073 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\ |
12074 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil) | |
12075 | |
12076 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12077 Display information of FONTSET. | |
28919 | 12078 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil) |
25876 | 12079 |
12080 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12081 Display a list of all fontsets. | |
12082 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. | |
12083 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; | |
12084 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil) | |
12085 | |
12086 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12087 Display information about all input methods." t nil) | |
12088 | |
12089 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12090 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). | |
12091 | |
12092 This shows various information related to the current multilingual | |
12093 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, | |
12094 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window | |
12095 system which uses fontsets)." t nil) | |
12096 | |
12097 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12098 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. | |
12099 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
12100 | |
12101 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\ | |
12102 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. | |
12103 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil) | |
12104 | |
12105 ;;;*** | |
12106 | |
26899 | 12107 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority |
12108 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode | |
25876 | 12109 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion |
12110 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic | |
12111 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width | |
12112 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12113 ;;;;;; (15400 1476)) |
25876 | 12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el |
12115 | |
12116 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\ | |
12117 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. | |
12118 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil) | |
12119 | |
28523 | 12120 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\ |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12121 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil)) |
28523 | 12122 |
12123 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12124 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string)) |
25876 | 12125 |
12126 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\ | |
12127 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil) | |
12128 | |
12129 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\ | |
12130 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. | |
26724 | 12131 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies |
25876 | 12132 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying |
12133 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. | |
12134 | |
26724 | 12135 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character |
25876 | 12136 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, |
12137 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. | |
12138 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result | |
12139 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. | |
12140 | |
12141 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so | |
12142 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil) | |
12143 | |
12144 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width)) | |
12145 | |
28523 | 12146 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\ |
12147 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. | |
12148 | |
12149 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is | |
12150 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form | |
12151 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). | |
12152 | |
12153 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key | |
12154 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ | |
12155 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj)))) | |
25876 | 12156 |
12157 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
12158 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. | |
12159 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ | |
12160 is considered. | |
12161 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq | |
12162 longer than KEYSEQ. | |
12163 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil) | |
12164 | |
12165 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\ | |
12166 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. | |
12167 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. | |
12168 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. | |
12169 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which | |
12170 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. | |
12171 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is | |
12172 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes | |
12173 to reach a leaf in ALIST. | |
12174 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil | |
12175 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil) | |
12176 | |
12177 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\ | |
12178 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil) | |
12179 | |
12180 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12181 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil) |
25876 | 12182 |
12183 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12184 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil) |
25876 | 12185 |
12186 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12187 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil) |
25876 | 12188 |
12189 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12190 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil) |
25876 | 12191 |
12192 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\ | |
12193 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. | |
12194 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal | |
12195 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil) | |
12196 | |
12197 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\ | |
12198 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. | |
12199 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding | |
12200 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro)) | |
12201 | |
12202 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\ | |
12203 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. | |
12204 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the | |
12205 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil) | |
12206 | |
26899 | 12207 ;;;*** |
12208 | |
33002 | 12209 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12210 ;;;;;; (15371 46417)) |
26724 | 12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el |
12212 | |
33002 | 12213 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\ |
38398 | 12214 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. |
33357 | 12215 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 12216 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
12217 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.") | |
12218 | |
12219 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12220 | |
12221 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel)) | |
12222 | |
12223 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\ | |
12224 Toggle mouse wheel support. | |
12225 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
12226 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
12227 | |
26724 | 12228 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\ |
12229 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil) | |
12230 | |
12231 ;;;*** | |
12232 | |
25876 | 12233 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
12234 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host |
28212 | 12235 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" |
43051 | 12236 ;;;;;; (15425 28364)) |
28212 | 12237 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el |
25876 | 12238 |
12239 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\ | |
12240 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil) | |
12241 | |
12242 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\ | |
12243 Ping HOST. | |
33002 | 12244 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting |
25876 | 12245 `ping-program-options'." t nil) |
12246 | |
12247 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\ | |
12248 Run ipconfig program." t nil) | |
12249 | |
12250 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig)) | |
12251 | |
12252 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\ | |
12253 Run netstat program." t nil) | |
12254 | |
12255 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\ | |
12256 Run the arp program." t nil) | |
12257 | |
12258 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\ | |
12259 Run the route program." t nil) | |
12260 | |
12261 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\ | |
12262 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil) | |
12263 | |
12264 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\ | |
12265 Run nslookup program." t nil) | |
12266 | |
26084
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
12267 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\ |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
12268 Run dig program." t nil) |
804cba424b64
Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25999
diff
changeset
|
12269 |
25876 | 12270 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\ |
12271 Run ftp program." t nil) | |
12272 | |
12273 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\ | |
12274 Finger USER on HOST." t nil) | |
12275 | |
12276 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\ | |
12277 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. | |
12278 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server | |
12279 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil) | |
12280 | |
12281 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil) | |
12282 | |
12283 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\ | |
12284 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil) | |
12285 | |
12286 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\ | |
12287 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil) | |
12288 | |
12289 ;;;*** | |
12290 | |
29505 | 12291 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region |
12292 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent | |
40341 | 12293 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line |
12294 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" | |
42814 | 12295 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15425 58604)) |
29505 | 12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el |
12297 | |
12298 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent)) | |
12299 | |
12300 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column)) | |
12301 | |
12302 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill)) | |
12303 | |
12304 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line)) | |
12305 | |
30565 | 12306 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill)) |
29505 | 12307 |
12308 (defvar comment-column 32 "\ | |
12309 *Column to indent right-margin comments to. | |
12310 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. | |
12311 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you | |
12312 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.") | |
12313 | |
12314 (defvar comment-start nil "\ | |
12315 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.") | |
12316 | |
12317 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\ | |
12318 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. | |
12319 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin | |
12320 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.") | |
12321 | |
12322 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\ | |
12323 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.") | |
12324 | |
12325 (defvar comment-end "" "\ | |
12326 *String to insert to end a new comment. | |
12327 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.") | |
12328 | |
33002 | 12329 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\ |
29505 | 12330 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. |
12331 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of | |
33002 | 12332 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired |
12333 column indentation or nil. | |
12334 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.") | |
29505 | 12335 |
12336 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\ | |
12337 *Style to be used for `comment-region'. | |
12338 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.") | |
12339 | |
12340 (defvar comment-padding " " "\ | |
12341 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. | |
12342 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string | |
12343 of the corresponding number of spaces. | |
12344 | |
12345 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text | |
12346 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.") | |
12347 | |
12348 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\ | |
30565 | 12349 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. |
29505 | 12350 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].") |
12351 | |
40341 | 12352 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil) |
12353 | |
33002 | 12354 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\ |
12355 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil) | |
12356 | |
29505 | 12357 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\ |
12358 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. | |
39050 | 12359 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil) |
29505 | 12360 |
12361 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\ | |
12362 Set the comment column based on point. | |
12363 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. | |
12364 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. | |
12365 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment | |
12366 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil) | |
12367 | |
12368 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\ | |
12369 Kill the comment on this line, if any. | |
12370 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil) | |
12371 | |
12372 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
12373 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. | |
12374 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the | |
12375 comment markers." t nil) | |
12376 | |
12377 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\ | |
12378 Comment or uncomment each line in the region. | |
35196 | 12379 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. |
29505 | 12380 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. |
12381 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. | |
12382 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, | |
12383 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines | |
12384 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. | |
12385 | |
12386 The strings used as comment starts are built from | |
12387 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil) | |
12388 | |
12389 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\ | |
12390 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). | |
12391 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call | |
35196 | 12392 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which |
29505 | 12393 case it calls `uncomment-region'). |
12394 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. | |
12395 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. | |
12396 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil) | |
12397 | |
12398 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\ | |
12399 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. | |
12400 This indents the body of the continued comment | |
12401 under the previous comment line. | |
12402 | |
12403 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, | |
12404 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. | |
12405 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent]. | |
12406 | |
12407 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column | |
12408 or comment indentation. | |
12409 | |
12410 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, | |
12411 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil) | |
12412 | |
12413 ;;;*** | |
12414 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12416 ;;;;;; 46420)) |
25876 | 12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el |
12418 | |
12419 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\ | |
12420 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. | |
12421 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added | |
12422 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the | |
12423 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that | |
12424 symbol in the alist." nil nil) | |
12425 | |
12426 ;;;*** | |
12427 | |
12428 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12429 ;;;;;; (15400 1476)) |
25876 | 12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el |
12431 | |
12432 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\ | |
32115 | 12433 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. |
12434 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil) | |
25876 | 12435 |
12436 ;;;*** | |
12437 | |
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12439 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el |
12441 | |
12442 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\ | |
12443 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\". | |
12444 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil) | |
12445 | |
12446 ;;;*** | |
12447 | |
12448 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12449 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 12450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el |
12451 | |
12452 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\ | |
12453 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil) | |
12454 | |
12455 ;;;*** | |
12456 | |
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12458 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el |
12460 | |
12461 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12462 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil) | |
12463 | |
12464 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12465 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil) | |
12466 | |
12467 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\ | |
12468 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil) | |
12469 | |
12470 ;;;*** | |
12471 | |
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12473 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el |
12475 | |
12476 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\ | |
12477 Function to call to handle disabled commands. | |
12478 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.") | |
12479 | |
12480 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil) | |
12481 | |
12482 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12483 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. | |
12484 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12485 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12486 | |
12487 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\ | |
12488 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. | |
12489 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply | |
12490 to future sessions." t nil) | |
12491 | |
12492 ;;;*** | |
12493 | |
12494 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12495 ;;;;;; (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 12496 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el |
12497 | |
12498 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\ | |
12499 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. | |
12500 \\{nroff-mode-map} | |
12501 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. | |
12502 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting | |
12503 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil) | |
12504 | |
12505 ;;;*** | |
12506 | |
12507 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12508 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el |
12510 | |
12511 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\ | |
12512 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. | |
12513 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files | |
12514 specified by `octave-help-files'. | |
12515 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil) | |
12516 | |
12517 ;;;*** | |
12518 | |
12519 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12520 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 12521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el |
12522 | |
12523 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\ | |
12524 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. | |
12525 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. | |
12526 | |
12527 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. | |
12528 | |
12529 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as | |
12530 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. | |
12531 | |
12532 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in | |
12533 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default | |
12534 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil) | |
12535 | |
12536 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave)) | |
12537 | |
12538 ;;;*** | |
12539 | |
12540 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12541 ;;;;;; (15413 39896)) |
25876 | 12542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el |
12543 | |
12544 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\ | |
12545 Major mode for editing Octave code. | |
12546 | |
12547 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with | |
12548 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by | |
12549 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with | |
12550 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). | |
12551 | |
12552 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical | |
12553 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for | |
12554 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions | |
12555 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which | |
12556 is why you need this mode!). | |
12557 | |
12558 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous | |
12559 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete | |
12560 source and binaries for several popular systems are available. | |
12561 | |
12562 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. | |
12563 | |
12564 Keybindings | |
12565 =========== | |
12566 | |
12567 \\{octave-mode-map} | |
12568 | |
12569 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode | |
12570 ============================================== | |
12571 | |
12572 octave-auto-indent | |
12573 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. | |
12574 Default is nil. | |
12575 | |
12576 octave-auto-newline | |
12577 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. | |
12578 Default is nil. | |
12579 | |
12580 octave-blink-matching-block | |
12581 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, | |
12582 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. | |
12583 | |
12584 octave-block-offset | |
12585 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. | |
12586 Default is 2. | |
12587 | |
12588 octave-continuation-offset | |
12589 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. | |
12590 Default is 4. | |
12591 | |
12592 octave-continuation-string | |
12593 String used for Octave continuation lines. | |
12594 Default is a backslash. | |
12595 | |
12596 octave-mode-startup-message | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12597 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. |
25876 | 12598 Default is t. |
12599 | |
12600 octave-send-echo-input | |
12601 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a | |
12602 command to the inferior Octave process. | |
12603 | |
12604 octave-send-line-auto-forward | |
12605 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after | |
12606 sending a line to the inferior Octave process. | |
12607 | |
12608 octave-send-echo-input | |
12609 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. | |
12610 | |
12611 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. | |
12612 | |
12613 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the | |
12614 following lines to your `.emacs' file: | |
12615 | |
12616 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t) | |
12617 (setq auto-mode-alist | |
12618 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
12619 | |
12620 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, | |
12621 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: | |
12622 | |
12623 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook | |
12624 (lambda () | |
12625 (abbrev-mode 1) | |
12626 (auto-fill-mode 1) | |
12627 (if (eq window-system 'x) | |
12628 (font-lock-mode 1)))) | |
12629 | |
12630 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. | |
12631 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information | |
12632 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, | |
12633 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil) | |
12634 | |
12635 ;;;*** | |
12636 | |
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12638 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el |
12640 | |
12641 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\ | |
33002 | 12642 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. |
12643 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil) | |
25876 | 12644 |
12645 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\ | |
12646 Edit a list of Emacs user option values. | |
12647 Selects a buffer containing such a list, | |
12648 in which there are commands to set the option values. | |
12649 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. | |
12650 | |
12651 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil) | |
12652 | |
12653 ;;;*** | |
12654 | |
12655 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el" | |
43051 | 12656 ;;;;;; (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 12657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el |
12658 | |
12659 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12660 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. | |
12661 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, | |
12662 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. | |
12663 | |
12664 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily | |
12665 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end | |
12666 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked | |
12667 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). | |
12668 | |
12669 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map> | |
12670 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings | |
12671 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading | |
12672 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings | |
12673 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level | |
12674 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading | |
12675 | |
12676 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). | |
12677 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. | |
12678 | |
12679 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. | |
12680 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. | |
12681 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. | |
12682 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. | |
12683 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. | |
12684 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. | |
12685 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. | |
12686 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. | |
12687 \\[show-entry] make it visible. | |
12688 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. | |
12689 The subheadings remain visible. | |
12690 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. | |
12691 | |
12692 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. | |
12693 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the | |
12694 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. | |
12695 | |
12696 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of | |
12697 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil) | |
12698 | |
12699 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\ | |
12700 Toggle Outline minor mode. | |
12701 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. | |
12702 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil) | |
12703 | |
12704 ;;;*** | |
12705 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el |
12708 | |
25998 | 12709 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\ |
38452 | 12710 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. |
33357 | 12711 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
25998 | 12712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
12713 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.") | |
12714 | |
12715 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12716 | |
12717 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren)) | |
12718 | |
25876 | 12719 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\ |
12720 Toggle Show Paren mode. | |
12721 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. | |
12722 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). | |
12723 | |
12724 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted | |
12725 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil) | |
12726 | |
12727 ;;;*** | |
12728 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12729 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12730 ;;;;;; 46426)) |
25876 | 12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el |
12732 | |
12733 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\ | |
12734 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map> | |
12735 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
12736 | |
12737 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code | |
12738 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. | |
12739 | |
12740 Other useful functions are: | |
12741 | |
12742 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. | |
12743 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; | |
12744 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) | |
12745 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. | |
12746 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area]. | |
12747 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. | |
12748 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. | |
12749 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. | |
12750 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). | |
12751 | |
12752 Variables controlling indentation/edit style: | |
12753 | |
12754 pascal-indent-level (default 3) | |
12755 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. | |
12756 pascal-case-indent (default 2) | |
12757 Indentation for case statements. | |
12758 pascal-auto-newline (default nil) | |
12759 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation | |
12760 mark after an end. | |
12761 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) | |
12762 Non-nil means nested functions are indented. | |
12763 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) | |
12764 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, | |
12765 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
12766 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) | |
12767 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and | |
12768 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. | |
12769 pascal-auto-lineup (default t) | |
12770 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. | |
12771 | |
12772 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and | |
12773 pascal-separator-keywords. | |
12774 | |
12775 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with | |
12776 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
12777 | |
12778 ;;;*** | |
12779 | |
12780 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12781 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el |
12783 | |
12784 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\ | |
12785 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. | |
12786 The keys affected are: | |
12787 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. | |
12788 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). | |
12789 M-Backspace does undo. | |
12790 Home and End move to beginning and end of line | |
12791 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. | |
12792 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil) | |
12793 | |
12794 ;;;*** | |
12795 | |
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" | |
43051 | 12797 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el |
12799 | |
43051 | 12800 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ |
12801 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled. | |
12802 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
12803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
12804 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.") | |
12805 | |
12806 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12807 | |
12808 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
12809 | |
25876 | 12810 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\ |
12811 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. | |
12812 | |
12813 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12814 | |
12815 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions | |
12816 which modify the status of the mark. | |
12817 | |
12818 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. | |
12819 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. | |
12820 | |
12821 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. | |
12822 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. | |
12823 | |
12824 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. | |
12825 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12826 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12827 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12828 turning `pc-selection-mode' on. |
25876 | 12829 |
12830 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. | |
12831 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. | |
12832 | |
12833 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. | |
12834 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12835 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. | |
12836 | |
12837 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. | |
12838 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. | |
12839 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. | |
12840 | |
12841 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. | |
12842 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. | |
12843 | |
12844 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). | |
12845 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). | |
12846 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). | |
12847 | |
12848 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12849 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12850 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'): |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
12851 |
43051 | 12852 F6 other-window |
12853 DELETE delete-char | |
12854 C-DELETE kill-line | |
12855 M-DELETE kill-word | |
12856 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp | |
12857 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word | |
12858 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil) | |
25876 | 12859 |
12860 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\ | |
12861 Toggle PC Selection mode. | |
12862 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, | |
12863 and cursor movement commands. | |
12864 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. | |
12865 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.") | |
12866 | |
12867 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
12868 | |
12869 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select)) | |
12870 | |
12871 ;;;*** | |
12872 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12873 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12874 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
30565 | 12875 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el |
12876 | |
12877 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\ | |
12878 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil) | |
12879 | |
12880 ;;;*** | |
12881 | |
12882 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12883 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418)) |
30565 | 12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el |
12885 | |
12886 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12887 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil) | |
12888 | |
12889 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12890 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil) | |
12891 | |
12892 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12893 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil) | |
12894 | |
12895 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\ | |
12896 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil) | |
12897 | |
12898 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12899 | |
12900 ;;;*** | |
12901 | |
12902 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12903 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418)) |
30565 | 12904 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el |
12905 | |
12906 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12907 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil) | |
12908 | |
12909 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12910 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil) | |
12911 | |
12912 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\ | |
12913 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil) | |
12914 | |
12915 ;;;*** | |
12916 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12917 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12918 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
30565 | 12919 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el |
12920 | |
12921 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\ | |
12922 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. | |
12923 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 | |
12924 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm | |
12925 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. | |
12926 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil) | |
12927 | |
12928 ;;;*** | |
12929 | |
12930 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which | |
12931 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12932 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418)) |
30565 | 12933 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el |
12934 | |
12935 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12936 Completion for `cd'." nil nil) | |
12937 | |
12938 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd)) | |
12939 | |
12940 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12941 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil) | |
12942 | |
12943 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12944 Completion for `rm'." nil nil) | |
12945 | |
12946 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12947 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil) | |
12948 | |
12949 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs)) | |
12950 | |
12951 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12952 Completion for `which'." nil nil) | |
12953 | |
12954 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12955 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil) | |
12956 | |
12957 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\ | |
12958 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil) | |
12959 | |
12960 ;;;*** | |
12961 | |
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list | |
12963 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12964 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
12965 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
30565 | 12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el |
12967 | |
12968 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12969 Support extensible programmable completion. | |
12970 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your | |
12971 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil) | |
12972 | |
12973 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12974 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil) | |
12975 | |
12976 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12977 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12978 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12979 | |
12980 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12981 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil) | |
12982 | |
12983 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12984 Expand the textual value of the current argument. | |
12985 This will modify the current buffer." t nil) | |
12986 | |
12987 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12988 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil) | |
12989 | |
12990 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12991 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil) | |
12992 | |
12993 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
12994 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. | |
12995 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the | |
12996 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is | |
12997 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil) | |
12998 | |
12999 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\ | |
13000 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil) | |
13001 | |
13002 ;;;*** | |
13003 | |
13004 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status | |
13005 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs" | |
43051 | 13006 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15443 53097)) |
28162 | 13007 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el |
13008 | |
13009 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\ | |
13010 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. | |
13011 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, | |
13012 and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
13013 | |
13014 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil) | |
13015 | |
30565 | 13016 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\ |
13017 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. | |
13018 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. | |
13019 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
13020 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
13021 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. | |
13022 FLAGS is ignored." t nil) | |
13023 | |
28162 | 13024 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\ |
13025 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. | |
13026 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. | |
13027 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
13028 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
13029 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
13030 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
13031 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
13032 | |
13033 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\ | |
13034 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
13035 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
13036 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
13037 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
13038 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil) | |
13039 | |
13040 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\ | |
13041 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. | |
13042 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. | |
13043 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. | |
13044 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]), | |
13045 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. | |
13046 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil) | |
13047 | |
13048 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/") | |
13049 | |
33002 | 13050 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\ |
30565 | 13051 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. |
13052 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.") | |
13053 | |
28162 | 13054 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\ |
13055 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
13056 nil means never do it. |
28162 | 13057 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the |
13058 command that prompted the opening of the directory. | |
13059 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.") | |
13060 | |
30565 | 13061 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\ |
13062 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. | |
13063 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t))))) | |
13064 | |
13065 ;;;*** | |
13066 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473)) |
28288 | 13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el |
13069 | |
13070 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m)) | |
13071 | |
13072 ;;;*** | |
13073 | |
25876 | 13074 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" |
43051 | 13075 ;;;;;; (15441 20097)) |
25876 | 13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el |
13077 | |
13078 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\ | |
13079 Major mode for editing Perl code. | |
13080 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. | |
13081 Tab indents for Perl code. | |
13082 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n. | |
13083 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
13084 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
13085 \\{perl-mode-map} | |
13086 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
39590 | 13087 `perl-tab-always-indent' |
25876 | 13088 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, |
13089 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
39590 | 13090 `perl-tab-to-comment' |
25876 | 13091 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will |
13092 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move | |
13093 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. | |
39590 | 13094 `perl-nochange' |
25876 | 13095 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. |
39590 | 13096 `perl-indent-level' |
25876 | 13097 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. |
13098 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation | |
13099 of the line on which the open-brace appears. | |
39590 | 13100 `perl-continued-statement-offset' |
25876 | 13101 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the |
13102 then-clause of an if or body of a while. | |
39590 | 13103 `perl-continued-brace-offset' |
25876 | 13104 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. |
13105 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. | |
39590 | 13106 `perl-brace-offset' |
25876 | 13107 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. |
39590 | 13108 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset' |
25876 | 13109 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were |
13110 this far to the right of the start of its line. | |
39590 | 13111 `perl-label-offset' |
25876 | 13112 Extra indentation for line that is a label. |
39590 | 13113 `perl-indent-continued-arguments' |
13114 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation. | |
25876 | 13115 |
13116 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW | |
13117 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 | |
13118 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 | |
13119 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 | |
13120 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 | |
13121 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 | |
13122 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 | |
13123 | |
13124 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
13125 | |
13126 ;;;*** | |
13127 | |
13128 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" | |
43051 | 13129 ;;;;;; (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 13130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el |
13131 | |
13132 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\ | |
13133 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. | |
13134 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion | |
13135 afterwards settable by these commands: | |
13136 C-c < Move left after insertion. | |
13137 C-c > Move right after insertion. | |
13138 C-c ^ Move up after insertion. | |
13139 C-c . Move down after insertion. | |
13140 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. | |
13141 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. | |
13142 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. | |
13143 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion. | |
13144 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. | |
13145 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. | |
13146 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. | |
13147 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. | |
13148 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial | |
13149 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to | |
13150 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer | |
13151 with these commands: | |
13152 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. | |
13153 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. | |
13154 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. | |
13155 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. | |
13156 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. | |
13157 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. | |
13158 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. | |
13159 Return Move to beginning of next line. | |
13160 You can edit tabular text with these commands: | |
13161 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. | |
13162 `Indents' relative to a previous line. | |
13163 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. | |
13164 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. | |
13165 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. | |
13166 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars | |
13167 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually | |
13168 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops]. | |
13169 You can manipulate text with these commands: | |
13170 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. | |
13171 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. | |
13172 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. | |
13173 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared | |
13174 text is saved in the kill ring. | |
13175 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. | |
13176 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: | |
13177 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. | |
13178 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. | |
13179 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. | |
13180 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. | |
13181 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. | |
13182 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. | |
13183 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands | |
13184 commands if invoked soon enough. | |
13185 You can return to the previous mode with: | |
13186 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. | |
13187 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. | |
13188 | |
40341 | 13189 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil. |
25876 | 13190 |
13191 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but | |
13192 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil) | |
13193 | |
13194 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode)) | |
13195 | |
13196 ;;;*** | |
13197 | |
43051 | 13198 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15448 56548)) |
27321 | 13199 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el |
13200 | |
13201 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\ | |
13202 Play pong and waste time. | |
13203 This is an implementation of the classical game pong. | |
13204 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. | |
13205 | |
31388 | 13206 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map> |
13207 | |
13208 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil) | |
27321 | 13209 |
13210 ;;;*** | |
13211 | |
25876 | 13212 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13213 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el |
13215 | |
13216 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\ | |
13217 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. | |
13218 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' | |
13219 can handle, whenever this is possible. | |
13220 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil) | |
13221 | |
13222 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\ | |
13223 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. | |
13224 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used | |
13225 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list | |
13226 in the variable `values'." t nil) | |
13227 | |
13228 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\ | |
13229 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). | |
13230 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. | |
13231 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil) | |
13232 | |
13233 ;;;*** | |
13234 | |
13235 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13236 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el |
13238 | |
13239 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\ | |
13240 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. | |
13241 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. | |
13242 Commands: | |
13243 \\{prolog-mode-map} | |
13244 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' | |
13245 if that value is non-nil." t nil) | |
13246 | |
13247 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\ | |
13248 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil) | |
13249 | |
13250 ;;;*** | |
13251 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el |
13254 | |
38398 | 13255 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\ |
25876 | 13256 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. |
13257 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").") | |
13258 | |
13259 ;;;*** | |
13260 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15371 46426)) |
25998 | 13262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
13263 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t) |
25998 | 13264 |
13265 ;;;*** | |
13266 | |
37203 | 13267 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets |
13268 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition | |
13269 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13270 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el |
13272 | |
27164 | 13273 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\ |
13274 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. | |
13275 | |
13276 Valid values are: | |
13277 | |
13278 nil This is the value to use the default settings which | |
13279 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII | |
13280 and Latin characters. The default setting can be | |
13281 changed by setting the variable | |
13282 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. | |
13283 The initial value of this variable is | |
13284 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see | |
13285 documentation). | |
13286 | |
13287 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese | |
13288 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print | |
13289 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and | |
13290 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, | |
13291 it was not tested the Korean characters printing. | |
13292 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, | |
13293 test it. | |
13294 | |
13295 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print | |
13296 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin | |
13297 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution | |
13298 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font | |
13299 source file. BDF fonts are included in | |
37203 | 13300 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts |
27164 | 13301 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to |
13302 use this value, be sure to have installed | |
37203 | 13303 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable |
27164 | 13304 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for |
13305 documentation of this variable). | |
13306 | |
13307 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used | |
13308 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 | |
13309 characters. This is convenient when you want or | |
13310 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on | |
13311 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', | |
13312 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. | |
13313 | |
13314 Any other value is treated as nil.") | |
13315 | |
25876 | 13316 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\ |
13317 Setup special ASCII font for STRING. | |
13318 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil) | |
13319 | |
13320 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
13321 | |
13322 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\ | |
37203 | 13323 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. |
25876 | 13324 |
13325 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. | |
13326 | |
13327 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
13328 | |
13329 Returns the value: | |
13330 | |
13331 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
13332 | |
13333 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
13334 the sequence." nil nil) | |
13335 | |
26899 | 13336 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\ |
37203 | 13337 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. |
26899 | 13338 |
13339 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same | |
13340 composition. | |
13341 | |
13342 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. | |
13343 | |
13344 Returns the value: | |
13345 | |
13346 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) | |
13347 | |
13348 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of | |
13349 the sequence." nil nil) | |
13350 | |
25876 | 13351 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\ |
13352 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil) | |
13353 | |
37203 | 13354 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\ |
13355 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. | |
13356 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil) | |
13357 | |
13358 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\ | |
13359 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil) | |
13360 | |
25876 | 13361 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\ |
13362 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. | |
13363 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil) | |
13364 | |
13365 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil) | |
13366 | |
13367 ;;;*** | |
13368 | |
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region | |
13370 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces | |
13371 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer | |
13372 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces | |
27321 | 13373 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13374 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15413 39889)) |
25876 | 13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el |
13376 | |
13377 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\ | |
26118
cac2b0da7b3a
Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26084
diff
changeset
|
13378 *Specify the size of paper to format for. |
25876 | 13379 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for |
13380 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.") | |
13381 | |
27321 | 13382 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\ |
13383 Customization of ps-print group." t nil) | |
13384 | |
25876 | 13385 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\ |
13386 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
13387 | |
37617 | 13388 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
13389 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of | |
13390 sending it to the printer. | |
13391 | |
13392 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
13393 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
13394 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 13395 |
13396 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13397 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 13398 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13399 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13400 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 13401 |
13402 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13403 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
13404 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil) | |
13405 | |
13406 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13407 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. | |
37617 | 13408 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13409 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13410 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil) | |
25876 | 13411 |
13412 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
13413 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 13414 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local |
13415 buffer to be sent to the printer later. | |
25876 | 13416 |
13417 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13418 | |
13419 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13420 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. | |
37617 | 13421 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13422 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13423 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 13424 |
13425 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13426 | |
13427 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13428 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
13429 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. | |
13430 | |
13431 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13432 | |
13433 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\ | |
13434 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. | |
37617 | 13435 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in |
13436 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, | |
13437 so it has a way to determine color values. | |
25876 | 13438 |
13439 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil) | |
13440 | |
13441 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\ | |
13442 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. | |
13443 | |
37617 | 13444 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the |
13445 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file | |
13446 instead of sending it to the printer. | |
13447 | |
13448 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, | |
13449 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript | |
13450 image in a file with that name." t nil) | |
25876 | 13451 |
13452 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\ | |
37617 | 13453 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the |
13454 current ps-print setup. | |
25876 | 13455 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s |
13456 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil) | |
13457 | |
13458 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\ | |
13459 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. | |
13460 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13461 | |
13462 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\ | |
13463 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. | |
13464 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil) | |
13465 | |
13466 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\ | |
13467 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil) | |
13468 | |
13469 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13470 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13471 |
13472 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged | |
39437 | 13473 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13474 | |
13475 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13476 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13477 |
13478 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. | |
13479 | |
13480 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil) | |
13481 | |
13482 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\ | |
39437 | 13483 Extend face in ALIST-SYM. |
25876 | 13484 |
13485 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged | |
39437 | 13486 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. |
13487 | |
13488 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; | |
13489 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. | |
25876 | 13490 |
13491 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: | |
13492 | |
13493 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) | |
13494 | |
13495 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. | |
13496 | |
13497 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the | |
13498 foreground and background colors respectively. | |
13499 | |
13500 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: | |
13501 bold - use bold font. | |
13502 italic - use italic font. | |
13503 underline - put a line under text. | |
13504 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. | |
13505 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. | |
13506 shadow - text will have a shadow. | |
13507 box - text will be surrounded by a box. | |
13508 outline - print characters as hollow outlines. | |
13509 | |
13510 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil) | |
13511 | |
13512 ;;;*** | |
13513 | |
13514 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal | |
31388 | 13515 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map |
32115 | 13516 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout |
37203 | 13517 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail" |
43051 | 13518 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 13519 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el |
13520 | |
37203 | 13521 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\ |
13522 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil) | |
13523 | |
25876 | 13524 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\ |
13525 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. | |
39437 | 13526 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. |
13527 | |
13528 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running | |
13529 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13530 |
13531 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\ | |
13532 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. | |
13533 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. | |
13534 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, | |
13535 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, | |
13536 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, | |
13537 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. | |
13538 | |
13539 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. | |
13540 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown | |
13541 with the currently selected translation being highlighted. | |
13542 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character | |
13543 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is | |
13544 shown. | |
13545 If it is nil, the current key is shown. | |
13546 | |
32115 | 13547 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command |
13548 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form | |
13549 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a | |
13550 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is | |
13551 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a | |
13552 list of candidates. | |
25876 | 13553 |
13554 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation | |
13555 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding | |
13556 command to be called. | |
13557 | |
13558 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept | |
13559 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a | |
13560 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the | |
13561 first candidate when the same key is entered later. | |
13562 | |
13563 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is | |
13564 selected automatically without allowing users to select another | |
13565 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of | |
13566 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other | |
13567 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set | |
13568 to t. | |
13569 | |
13570 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a | |
13571 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the | |
13572 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and | |
13573 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. | |
13574 | |
13575 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show | |
13576 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. | |
13577 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless | |
13578 this package defines no translations for single character keys. | |
13579 | |
13580 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode | |
13581 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. | |
13582 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some | |
13583 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to | |
13584 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII | |
13585 characters to represent Vietnamese characters. | |
13586 | |
13587 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum | |
13588 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of | |
13589 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break | |
13590 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul | |
13591 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we | |
13592 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\". | |
13593 | |
13594 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which | |
13595 covers Quail translation region. | |
13596 | |
13597 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update | |
13598 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By | |
13599 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation | |
13600 for it) is inserted. | |
13601 | |
13602 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while | |
13603 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character | |
13604 vs. corresponding command to be called. | |
13605 | |
13606 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of | |
13607 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as | |
13608 non-Quail commands." nil nil) | |
13609 | |
13610 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ | |
13611 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. | |
13612 | |
13613 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not | |
13614 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the | |
13615 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This | |
13616 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what | |
13617 you type is correctly handled." t nil) | |
13618 | |
32115 | 13619 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\ |
13620 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. | |
13621 | |
13622 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected | |
13623 keyboard type." t nil) | |
13624 | |
25876 | 13625 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\ |
13626 Define translation rules of the current Quail package. | |
13627 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. | |
13628 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13629 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. | |
13630 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13631 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13632 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13633 for the translation. | |
13634 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13635 | |
13636 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
31388 | 13637 it is used to handle KEY. |
13638 | |
13639 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following | |
13640 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where | |
13641 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently | |
13642 the following annotation types are supported. | |
13643 | |
13644 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should | |
13645 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. | |
13646 | |
13647 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in | |
13648 candidate list. | |
13649 | |
13650 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is | |
13651 selected. The function is called with one argument, the | |
13652 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is | |
13653 inserted. | |
13654 | |
13655 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not | |
13656 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro)) | |
25876 | 13657 |
13658 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\ | |
13659 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. | |
26899 | 13660 |
13661 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13662 which to install MAP. | |
13663 | |
25876 | 13664 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil) |
13665 | |
31388 | 13666 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\ |
13667 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. | |
13668 | |
13669 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for | |
13670 which to install MAP. | |
13671 | |
13672 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil) | |
13673 | |
25876 | 13674 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\ |
13675 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. | |
13676 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. | |
13677 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, | |
13678 a function, or a cons. | |
13679 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. | |
13680 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. | |
13681 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate | |
13682 for the translation. | |
13683 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function | |
13684 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the | |
13685 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, | |
13686 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. | |
13687 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. | |
13688 | |
13689 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, | |
13690 it is used to handle KEY. | |
13691 | |
13692 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package | |
13693 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the | |
13694 current Quail package. | |
13695 | |
13696 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION | |
13697 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil) | |
13698 | |
13699 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\ | |
31388 | 13700 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. |
13701 | |
13702 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the | |
13703 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. | |
13704 | |
13705 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. | |
13706 | |
13707 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the | |
13708 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13709 |
13710 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\ | |
13711 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. | |
13712 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; | |
13713 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory | |
13714 of the Emacs source tree. | |
13715 | |
13716 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, | |
13717 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME. | |
13718 | |
13719 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional | |
13720 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory | |
13721 of each directory." t nil) | |
13722 | |
13723 ;;;*** | |
13724 | |
13725 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls | |
13726 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13727 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13728 ;;;;;; 46424)) |
28212 | 13729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el |
25876 | 13730 |
13731 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\ | |
13732 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the | |
13733 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that | |
13734 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. | |
13735 | |
13736 To make use of this do something like: | |
13737 | |
13738 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) | |
13739 | |
13740 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).") | |
13741 | |
32115 | 13742 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\ |
13743 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. | |
13744 | |
13745 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current | |
13746 buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13747 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13748 |
13749 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13750 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13751 | |
13752 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\ | |
13753 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. | |
13754 | |
13755 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination | |
13756 is decided." t nil) | |
13757 | |
32115 | 13758 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\ |
13759 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. | |
13760 | |
13761 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the | |
13762 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via | |
13763 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil) | |
25876 | 13764 |
13765 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\ | |
13766 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil) | |
13767 | |
13768 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\ | |
13769 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil) | |
13770 | |
13771 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\ | |
13772 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. | |
13773 | |
13774 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: | |
13775 | |
13776 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil) | |
13777 | |
13778 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\ | |
13779 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil) | |
13780 | |
13781 ;;;*** | |
13782 | |
42814 | 13783 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425 |
13784 ;;;;;; 58604)) | |
28212 | 13785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el |
25876 | 13786 |
13787 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\ | |
42814 | 13788 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. |
25876 | 13789 See \\[compile]." t nil) |
13790 | |
13791 ;;;*** | |
13792 | |
28077 | 13793 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13794 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
28077 | 13795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el |
13796 | |
13797 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\ | |
13798 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil) | |
13799 | |
13800 ;;;*** | |
13801 | |
30565 | 13802 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files |
13803 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13804 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15400 1473)) |
25999 | 13805 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el |
13806 | |
13807 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\ | |
13808 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil) | |
13809 | |
27949 | 13810 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\ |
13811 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil) | |
13812 | |
25999 | 13813 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\ |
27949 | 13814 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil) |
13815 | |
30565 | 13816 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\ |
33002 | 13817 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. |
13818 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise | |
13819 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies | |
13820 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil) | |
30565 | 13821 |
27949 | 13822 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\ |
13823 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil) | |
25999 | 13824 |
33002 | 13825 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\ |
36101 | 13826 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. |
33357 | 13827 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
33002 | 13828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
13829 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.") | |
13830 | |
13831 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
13832 | |
13833 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf)) | |
13834 | |
30565 | 13835 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\ |
13836 Toggle recentf mode. | |
33002 | 13837 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. |
13838 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. | |
30565 | 13839 |
13840 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that | |
13841 were operated on recently." t nil) | |
13842 | |
25999 | 13843 ;;;*** |
13844 | |
37617 | 13845 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle |
28162 | 13846 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle |
13847 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13848 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13849 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
25876 | 13850 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el |
13851 | |
13852 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
13853 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
13854 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab. |
25998 | 13855 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to |
13856 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13857 |
13858 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13859 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. |
13860 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the | |
13861 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region | |
13862 ends. | |
13863 | |
13864 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13865 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has | |
13866 to be deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13867 |
13868 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13869 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13870 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. | |
13871 | |
13872 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13873 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13874 deleted." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13875 |
13876 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13877 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. |
13878 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil) | |
25876 | 13879 |
13880 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13881 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. |
13882 | |
13883 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13884 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. | |
13885 | |
13886 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be | |
13887 deleted." t nil) | |
25876 | 13888 |
13889 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13890 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil) | |
13891 | |
13892 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13893 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. | |
13894 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second | |
13895 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. | |
13896 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. | |
13897 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner | |
13898 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil) | |
13899 | |
13900 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13901 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. |
13902 | |
25876 | 13903 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, |
25998 | 13904 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. |
13905 | |
13906 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13907 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text | |
13908 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil) | |
25876 | 13909 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name |
13910 | |
13911 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13912 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. | |
13913 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line | |
13914 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the | |
25998 | 13915 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. |
13916 | |
13917 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13918 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil) | |
25876 | 13919 |
13920 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
37617 | 13921 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. |
13922 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. | |
13923 | |
13924 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil) | |
13925 | |
13926 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
13927 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. | |
13928 | |
13929 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
25998 | 13930 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. |
13931 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil) | |
25876 | 13932 |
13933 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\ | |
25998 | 13934 Blank out the region-rectangle. |
13935 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. | |
13936 | |
13937 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. | |
13938 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the | |
13939 rectangle which were empty." t nil) | |
13940 | |
13941 ;;;*** | |
13942 | |
43051 | 13943 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15401 |
13944 ;;;;;; 43553)) | |
33002 | 13945 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el |
13946 | |
13947 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\ | |
13948 Toggle Refill minor mode. | |
13949 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. | |
13950 | |
13951 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when | |
13952 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause | |
13953 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil) | |
13954 | |
13955 ;;;*** | |
13956 | |
25998 | 13957 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13958 ;;;;;; (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 13959 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el |
13960 | |
13961 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\ | |
13962 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil) | |
13963 | |
13964 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\ | |
13965 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX. | |
13966 | |
25998 | 13967 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing |
13968 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'. | |
13969 | |
25876 | 13970 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'. |
13971 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and | |
13972 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a | |
13973 \\ref macro. | |
13974 | |
13975 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression | |
13976 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX | |
13977 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro. | |
13978 | |
25998 | 13979 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point |
13980 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with | |
13981 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. | |
25876 | 13982 |
13983 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by | |
13984 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. | |
13985 | |
13986 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. | |
13987 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'. | |
13988 | |
13989 \\{reftex-mode-map} | |
13990 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu | |
13991 on the menu bar. | |
13992 | |
13993 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil) | |
13994 | |
25998 | 13995 ;;;*** |
13996 | |
13997 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
13998 ;;;;;; (15371 46416)) |
25998 | 13999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el |
14000 | |
14001 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\ | |
25876 | 14002 Make a citation using BibTeX database files. |
14003 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with | |
14004 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the | |
14005 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according | |
14006 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. | |
14007 | |
14008 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. | |
14009 | |
26963 | 14010 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. |
14011 | |
25876 | 14012 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. |
14013 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When | |
38398 | 14014 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will |
25876 | 14015 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. |
14016 | |
14017 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. | |
14018 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. | |
14019 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. | |
14020 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil) | |
14021 | |
14022 ;;;*** | |
14023 | |
26963 | 14024 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el" |
43051 | 14025 ;;;;;; (15384 21747)) |
26963 | 14026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el |
14027 | |
14028 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\ | |
14029 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. | |
14030 This buffer was created with RefTeX. | |
14031 | |
14032 To insert new phrases, use | |
14033 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word | |
14034 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. | |
14035 | |
14036 To index phrases use one of: | |
14037 | |
14038 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase | |
14039 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) | |
14040 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases | |
14041 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases | |
14042 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region | |
14043 | |
14044 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. | |
14045 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info]. | |
14046 | |
14047 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. | |
14048 | |
14049 Here are all local bindings. | |
14050 | |
14051 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil) | |
14052 | |
14053 ;;;*** | |
14054 | |
25876 | 14055 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" |
43051 | 14056 ;;;;;; (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 14057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el |
14058 | |
14059 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
14060 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. | |
14061 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, | |
14062 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp | |
14063 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. | |
14064 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: | |
14065 | |
33002 | 14066 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\"))) |
14067 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close)) | |
14068 | |
14069 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded | |
14070 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil) | |
25876 | 14071 |
14072 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\ | |
14073 Return the depth of REGEXP. | |
14074 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) | |
14075 in REGEXP." nil nil) | |
14076 | |
14077 ;;;*** | |
14078 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14079 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 14080 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el |
14081 | |
14082 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\ | |
14083 Repeat most recently executed command. | |
14084 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use | |
14085 the prefix arg that was used before (if any). | |
14086 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. | |
14087 | |
14088 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then | |
14089 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior | |
14090 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil) | |
14091 | |
14092 ;;;*** | |
14093 | |
14094 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14095 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 14096 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el |
14097 | |
26724 | 14098 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\ |
14099 Begin submitting a bug report via email. | |
14100 | |
14101 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is | |
14102 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, | |
14103 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). | |
29505 | 14104 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. |
14105 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, | |
14106 and point is left after the salutation. | |
26724 | 14107 |
14108 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' | |
14109 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are | |
14110 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text | |
14111 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is | |
14112 left after that text. | |
14113 | |
14114 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' | |
14115 is non-nil. | |
14116 | |
14117 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14118 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send |
26724 | 14119 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which |
14120 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil) | |
25876 | 14121 |
14122 ;;;*** | |
14123 | |
14124 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el" | |
43051 | 14125 ;;;;;; (15384 21743)) |
25876 | 14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el |
14127 | |
14128 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\ | |
14129 Make the current definition and/or comment visible. | |
14130 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the | |
14131 visibility of comments that precede it. | |
14132 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. | |
14133 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the | |
14134 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the | |
14135 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment | |
14136 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get | |
14137 as much of the comment onscreen as possible. | |
14138 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and | |
14139 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of | |
14140 the comment lines. | |
14141 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun | |
14142 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line | |
14143 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only | |
14144 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the | |
14145 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil) | |
14146 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window) | |
14147 | |
14148 ;;;*** | |
14149 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14150 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14151 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
25876 | 14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el |
14153 | |
14154 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\ | |
14155 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil) | |
14156 | |
14157 ;;;*** | |
14158 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14159 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14160 ;;;;;; (15402 32084)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14162 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14163 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14164 Toggle Reveal mode on or off. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14165 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14166 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14167 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14168 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14169 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14170 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14171 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14172 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14173 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14175 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14176 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14177 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14178 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14179 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14180 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14181 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14182 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14183 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14184 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14185 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14186 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14187 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14188 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14189 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14190 |
39611 | 14191 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties |
14192 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
14193 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15390 29799)) |
39611 | 14194 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el |
14195 | |
14196 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\ | |
14197 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
14198 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active. | |
14199 If emacs is not running under a window system, | |
14200 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.") | |
14201 | |
14202 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\ | |
14203 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer. | |
14204 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs | |
14205 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window | |
14206 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.") | |
14207 | |
14208 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\ | |
14209 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled. | |
14210 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
14211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
14212 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.") | |
14213 | |
14214 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14215 | |
14216 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow)) | |
14217 | |
14218 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14219 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode. |
39611 | 14220 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer |
14221 that would be ignored because the result is passed through | |
14222 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in | |
14223 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make | |
14224 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. | |
14225 | |
14226 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. | |
14227 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil) | |
14228 | |
14229 ;;;*** | |
14230 | |
25876 | 14231 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14232 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el |
14234 | |
14235 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\ | |
14236 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil) | |
14237 | |
14238 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\ | |
14239 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil) | |
14240 | |
14241 ;;;*** | |
14242 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14243 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15371 46424)) |
28212 | 14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el |
25876 | 14245 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
14246 | |
14247 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\ | |
14248 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. | |
14249 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain | |
14250 other arguments for `rlogin'. | |
14251 | |
14252 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. | |
14253 | |
14254 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' | |
14255 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). | |
14256 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, | |
14257 a new buffer with a different connection will be made. | |
14258 | |
14259 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is | |
14260 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. | |
14261 | |
14262 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to | |
14263 run. It can be a relative or absolute path. | |
14264 | |
14265 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to | |
14266 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in | |
14267 INPUT-ARGS. | |
14268 | |
14269 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the | |
14270 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to | |
14271 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes | |
14272 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This | |
14273 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. | |
14274 | |
14275 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default | |
14276 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. | |
14277 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine | |
14278 share the same files via NFS. This is the default. | |
14279 | |
14280 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the | |
14281 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the | |
14282 variable." t nil) | |
14283 | |
14284 ;;;*** | |
14285 | |
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode | |
28919 | 14287 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge |
14288 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory | |
14289 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output | |
14290 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers | |
14291 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names) | |
43051 | 14292 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 14293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el |
14294 | |
14295 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\ | |
14296 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. | |
14297 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address | |
14298 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.") | |
14299 | |
14300 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\ | |
14301 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of | |
14302 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set | |
14303 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default | |
14304 value is the user's name.) | |
14305 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.") | |
14306 | |
36101 | 14307 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\ |
25876 | 14308 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. |
14309 This variable is used for reformatting the message header, | |
14310 which normally happens once for each message, | |
14311 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. | |
14312 To make a change in this variable take effect | |
14313 for a message that you have already viewed, | |
14314 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.") | |
14315 | |
14316 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\ | |
14317 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. | |
14318 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by | |
14319 `rmail-ignored-headers'.") | |
14320 | |
37203 | 14321 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\ |
25876 | 14322 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.") |
14323 | |
14324 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\ | |
14325 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. | |
14326 A value of nil means don't highlight. | |
14327 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.") | |
14328 | |
14329 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\ | |
14330 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.") | |
14331 | |
14332 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\ | |
14333 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.") | |
14334 | |
14335 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\ | |
14336 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. | |
14337 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\") | |
14338 \(the name varies depending on the operating system, | |
14339 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).") | |
14340 | |
14341 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\ | |
14342 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.") | |
14343 | |
14344 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\ | |
14345 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.") | |
14346 | |
14347 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\ | |
14348 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.") | |
14349 | |
34166 | 14350 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\ |
28292 | 14351 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.") |
14352 | |
25876 | 14353 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\ |
14354 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.") | |
14355 | |
14356 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\ | |
14357 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.") | |
14358 | |
14359 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\ | |
14360 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.") | |
14361 | |
27949 | 14362 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\ |
14363 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.") | |
14364 | |
25876 | 14365 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\ |
14366 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. | |
14367 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is | |
14368 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.") | |
14369 | |
14370 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\ | |
14371 Coding system used in RMAIL file. | |
14372 | |
14373 This is set to nil by default.") | |
14374 | |
14375 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\ | |
14376 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. | |
14377 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. | |
14378 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message | |
14379 until a user explicitly requires it.") | |
14380 | |
14381 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\ | |
37617 | 14382 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. |
14383 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
14384 It is called with no argument.") | |
14385 | |
14386 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\ | |
14387 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14388 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
14389 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil. |
37617 | 14390 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a |
14391 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
14392 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
14393 | |
38398 | 14394 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\ |
14395 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. | |
14396 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
14397 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a | |
14398 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer | |
14399 is the outgoing mail buffer.") | |
14400 | |
37617 | 14401 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\ |
14402 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. | |
14403 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
14404 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where | |
14405 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.") | |
14406 | |
14407 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\ | |
14408 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. | |
14409 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. | |
14410 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where | |
14411 MSG is the message number, | |
14412 REGEXP is the regular expression, | |
14413 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.") | |
25876 | 14414 |
14415 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\ | |
14416 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. | |
14417 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, | |
14418 this feature is required with `require'.") | |
14419 | |
14420 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\ | |
14421 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. | |
14422 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, | |
14423 the message is decoded as normal way. | |
14424 | |
14425 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is | |
14426 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by | |
14427 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.") | |
14428 | |
14429 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\ | |
14430 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. | |
14431 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.") | |
14432 | |
14433 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\ | |
14434 Read and edit incoming mail. | |
14435 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) | |
14436 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. | |
14437 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. | |
14438 | |
14439 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on | |
14440 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. | |
14441 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you | |
14442 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. | |
14443 | |
14444 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil) | |
14445 | |
14446 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\ | |
14447 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. | |
14448 All normal editing commands are turned off. | |
14449 Instead, these commands are available: | |
14450 | |
14451 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]). | |
14452 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. | |
14453 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. | |
14454 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. | |
14455 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. | |
14456 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. | |
14457 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. | |
14458 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. | |
14459 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. | |
14460 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. | |
14461 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. | |
14462 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. | |
14463 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. | |
14464 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages | |
14465 till a deleted message is found. | |
14466 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. | |
14467 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. | |
14468 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. | |
14469 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. | |
14470 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging. | |
14471 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. | |
14472 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]). | |
14473 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. | |
14474 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. | |
14475 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. | |
14476 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. | |
14477 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). | |
14478 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). | |
14479 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. | |
14480 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. | |
14481 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. | |
14482 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. | |
14483 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label | |
14484 (label defaults to last one specified). | |
14485 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. | |
14486 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label]. | |
14487 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label | |
14488 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. | |
14489 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). | |
14490 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). | |
14491 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). | |
14492 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). | |
14493 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil) | |
14494 | |
14495 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\ | |
14496 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil) | |
14497 | |
14498 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\ | |
14499 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil) | |
14500 | |
14501 ;;;*** | |
14502 | |
14503 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14504 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 14505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el |
14506 | |
14507 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\ | |
14508 Edit the contents of this message." t nil) | |
14509 | |
14510 ;;;*** | |
14511 | |
14512 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message | |
14513 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14514 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el |
14516 | |
14517 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14518 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14519 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14520 | |
14521 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14522 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. | |
14523 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil) | |
14524 | |
14525 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil) | |
14526 | |
14527 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14528 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14529 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14530 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14531 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14532 | |
14533 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\ | |
14534 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. | |
14535 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. | |
14536 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. | |
14537 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil) | |
14538 | |
14539 ;;;*** | |
14540 | |
14541 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14542 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el |
14544 | |
14545 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\ | |
14546 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. | |
14547 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. | |
14548 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil) | |
14549 | |
14550 ;;;*** | |
14551 | |
14552 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output | |
14553 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14554 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el |
14556 | |
14557 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\ | |
14558 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. | |
14559 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). | |
14560 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. | |
14561 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, | |
14562 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns | |
14563 a file name as a string.") | |
14564 | |
14565 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14566 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14567 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. | |
14568 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs | |
14569 buffer visiting that file. | |
14570 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is | |
14571 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. | |
14572 | |
14573 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', | |
14574 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14575 | |
14576 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
29505 | 14577 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. |
14578 | |
14579 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed | |
14580 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil) | |
25876 | 14581 |
14582 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\ | |
14583 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.") | |
14584 | |
14585 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\ | |
14586 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. | |
14587 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages | |
14588 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. | |
14589 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. | |
14590 | |
14591 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then | |
14592 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages | |
14593 will be appended with their original headers. | |
14594 | |
14595 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', | |
14596 which is updated to the name you use in this command. | |
14597 | |
14598 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not | |
14599 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. | |
14600 | |
14601 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil) | |
14602 | |
14603 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\ | |
14604 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. | |
14605 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil) | |
14606 | |
14607 ;;;*** | |
14608 | |
37617 | 14609 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent |
25876 | 14610 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14611 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14612 ;;;;;; 46424)) |
25876 | 14613 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el |
14614 | |
14615 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14616 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. | |
14617 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14618 | |
14619 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14620 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. | |
14621 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14622 | |
14623 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14624 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. | |
14625 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14626 | |
14627 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14628 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. | |
14629 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14630 | |
14631 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14632 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. | |
14633 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14634 | |
14635 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\ | |
14636 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. | |
14637 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil) | |
14638 | |
37617 | 14639 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\ |
25876 | 14640 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. |
14641 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. | |
14642 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil) | |
14643 | |
14644 ;;;*** | |
14645 | |
28523 | 14646 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder |
14647 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp | |
14648 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary | |
14649 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14650 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15400 1477)) |
25876 | 14651 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el |
14652 | |
14653 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\ | |
14654 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.") | |
14655 | |
14656 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\ | |
14657 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.") | |
14658 | |
14659 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14660 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil) | |
14661 | |
14662 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14663 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. | |
14664 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil) | |
14665 | |
14666 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14667 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. | |
14668 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; | |
14669 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14670 only look in the To and From fields. | |
14671 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14672 | |
14673 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14674 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. | |
14675 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message | |
14676 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), | |
14677 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil) | |
14678 | |
14679 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14680 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. | |
14681 Normally checks the Subject field of headers; | |
14682 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), | |
14683 look in the whole message. | |
14684 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil) | |
14685 | |
14686 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\ | |
14687 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. | |
14688 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil) | |
14689 | |
14690 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\ | |
14691 *Function to decode summary-line. | |
14692 | |
14693 By default, `identity' is set.") | |
14694 | |
28523 | 14695 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\ |
14696 *Regexp matching user mail addresses. | |
14697 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent | |
14698 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, | |
14699 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. | |
14700 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' | |
14701 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. | |
14702 | |
14703 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails | |
14704 sent by you under different user names. | |
14705 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses. | |
14706 | |
14707 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.") | |
14708 | |
25876 | 14709 ;;;*** |
14710 | |
35196 | 14711 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14712 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
35196 | 14713 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el |
25876 | 14714 |
14715 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\ | |
14716 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. | |
14717 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. | |
14718 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil) | |
14719 | |
14720 ;;;*** | |
14721 | |
14722 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14723 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 14724 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el |
14725 | |
14726 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\ | |
14727 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. | |
38398 | 14728 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. |
14729 | |
14730 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window | |
14731 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded | |
14732 in rot 13. | |
14733 | |
14734 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil) | |
25876 | 14735 |
14736 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\ | |
14737 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil) | |
14738 | |
14739 ;;;*** | |
14740 | |
14741 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly | |
14742 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame | |
14743 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height | |
39050 | 14744 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14745 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
39050 | 14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el |
25876 | 14747 |
14748 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\ | |
25998 | 14749 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14750 |
14751 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
14752 | |
14753 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini)) | |
14754 | |
14755 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14756 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14757 |
14758 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14759 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14760 |
14761 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\ | |
25998 | 14762 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14763 |
14764 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\ | |
25998 | 14765 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14766 |
14767 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\ | |
25998 | 14768 *This variable is obsolete.") |
25876 | 14769 |
14770 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\ | |
25998 | 14771 This function is obsolete." t nil) |
25876 | 14772 |
14773 ;;;*** | |
14774 | |
43051 | 14775 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441 |
14776 ;;;;;; 20091)) | |
40341 | 14777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el |
14778 | |
14779 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\ | |
14780 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil) | |
14781 | |
14782 ;;;*** | |
14783 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14784 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
14785 ;;;;;; 46419)) |
39590 | 14786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el |
14787 | |
14788 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\ | |
14789 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. | |
14790 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. | |
14791 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil) | |
14792 | |
14793 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\ | |
14794 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. | |
14795 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. | |
14796 | |
14797 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp | |
14798 notation. | |
14799 | |
14800 STRING | |
14801 matches string STRING literally. | |
14802 | |
14803 CHAR | |
14804 matches character CHAR literally. | |
14805 | |
14806 `not-newline' | |
14807 matches any character except a newline. | |
14808 . | |
14809 `anything' | |
14810 matches any character | |
14811 | |
14812 `(any SET)' | |
14813 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. | |
14814 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. | |
14815 | |
14816 '(in SET)' | |
14817 like `any'. | |
14818 | |
14819 `(not (any SET))' | |
14820 matches any character not in SET | |
14821 | |
14822 `line-start' | |
14823 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line | |
14824 in the text being matched | |
14825 | |
14826 `line-end' | |
14827 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line | |
14828 | |
14829 `string-start' | |
14830 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14831 string being matched against. | |
14832 | |
14833 `string-end' | |
14834 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14835 string being matched against. | |
14836 | |
14837 `buffer-start' | |
14838 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the | |
14839 buffer being matched against. | |
14840 | |
14841 `buffer-end' | |
14842 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the | |
14843 buffer being matched against. | |
14844 | |
14845 `point' | |
14846 matches the empty string, but only at point. | |
14847 | |
14848 `word-start' | |
14849 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14850 word. | |
14851 | |
14852 `word-end' | |
14853 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. | |
14854 | |
14855 `word-boundary' | |
14856 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a | |
14857 word. | |
14858 | |
14859 `(not word-boundary)' | |
14860 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a | |
14861 word. | |
14862 | |
14863 `digit' | |
14864 matches 0 through 9. | |
14865 | |
14866 `control' | |
14867 matches ASCII control characters. | |
14868 | |
14869 `hex-digit' | |
14870 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. | |
14871 | |
14872 `blank' | |
14873 matches space and tab only. | |
14874 | |
14875 `graphic' | |
14876 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, | |
14877 space, and DEL. | |
14878 | |
14879 `printing' | |
14880 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars | |
14881 and DEL. | |
14882 | |
14883 `alphanumeric' | |
14884 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14885 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14886 | |
14887 `letter' | |
14888 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14889 it matches anything that has word syntax.) | |
14890 | |
14891 `ascii' | |
14892 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. | |
14893 | |
14894 `nonascii' | |
14895 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. | |
14896 | |
14897 `lower' | |
14898 matches anything lower-case. | |
14899 | |
14900 `upper' | |
14901 matches anything upper-case. | |
14902 | |
14903 `punctuation' | |
14904 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, | |
14905 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) | |
14906 | |
14907 `space' | |
14908 matches anything that has whitespace syntax. | |
14909 | |
14910 `word' | |
14911 matches anything that has word syntax. | |
14912 | |
14913 `(syntax SYNTAX)' | |
14914 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one | |
14915 of the following symbols. | |
14916 | |
14917 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation) | |
14918 `punctuation' (\\s.) | |
14919 `word' (\\sw) | |
14920 `symbol' (\\s_) | |
14921 `open-parenthesis' (\\s() | |
14922 `close-parenthesis' (\\s)) | |
14923 `expression-prefix' (\\s') | |
14924 `string-quote' (\\s\") | |
14925 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$) | |
14926 `escape' (\\s\\) | |
14927 `character-quote' (\\s/) | |
14928 `comment-start' (\\s<) | |
14929 `comment-end' (\\s>) | |
14930 | |
14931 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' | |
14932 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. | |
14933 | |
14934 `(category CATEGORY)' | |
14935 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be | |
14936 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. | |
14937 | |
14938 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation) | |
14939 `base-vowel' (\\c1) | |
14940 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2) | |
14941 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3) | |
14942 `tone-mark' (\\c4) | |
14943 `symbol' (\\c5) | |
14944 `digit' (\\c6) | |
14945 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7) | |
14946 `vowel-sign' (\\c8) | |
14947 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9) | |
14948 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<) | |
14949 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>) | |
14950 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA) | |
14951 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC) | |
14952 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG) | |
14953 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH) | |
14954 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI) | |
14955 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK) | |
14956 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN) | |
14957 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY) | |
14958 `ascii' (\\ca) | |
14959 `arabic' (\\cb) | |
14960 `chinese' (\\cc) | |
14961 `ethiopic' (\\ce) | |
14962 `greek' (\\cg) | |
14963 `korean' (\\ch) | |
14964 `indian' (\\ci) | |
14965 `japanese' (\\cj) | |
14966 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck) | |
14967 `latin' (\\cl) | |
14968 `lao' (\\co) | |
14969 `tibetan' (\\cq) | |
14970 `japanese-roman' (\\cr) | |
14971 `thai' (\\ct) | |
14972 `vietnamese' (\\cv) | |
14973 `hebrew' (\\cw) | |
14974 `cyrillic' (\\cy) | |
14975 `can-break' (\\c|) | |
14976 | |
14977 `(not (category CATEGORY))' | |
14978 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. | |
14979 | |
14980 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14981 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. | |
14982 | |
14983 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14984 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', | |
14985 `match-beginning', and `match-string'. | |
14986 | |
14987 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14988 another name for `submatch'. | |
14989 | |
14990 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' | |
14991 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all | |
14992 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting | |
14993 regular expression. | |
14994 | |
14995 `(minimal-match SEXP)' | |
14996 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching | |
14997 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they | |
14998 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can | |
14999 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. | |
15000 | |
15001 `(maximal-match SEXP)' | |
15002 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. | |
15003 | |
15004 `(zero-or-more SEXP)' | |
15005 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
15006 | |
15007 `(0+ SEXP)' | |
15008 like `zero-or-more'. | |
15009 | |
15010 `(* SEXP)' | |
15011 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
15012 | |
15013 `(*? SEXP)' | |
15014 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
15015 | |
15016 `(one-or-more SEXP)' | |
15017 matches one or more occurrences of A. | |
15018 | |
15019 `(1+ SEXP)' | |
15020 like `one-or-more'. | |
15021 | |
15022 `(+ SEXP)' | |
15023 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
15024 | |
15025 `(+? SEXP)' | |
15026 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
15027 | |
15028 `(zero-or-one SEXP)' | |
15029 matches zero or one occurrences of A. | |
15030 | |
15031 `(optional SEXP)' | |
15032 like `zero-or-one'. | |
15033 | |
15034 `(? SEXP)' | |
15035 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. | |
15036 | |
15037 `(?? SEXP)' | |
15038 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. | |
15039 | |
15040 `(repeat N SEXP)' | |
15041 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
15042 | |
15043 `(repeat N M SEXP)' | |
15044 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. | |
15045 | |
15046 `(eval FORM)' | |
15047 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, | |
15048 `regexp-quote' it. | |
15049 | |
15050 `(regexp REGEXP)' | |
15051 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro)) | |
15052 | |
15053 ;;;*** | |
15054 | |
25876 | 15055 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15056 ;;;;;; (15371 46426)) |
25876 | 15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el |
15058 | |
15059 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
15060 Major mode for editing Scheme code. | |
27016 | 15061 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 15062 |
15063 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional | |
15064 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling | |
15065 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the | |
15066 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact | |
33002 | 15067 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT |
15068 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the | |
15069 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to | |
15070 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. | |
25876 | 15071 |
15072 Commands: | |
15073 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15074 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
15075 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
27016 | 15076 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' |
25876 | 15077 if that value is non-nil." t nil) |
15078 | |
15079 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\ | |
15080 Major mode for editing DSSSL code. | |
27016 | 15081 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. |
25876 | 15082 |
15083 Commands: | |
15084 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15085 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. | |
15086 \\{scheme-mode-map} | |
15087 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then | |
15088 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if | |
15089 that variable's value is a string." t nil) | |
15090 | |
15091 ;;;*** | |
15092 | |
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15094 ;;;;;; (15371 46421)) |
25876 | 15095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el |
15096 | |
15097 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\ | |
15098 Mode for editing Gnus score files. | |
15099 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. | |
15100 | |
15101 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15102 | |
15103 ;;;*** | |
15104 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15105 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15106 ;;;;;; 1481)) |
25876 | 15107 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el |
15108 | |
15109 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\ | |
15110 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. | |
26724 | 15111 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. |
25876 | 15112 \\{scribe-mode-map} |
15113 | |
15114 Interesting variables: | |
15115 | |
40341 | 15116 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs' |
25876 | 15117 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. |
15118 | |
40341 | 15119 `scribe-electric-quote' |
25876 | 15120 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. |
15121 | |
40341 | 15122 `scribe-electric-parenthesis' |
25876 | 15123 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') |
15124 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil) | |
15125 | |
15126 ;;;*** | |
15127 | |
34166 | 15128 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15129 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15371 46423)) |
34166 | 15130 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el |
15131 | |
15132 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\ | |
15133 Control/track scroll locking. | |
15134 | |
15135 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
15136 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.") | |
15137 | |
15138 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
15139 | |
15140 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all)) | |
15141 | |
15142 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\ | |
15143 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil) | |
15144 | |
15145 ;;;*** | |
15146 | |
25876 | 15147 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode |
15148 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to | |
35196 | 15149 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function |
15150 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind | |
15151 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" | |
43051 | 15152 ;;;;;; (15441 20095)) |
25876 | 15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el |
15154 | |
15155 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\ | |
15156 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look. | |
15157 | |
15158 If `nil', they contain just the return address like: | |
15159 king@grassland.com | |
15160 If `parens', they look like: | |
15161 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) | |
15162 If `angles', they look like: | |
15163 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com> | |
25998 | 15164 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field |
15165 derived from the envelope-from address. | |
15166 | |
15167 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused | |
15168 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' | |
15169 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now | |
15170 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.") | |
15171 | |
30565 | 15172 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\ |
25998 | 15173 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. |
38398 | 15174 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in |
15175 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. | |
25998 | 15176 |
15177 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address | |
15178 is a privileged operation.") | |
25876 | 15179 |
15180 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\ | |
15181 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. | |
15182 This is done when the message is initialized, | |
15183 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.") | |
15184 | |
15185 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\ | |
15186 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. | |
15187 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.") | |
15188 | |
15189 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\ | |
15190 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.") | |
15191 | |
15192 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\ | |
15193 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. | |
15194 The headers should be delimited by a line which is | |
39590 | 15195 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, |
15196 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. | |
35668 | 15197 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also |
15198 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.") | |
25876 | 15199 |
15200 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\ | |
15201 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.") | |
15202 | |
15203 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\ | |
15204 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. | |
15205 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.") | |
15206 | |
15207 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\ | |
15208 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. | |
15209 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable | |
15210 when you first send mail.") | |
15211 | |
15212 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\ | |
15213 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. | |
15214 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different | |
15215 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. | |
15216 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.") | |
15217 | |
15218 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\ | |
15219 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. | |
15220 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by | |
15221 the `Mail' or `mailx' program. | |
15222 This file need not actually exist.") | |
15223 | |
15224 (defvar mail-signature nil "\ | |
15225 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. | |
15226 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. | |
15227 If a string, that string is inserted. | |
15228 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n, | |
15229 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) | |
15230 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated | |
15231 and should insert whatever you want to insert.") | |
15232 | |
15233 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\ | |
15234 Major mode for editing mail to be sent. | |
15235 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: | |
15236 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit | |
15237 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): | |
15238 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject: | |
15239 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: | |
39437 | 15240 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: |
25876 | 15241 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). |
15242 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). | |
15243 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). | |
15244 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). | |
35196 | 15245 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). |
15246 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and | |
15247 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil) | |
25876 | 15248 |
15249 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\ | |
15250 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
15251 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' | |
15252 and `default-sendmail-coding-system', | |
15253 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. | |
25998 | 15254 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 15255 |
15256 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\ | |
15257 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. | |
15258 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. | |
15259 | |
15260 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. | |
15261 User should not set this variable manually, | |
15262 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding | |
15263 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. | |
25998 | 15264 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.") |
25876 | 15265 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*") |
15266 | |
15267 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\ | |
15268 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). | |
15269 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. | |
15270 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. | |
15271 | |
15272 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the | |
15273 end; see the variable `mail-signature'. | |
15274 | |
15275 \\<mail-mode-map> | |
15276 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. | |
15277 | |
15278 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode | |
15279 to move to message header fields: | |
15280 \\{mail-mode-map} | |
15281 | |
15282 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted | |
15283 when the message is initialized. | |
15284 | |
15285 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); | |
15286 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. | |
15287 | |
15288 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name | |
15289 is inserted. | |
15290 | |
15291 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is | |
15292 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. | |
15293 | |
15294 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says | |
15295 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. | |
15296 | |
15297 The second through fifth arguments, | |
15298 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil | |
15299 the initial contents of those header fields. | |
15300 These arguments should not have final newlines. | |
15301 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an | |
15302 original message being replied to, or else an action | |
15303 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. | |
15304 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. | |
15305 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take | |
15306 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); | |
15307 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. | |
15308 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil) | |
15309 | |
15310 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\ | |
15311 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil) | |
15312 | |
15313 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\ | |
15314 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil) | |
15315 | |
15316 ;;;*** | |
15317 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15318 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473)) |
25876 | 15319 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el |
15320 | |
15321 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\ | |
15322 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. | |
15323 This starts a server communications subprocess through which | |
15324 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. | |
15325 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the | |
15326 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\". | |
15327 | |
15328 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil) | |
15329 | |
15330 ;;;*** | |
15331 | |
15332 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15333 ;;;;;; (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el |
15335 | |
15336 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
15337 Major mode for editing SGML documents. | |
15338 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. | |
15339 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on | |
15340 `sgml-quick-keys'. | |
15341 | |
15342 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around | |
15343 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, | |
15344 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. | |
15345 | |
15346 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in | |
15347 your `.emacs' file. | |
15348 | |
15349 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. | |
15350 | |
15351 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
15352 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. | |
15353 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15354 | |
15355 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\ | |
15356 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. | |
15357 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with | |
15358 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use | |
15359 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on | |
15360 which this is based. | |
15361 | |
15362 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. | |
15363 | |
15364 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most | |
15365 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so | |
15366 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you | |
15367 can also view with a browser to see what happens: | |
15368 | |
15369 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can | |
15370 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6> | |
15371 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules. | |
15372 | |
15373 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are | |
15374 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as | |
15375 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or | |
15376 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. | |
15377 | |
15378 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points | |
15379 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a | |
15380 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current | |
15381 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. | |
15382 | |
15383 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">. | |
15384 | |
15385 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be | |
15386 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. | |
15387 To work around that, do: | |
15388 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) | |
15389 | |
15390 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15391 | |
15392 ;;;*** | |
15393 | |
15394 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" | |
43051 | 15395 ;;;;;; (15441 20097)) |
25876 | 15396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el |
15397 | |
15398 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special)) | |
15399 | |
15400 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\ | |
15401 Major mode for editing shell scripts. | |
15402 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, | |
15403 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. | |
15404 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is | |
15405 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. | |
15406 | |
15407 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by | |
15408 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This | |
15409 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to | |
15410 shell-specific features. | |
15411 | |
15412 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. | |
15413 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The | |
15414 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: | |
15415 | |
15416 \\[sh-case] case statement | |
15417 \\[sh-for] for loop | |
15418 \\[sh-function] function definition | |
15419 \\[sh-if] if statement | |
15420 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n | |
15421 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop | |
15422 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop | |
15423 \\[sh-select] select loop | |
15424 \\[sh-until] until loop | |
15425 \\[sh-while] while loop | |
15426 | |
25998 | 15427 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: |
15428 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
15429 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. | |
15430 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line | |
15431 would indent to the way it currently is. | |
15432 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the | |
31388 | 15433 buffer indents as it currently is indented. |
25998 | 15434 |
15435 | |
25876 | 15436 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. |
15437 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. | |
15438 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. | |
15439 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. | |
15440 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. | |
15441 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. | |
15442 | |
15443 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. | |
15444 {, (, [, ', \", ` | |
15445 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``. | |
15446 | |
15447 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can | |
15448 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly | |
15449 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. | |
15450 | |
15451 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret] | |
15452 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil) | |
15453 | |
15454 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode)) | |
15455 | |
15456 ;;;*** | |
15457 | |
15458 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15459 ;;;;;; (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 15460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el |
15461 | |
15462 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\ | |
15463 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. | |
15464 | |
15465 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the | |
15466 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp | |
15467 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a | |
15468 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by | |
15469 the earlier. | |
15470 | |
15471 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to | |
15472 | |
15473 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\") | |
15474 | |
15475 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then | |
15476 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: | |
15477 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc. | |
15478 | |
15479 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless | |
15480 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). | |
15481 | |
15482 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle | |
15483 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the | |
15484 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to | |
15485 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed | |
15486 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. | |
15487 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX | |
15488 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new | |
15489 emacs version). | |
15490 | |
15491 This function performs these checks and flags all possible | |
15492 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc | |
15493 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file | |
15494 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is | |
15495 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. | |
15496 | |
15497 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a | |
15498 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the | |
15499 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil) | |
15500 | |
15501 ;;;*** | |
15502 | |
36101 | 15503 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15504 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15505 ;;;;;; 46425)) |
36101 | 15506 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el |
15507 | |
15508 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15509 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. | |
15510 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from | |
15511 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are | |
15512 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy | |
15513 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites | |
15514 in the cluster." t nil) | |
15515 | |
15516 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15517 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. | |
15518 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the | |
15519 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be | |
15520 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15521 | |
15522 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15523 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. | |
15524 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list | |
15525 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all | |
15526 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). | |
15527 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see | |
15528 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil) | |
15529 | |
15530 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\ | |
15531 Set up file shadowing." t nil) | |
15532 | |
15533 ;;;*** | |
15534 | |
32115 | 15535 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el" |
43051 | 15536 ;;;;;; (15384 21743)) |
25876 | 15537 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el |
15538 | |
32115 | 15539 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\ |
35668 | 15540 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and |
15541 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that | |
15542 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the | |
15543 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell | |
15544 arguments.") | |
25876 | 15545 |
15546 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\ | |
33002 | 15547 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). |
15548 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. | |
15549 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. | |
15550 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. | |
25876 | 15551 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', |
15552 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, | |
15553 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. | |
15554 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input | |
15555 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell | |
15556 discards input when it starts up.) | |
15557 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input | |
15558 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. | |
15559 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. | |
15560 | |
15561 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
15562 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
15563 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
15564 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. | |
15565 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
15566 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
15567 | |
15568 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name | |
15569 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, | |
15570 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. | |
15571 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. | |
15572 | |
15573 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
15574 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*") | |
15575 | |
15576 ;;;*** | |
15577 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15578 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15579 ;;;;;; 1480)) |
25876 | 15580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el |
15581 | |
15582 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\ | |
15583 Major mode for editing SIMULA code. | |
15584 \\{simula-mode-map} | |
15585 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
15586 simula-tab-always-indent | |
15587 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, | |
15588 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. | |
15589 simula-indent-level | |
15590 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. | |
15591 simula-substatement-offset | |
15592 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. | |
15593 simula-continued-statement-offset 3 | |
15594 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, | |
15595 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- | |
15596 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation | |
15597 with respect to the previous line of the statement. | |
15598 simula-label-offset -4711 | |
15599 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. | |
15600 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15601 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. | |
15602 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr | |
15603 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. | |
15604 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) | |
15605 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the | |
15606 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is | |
15607 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. | |
15608 simula-electric-indent nil | |
15609 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' | |
15610 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. | |
15611 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase | |
15612 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of | |
15613 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', | |
15614 or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15615 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table | |
15616 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be | |
15617 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', | |
15618 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. | |
15619 | |
15620 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook | |
15621 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil | |
15622 | |
15623 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling | |
15624 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not | |
15625 at all." t nil) | |
15626 | |
15627 ;;;*** | |
15628 | |
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy | |
15630 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15631 ;;;;;; (15371 46425)) |
25876 | 15632 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el |
15633 | |
15634 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\ | |
15635 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.") | |
15636 | |
15637 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\ | |
15638 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. | |
15639 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, | |
15640 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. | |
15641 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro)) | |
15642 | |
15643 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\ | |
15644 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15645 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15646 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15647 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15648 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15649 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15650 | |
15651 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15652 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15653 ignored." t nil) | |
15654 | |
15655 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\ | |
15656 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15657 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). | |
15658 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending | |
15659 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. | |
15660 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in | |
15661 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name). | |
15662 | |
15663 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string | |
15664 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then | |
15665 ignored." t nil) | |
15666 | |
15667 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\ | |
15668 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. | |
15669 | |
15670 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point | |
15671 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. | |
15672 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first | |
15673 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. | |
15674 | |
15675 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked | |
15676 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in | |
15677 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. | |
15678 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. | |
15679 | |
15680 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the | |
15681 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the | |
15682 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. | |
15683 | |
15684 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if | |
15685 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. | |
15686 | |
15687 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also | |
15688 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: | |
15689 | |
15690 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode | |
36101 | 15691 _ interesting point, interregion here |
25876 | 15692 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode |
15693 @ add position to `skeleton-positions' | |
37203 | 15694 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point |
15695 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point | |
25876 | 15696 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') |
15697 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled | |
15698 nil skipped | |
15699 | |
36101 | 15700 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence |
15701 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text. | |
15702 | |
25876 | 15703 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may |
15704 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for | |
15705 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a | |
15706 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but | |
15707 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such | |
15708 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is | |
15709 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of | |
15710 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. | |
15711 | |
15712 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. | |
15713 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. | |
15714 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an | |
15715 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them | |
15716 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are | |
15717 available: | |
15718 | |
15719 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR | |
15720 then: insert previously read string once more | |
15721 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' | |
15722 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str | |
15723 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want | |
15724 | |
15725 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call | |
15726 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil) | |
15727 | |
15728 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\ | |
15729 Insert the character you type ARG times. | |
15730 | |
15731 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region | |
15732 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. | |
15733 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a | |
15734 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. | |
37203 | 15735 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character |
15736 such as backslash. | |
25876 | 15737 |
15738 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else | |
15739 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the | |
15740 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil) | |
15741 | |
15742 ;;;*** | |
15743 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15744 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15745 ;;;;;; 46426)) |
26899 | 15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el |
15747 | |
15748 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\ | |
15749 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. | |
15750 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15751 | |
15752 ;;;*** | |
15753 | |
32115 | 15754 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15755 ;;;;;; (15371 46420)) |
32115 | 15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el |
15757 | |
15758 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\ | |
35196 | 15759 Display textual smileys as images. |
15760 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values | |
15761 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines | |
15762 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil) | |
32115 | 15763 |
15764 ;;;*** | |
15765 | |
25876 | 15766 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" |
43051 | 15767 ;;;;;; (15401 43553)) |
25876 | 15768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el |
15769 | |
15770 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil) | |
15771 | |
15772 ;;;*** | |
15773 | |
43051 | 15774 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15384 21747)) |
25876 | 15775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el |
15776 | |
15777 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\ | |
15778 Play the Snake game. | |
15779 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. | |
15780 | |
15781 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. | |
15782 | |
15783 snake-mode keybindings: | |
15784 \\<snake-mode-map> | |
15785 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake | |
15786 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
15787 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
15788 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left | |
15789 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right | |
15790 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up | |
15791 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down | |
15792 | |
15793 " t nil) | |
15794 | |
15795 ;;;*** | |
15796 | |
28212 | 15797 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15798 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
28212 | 15799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el |
25876 | 15800 |
15801 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15802 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. | |
15803 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15804 Tab indents for C code. | |
15805 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15806 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15807 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15808 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then | |
15809 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15810 | |
15811 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\ | |
15812 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. | |
15813 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. | |
15814 Tab indents for C code. | |
15815 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. | |
15816 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
15817 \\{snmp-mode-map} | |
15818 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', | |
15819 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
15820 | |
15821 ;;;*** | |
15822 | |
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name | |
15824 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form) | |
42814 | 15825 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el |
15827 | |
15828 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\ | |
15829 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. | |
15830 | |
15831 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords | |
15832 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, | |
15833 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. | |
15834 | |
15835 For example, the form | |
15836 | |
15837 '(24-hours \":\" minutes | |
15838 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\")) | |
15839 | |
15840 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.") | |
15841 | |
15842 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\ | |
15843 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15844 | |
15845 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15846 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value | |
15847 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New | |
15848 York City. | |
15849 | |
15850 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15851 | |
15852 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\ | |
15853 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. | |
15854 | |
15855 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is | |
15856 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value | |
15857 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New | |
15858 York City. | |
15859 | |
15860 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15861 | |
15862 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\ | |
15863 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. | |
15864 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude | |
15865 pair. | |
15866 | |
15867 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.") | |
15868 | |
15869 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\ | |
15870 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. | |
15871 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. | |
15872 | |
15873 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, | |
15874 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. | |
15875 | |
15876 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil) | |
15877 | |
15878 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\ | |
15879 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. | |
15880 Requires floating point." nil nil) | |
15881 | |
15882 ;;;*** | |
15883 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
15885 ;;;;;; 46425)) |
25876 | 15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el |
15887 | |
15888 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\ | |
15889 Play Solitaire. | |
15890 | |
15891 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire]. | |
15892 \\<solitaire-mode-map> | |
15893 Move around the board using the cursor keys. | |
15894 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. | |
15895 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo]. | |
15896 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check]. | |
15897 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically | |
15898 check after each move or undo) | |
15899 | |
15900 What is Solitaire? | |
15901 | |
15902 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and | |
15903 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: | |
15904 Initially, the board will look similar to this: | |
15905 | |
15906 Le Solitaire | |
15907 ============ | |
15908 | |
15909 o o o | |
15910 | |
15911 o o o | |
15912 | |
15913 o o o o o o o | |
15914 | |
15915 o o o . o o o | |
15916 | |
15917 o o o o o o o | |
15918 | |
15919 o o o | |
15920 | |
15921 o o o | |
15922 | |
15923 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one | |
15924 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The | |
15925 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last | |
15926 one in the middle of the board if you're cool. | |
15927 | |
15928 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole | |
15929 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either | |
15930 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like | |
15931 this: o o . | |
15932 | |
15933 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, | |
15934 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o | |
15935 | |
15936 That's all. Here's the board after two moves: | |
15937 | |
15938 o o o | |
15939 | |
15940 . o o | |
15941 | |
15942 o o . o o o o | |
15943 | |
15944 o . o o o o o | |
15945 | |
15946 o o o o o o o | |
15947 | |
15948 o o o | |
15949 | |
15950 o o o | |
15951 | |
15952 Pick your favourite shortcuts: | |
15953 | |
15954 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil) | |
15955 | |
15956 ;;;*** | |
15957 | |
15958 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields | |
15959 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs | |
43051 | 15960 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15401 43552)) |
25876 | 15961 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el |
15962 | |
15963 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\ | |
15964 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. | |
15965 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. | |
15966 | |
15967 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces | |
15968 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of | |
15969 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the | |
15970 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be | |
15971 contiguous. | |
15972 | |
15973 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. | |
15974 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. | |
15975 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
15976 the sort order. | |
15977 | |
15978 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point | |
15979 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. | |
15980 | |
15981 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. | |
15982 It moves point to the start of the next record. | |
15983 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. | |
15984 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr | |
15985 is called. | |
15986 | |
15987 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. | |
15988 It should move point to the end of the record. | |
15989 | |
15990 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. | |
15991 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or | |
15992 else the key is the substring between the values of point after | |
15993 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key | |
15994 starts at the beginning of the record. | |
15995 | |
15996 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. | |
15997 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the | |
15998 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil) | |
15999 | |
16000 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\ | |
16001 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
16002 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
16003 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
16004 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
16005 the sort order." t nil) | |
16006 | |
16007 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\ | |
16008 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
16009 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
16010 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
16011 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
16012 the sort order." t nil) | |
16013 | |
16014 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\ | |
16015 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. | |
16016 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
16017 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). | |
16018 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
16019 the sort order." t nil) | |
16020 | |
16021 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\ | |
16022 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
16023 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
27545 | 16024 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, |
16025 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values. | |
16026 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. | |
25876 | 16027 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. |
16028 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
16029 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil) | |
16030 | |
16031 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\ | |
16032 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. | |
16033 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. | |
16034 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. | |
16035 Called from a program, there are three arguments: | |
16036 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. | |
16037 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
16038 the sort order." t nil) | |
16039 | |
16040 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\ | |
16041 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. | |
16042 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. | |
16043 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" | |
16044 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) | |
16045 is to be used for sorting. | |
16046 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from | |
16047 RECORD-REGEXP is used. | |
16048 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used. | |
16049 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. | |
16050 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. | |
16051 | |
16052 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. | |
16053 | |
16054 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects | |
16055 the sort order. | |
16056 | |
16057 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line | |
16058 starting with the letter \"f\", | |
16059 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil) | |
16060 | |
16061 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\ | |
16062 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. | |
34166 | 16063 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes |
25876 | 16064 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. |
16065 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. | |
34166 | 16066 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. |
25876 | 16067 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects |
16068 the sort order. | |
16069 | |
16070 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, | |
16071 because tabs could be split across the specified columns | |
16072 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, | |
16073 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. | |
16074 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil) | |
16075 | |
16076 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\ | |
16077 Reverse the order of lines in a region. | |
16078 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil) | |
16079 | |
16080 ;;;*** | |
16081 | |
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16083 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15413 39890)) |
25876 | 16084 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el |
16085 | |
16086 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode)) | |
16087 | |
16088 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\ | |
16089 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. | |
16090 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in | |
16091 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is | |
16092 supported at a time. | |
16093 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. | |
16094 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil) | |
16095 | |
16096 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\ | |
16097 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. | |
16098 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is | |
16099 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil) | |
16100 | |
16101 ;;;*** | |
16102 | |
16103 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16104 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 16105 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el |
16106 | |
16107 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t) | |
16108 | |
16109 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\ | |
16110 Check spelling of every word in the buffer. | |
16111 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling | |
16112 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. | |
16113 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word | |
16114 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil) | |
16115 | |
16116 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\ | |
16117 Check spelling of word at or before point. | |
16118 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling | |
16119 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil) | |
16120 | |
16121 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\ | |
16122 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. | |
16123 Used in a program, applies from START to END. | |
16124 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: | |
16125 for example, \"word\"." t nil) | |
16126 | |
16127 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\ | |
16128 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil) | |
16129 | |
16130 ;;;*** | |
16131 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16132 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16133 ;;;;;; 46425)) |
25876 | 16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el |
16135 | |
16136 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\ | |
16137 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil) | |
16138 | |
16139 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\ | |
16140 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil) | |
16141 | |
16142 ;;;*** | |
16143 | |
37617 | 16144 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres |
16145 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode | |
43051 | 16146 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097)) |
25876 | 16147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el |
16148 | |
16149 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\ | |
25998 | 16150 Show short help for the SQL modes. |
25876 | 16151 |
16152 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is | |
16153 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. | |
16154 | |
16155 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: | |
16156 | |
16157 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres] | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16158 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql] |
25876 | 16159 |
16160 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: | |
16161 | |
16162 Solid: \\[sql-solid] | |
16163 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle] | |
16164 Informix: \\[sql-informix] | |
16165 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase] | |
16166 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres] | |
16167 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms] | |
37617 | 16168 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase] |
25876 | 16169 |
16170 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. | |
16171 | |
16172 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the | |
16173 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt | |
16174 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions | |
16175 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. | |
16176 | |
16177 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a | |
16178 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in | |
16179 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be | |
16180 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. | |
16181 | |
16182 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire | |
16183 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are | |
16184 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil) | |
16185 | |
16186 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\ | |
16187 Major mode to edit SQL. | |
16188 | |
16189 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using | |
16190 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. | |
16191 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. | |
16192 | |
25998 | 16193 \\{sql-mode-map} |
25876 | 16194 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. |
16195 | |
16196 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi | |
16197 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This | |
16198 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this | |
16199 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to | |
16200 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the | |
16201 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. | |
16202 | |
16203 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16204 `sql-interactive-mode'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16205 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16206 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16207 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16208 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file: |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16209 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16210 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16211 (lambda () |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16212 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil) |
25876 | 16213 |
30565 | 16214 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\ |
16215 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. | |
16216 | |
16217 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16218 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16219 `*SQL*'. | |
16220 | |
16221 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses | |
16222 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
16223 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in | |
16224 the list `sql-oracle-options'. | |
16225 | |
16226 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16227 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16228 | |
16229 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16230 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16231 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16232 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16233 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16234 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16235 | |
16236 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16237 | |
16238 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\ | |
16239 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. | |
16240 | |
16241 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16242 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16243 `*SQL*'. | |
16244 | |
16245 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses | |
33002 | 16246 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and |
36538 | 16247 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
16248 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. | |
30565 | 16249 |
16250 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16251 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16252 | |
16253 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16254 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16255 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16256 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16257 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16258 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16259 | |
16260 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16261 | |
16262 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\ | |
16263 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. | |
16264 | |
16265 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16266 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16267 `*SQL*'. | |
16268 | |
16269 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses | |
16270 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
16271 | |
16272 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16273 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16274 | |
16275 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16276 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16277 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16278 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16279 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16280 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16281 | |
16282 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16283 | |
16284 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\ | |
16285 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. | |
16286 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16287 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software. |
30565 | 16288 |
16289 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16290 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16291 `*SQL*'. | |
16292 | |
16293 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses | |
16294 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and | |
36538 | 16295 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters |
16296 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. | |
30565 | 16297 |
16298 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16299 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16300 | |
16301 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16302 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16303 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16304 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16305 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16306 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16307 | |
16308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16309 | |
16310 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\ | |
16311 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. | |
16312 | |
16313 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16314 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16315 `*SQL*'. | |
16316 | |
16317 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses | |
16318 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as | |
16319 defaults, if set. | |
16320 | |
16321 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16322 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16323 | |
16324 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16325 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16326 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16327 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16328 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16329 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16330 | |
16331 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16332 | |
16333 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\ | |
16334 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. | |
16335 | |
16336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16338 `*SQL*'. | |
16339 | |
16340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses | |
16341 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. | |
16342 | |
16343 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16344 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16345 | |
16346 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16347 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16348 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16349 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16350 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16351 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16352 | |
16353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16354 | |
16355 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\ | |
16356 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. | |
16357 | |
16358 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16359 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16360 `*SQL*'. | |
16361 | |
16362 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the | |
16363 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' | |
16364 as defaults, if set. | |
16365 | |
16366 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16367 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16368 | |
16369 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16370 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16371 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16372 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16373 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16374 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16375 | |
16376 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16377 | |
25876 | 16378 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\ |
16379 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. | |
16380 | |
16381 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16382 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16383 `*SQL*'. | |
16384 | |
16385 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses | |
16386 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. | |
36538 | 16387 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list |
16388 `sql-postgres-options'. | |
25876 | 16389 |
16390 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16391 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16392 | |
16393 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16394 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16395 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16396 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16397 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
25998 | 16398 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, |
25876 | 16399 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, |
16400 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: | |
16401 | |
16402 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions | |
16403 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) | |
16404 | |
16405 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16406 | |
37203 | 16407 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\ |
16408 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. | |
16409 | |
16410 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16411 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16412 `*SQL*'. | |
16413 | |
16414 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login | |
16415 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as | |
16416 defaults, if set. | |
16417 | |
16418 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16420 | |
16421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16423 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16426 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16427 | |
16428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16429 | |
37617 | 16430 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\ |
16431 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. | |
16432 | |
16433 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. | |
16434 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer | |
16435 `*SQL*'. | |
16436 | |
16437 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not | |
16438 automatic login. | |
16439 | |
16440 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending | |
16441 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. | |
16442 | |
39050 | 16443 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to |
16444 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set | |
16445 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after | |
16446 advice. See the elisp manual for more information. | |
37617 | 16447 |
16448 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters | |
16449 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument] | |
16450 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system] | |
16451 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. | |
16452 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and | |
16453 `default-process-coding-system'. | |
16454 | |
16455 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil) | |
16456 | |
25876 | 16457 ;;;*** |
16458 | |
32115 | 16459 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer |
16460 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes | |
16461 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke | |
16462 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke | |
16463 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el" | |
43051 | 16464 ;;;;;; (15384 21744)) |
25876 | 16465 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el |
16466 | |
16467 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\ | |
32115 | 16468 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. |
16469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize | |
16470 or M-x strokes-mode.") | |
16471 | |
16472 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
16473 | |
16474 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes)) | |
25876 | 16475 |
16476 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16477 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. | |
16478 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. | |
16479 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE | |
16480 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the | |
16481 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil) | |
16482 | |
16483 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke)) | |
16484 | |
16485 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16486 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
16487 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16488 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being | |
16489 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable | |
16490 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. | |
16491 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16492 | |
16493 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16494 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. | |
16495 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. | |
16496 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This | |
16497 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and | |
16498 then complete the stroke with button3. | |
16499 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil) | |
16500 | |
16501 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16502 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. |
25876 | 16503 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) |
16504 | |
16505 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16506 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. | |
16507 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil) | |
16508 | |
16509 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16510 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil) | |
16511 | |
16512 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke)) | |
16513 | |
16514 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\ | |
32115 | 16515 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil) |
25876 | 16516 |
16517 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\ | |
16518 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil) | |
16519 | |
16520 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes)) | |
16521 | |
32115 | 16522 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\ |
16523 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. | |
16524 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes | |
16525 chronologically by command name. | |
16526 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil) | |
16527 | |
25876 | 16528 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\ |
16529 Toggle strokes being enabled. | |
16530 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. | |
16531 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor | |
16532 mode in all buffers when activated. | |
16533 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define | |
16534 new strokes with | |
16535 | |
16536 > M-x global-set-stroke | |
16537 | |
16538 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use | |
32115 | 16539 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your |
25876 | 16540 strokes with |
16541 | |
16542 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer | |
16543 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil) | |
16544 | |
32115 | 16545 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\ |
16546 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. | |
16547 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. | |
16548 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil) | |
16549 | |
16550 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\ | |
16551 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil) | |
16552 | |
25876 | 16553 ;;;*** |
16554 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region) |
43051 | 16556 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15384 21747)) |
33002 | 16557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el |
16558 | |
16559 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16560 Studlify-case the region." t nil) |
33002 | 16561 |
16562 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16563 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16564 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16565 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16566 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil) |
33002 | 16567 |
16568 ;;;*** | |
16569 | |
25876 | 16570 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16571 ;;;;;; (15400 1478)) |
25876 | 16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el |
16573 | |
16574 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\ | |
16575 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. | |
16576 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply | |
16577 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]' | |
16578 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the | |
16579 original message but it does require a few things: | |
16580 | |
16581 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. | |
16582 | |
16583 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the | |
16584 reply buffer. | |
16585 | |
16586 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been | |
16587 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the | |
16588 original message. | |
16589 | |
16590 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. | |
16591 | |
16592 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. | |
16593 | |
16594 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't | |
16595 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run | |
16596 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil) | |
16597 | |
16598 ;;;*** | |
16599 | |
43051 | 16600 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15384 |
16601 ;;;;;; 21745)) | |
40341 | 16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el |
16603 | |
16604 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\ | |
16605 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS. | |
16606 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that | |
16607 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon. | |
16608 | |
16609 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it | |
16610 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and | |
16611 avoid a more expansive scan. | |
16612 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil) | |
16613 | |
16614 ;;;*** | |
16615 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16616 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el |
16618 | |
16619 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16620 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. | |
16621 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16622 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16623 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16624 | |
16625 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\ | |
16626 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. | |
16627 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs | |
16628 when this can be done without changing the column they end at. | |
16629 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments | |
16630 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. | |
16631 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil) | |
16632 | |
16633 ;;;*** | |
16634 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16635 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15371 46416)) |
25876 | 16636 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el |
16637 | |
16638 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\ | |
16639 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil) | |
16640 | |
16641 ;;;*** | |
16642 | |
42814 | 16643 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15424 48698)) |
25876 | 16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el |
16645 | |
16646 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\ | |
16647 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. | |
16648 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. | |
16649 Letters no longer insert themselves. | |
16650 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; | |
16651 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. | |
16652 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. | |
16653 | |
16654 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and | |
16655 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be | |
16656 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file | |
16657 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. | |
16658 | |
16659 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
16660 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil) |
25876 | 16661 |
16662 ;;;*** | |
16663 | |
25998 | 16664 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16665 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15371 46425)) |
25998 | 16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el |
16667 | |
16668 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\ | |
16669 Major mode for editing Tcl code. | |
16670 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. | |
16671 Tab indents for Tcl code. | |
16672 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. | |
16673 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. | |
16674 | |
16675 Variables controlling indentation style: | |
40341 | 16676 `tcl-indent-level' |
25998 | 16677 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. |
40341 | 16678 `tcl-continued-indent-level' |
25998 | 16679 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. |
16680 | |
16681 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable | |
16682 documentation for details): | |
40341 | 16683 `tcl-tab-always-indent' |
25998 | 16684 Controls action of TAB key. |
40341 | 16685 `tcl-auto-newline' |
25998 | 16686 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, |
16687 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. | |
40341 | 16688 `tcl-electric-hash-style' |
25998 | 16689 Controls action of `#' key. |
40341 | 16690 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder' |
25998 | 16691 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current |
16692 word when looking up help on a Tcl command. | |
16693 | |
16694 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' | |
16695 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for | |
16696 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions | |
16697 already exist. | |
16698 | |
16699 Commands: | |
16700 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
16701 | |
16702 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\ | |
16703 Run inferior Tcl process. | |
16704 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. | |
16705 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil) | |
16706 | |
16707 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\ | |
16708 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. | |
16709 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil) | |
16710 | |
16711 ;;;*** | |
16712 | |
43051 | 16713 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096)) |
28212 | 16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el |
25876 | 16715 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)") |
16716 | |
16717 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\ | |
16718 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16719 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' | |
16720 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program | |
16721 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', | |
16722 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. | |
16723 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16724 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)") | |
16725 | |
16726 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\ | |
16727 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). | |
16728 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. | |
16729 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil) | |
16730 | |
16731 ;;;*** | |
16732 | |
42814 | 16733 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15425 |
16734 ;;;;;; 58604)) | |
25876 | 16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el |
16736 | |
16737 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\ | |
16738 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. | |
16739 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. | |
16740 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. | |
16741 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to | |
16742 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil) | |
16743 | |
16744 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\ | |
16745 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16746 | |
16747 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\ | |
16748 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil) | |
16749 | |
16750 ;;;*** | |
16751 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16752 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15400 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16753 ;;;;;; 1474)) |
25876 | 16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el |
16755 | |
16756 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\ | |
16757 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. | |
16758 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. | |
16759 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, | |
16760 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that | |
16761 program as keyboard input. | |
16762 | |
16763 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS | |
16764 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. | |
16765 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window | |
16766 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. | |
16767 | |
16768 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands | |
16769 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), | |
16770 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. | |
16771 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. | |
16772 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. | |
16773 | |
16774 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. | |
16775 | |
16776 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour | |
16777 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: | |
16778 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, | |
16779 terminal-redisplay-interval. | |
16780 | |
16781 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists | |
16782 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the | |
16783 subprocess started." t nil) | |
16784 | |
16785 ;;;*** | |
16786 | |
43051 | 16787 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15441 20096)) |
25876 | 16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el |
16789 | |
16790 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\ | |
16791 Play the Tetris game. | |
16792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and | |
16793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so | |
16794 as to form complete rows. | |
16795 | |
16796 tetris-mode keybindings: | |
16797 \\<tetris-mode-map> | |
16798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris | |
16799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game | |
16800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game | |
16801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left | |
16802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right | |
16803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise | |
16804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise | |
16805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area | |
16806 | |
16807 " t nil) | |
16808 | |
16809 ;;;*** | |
16810 | |
16811 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode | |
16812 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode | |
16813 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16814 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names | |
16815 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command | |
16816 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp | |
16817 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
16818 ;;;;;; (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 16819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el |
16820 | |
16821 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\ | |
16822 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.") | |
16823 | |
16824 (defvar tex-directory "." "\ | |
16825 *Directory in which temporary files are written. | |
16826 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it | |
16827 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are | |
16828 `\\input' commands with relative directories.") | |
16829 | |
16830 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\ | |
16831 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. | |
16832 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; | |
16833 if it matches the first line of the file, | |
16834 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.") | |
16835 | |
16836 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\ | |
16837 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. | |
16838 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' | |
16839 if the variable is non-nil.") | |
16840 | |
16841 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\ | |
16842 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.") | |
16843 | |
16844 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\ | |
16845 *Command used to run TeX subjob. | |
16846 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16847 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16848 | |
16849 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\ | |
16850 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. | |
16851 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16852 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16853 | |
16854 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\ | |
16855 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. | |
16856 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. | |
16857 See the documentation of that variable.") | |
16858 | |
16859 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\ | |
16860 *TeX options to use when running TeX. | |
16861 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. | |
16862 See the documentation of `tex-command'.") | |
16863 | |
16864 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\ | |
16865 *User defined LaTeX block names. | |
16866 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.") | |
16867 | |
16868 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\ | |
16869 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. | |
16870 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16871 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16872 | |
16873 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16874 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16875 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16876 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.") | |
16877 | |
16878 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\ | |
16879 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. | |
16880 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16881 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16882 | |
16883 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable | |
16884 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; | |
16885 for example, | |
16886 | |
16887 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16888 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \"))) | |
16889 | |
16890 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to | |
16891 use.") | |
16892 | |
16893 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\ | |
16894 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. | |
16895 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; | |
16896 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. | |
16897 | |
16898 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the | |
16899 window system being used. For example, | |
16900 | |
16901 (setq tex-dvi-view-command | |
16902 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) | |
16903 | |
16904 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty | |
16905 otherwise.") | |
16906 | |
16907 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\ | |
16908 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. | |
16909 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.") | |
16910 | |
26724 | 16911 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\ |
25876 | 16912 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. |
16913 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file | |
16914 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. | |
16915 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.") | |
16916 | |
16917 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\ | |
16918 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
16919 | |
16920 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\ | |
16921 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
16922 | |
16923 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16924 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. | |
16925 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether | |
16926 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', | |
16927 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, | |
16928 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' | |
16929 says which mode to use." t nil) | |
16930 | |
16931 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode)) | |
16932 | |
16933 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode)) | |
16934 | |
16935 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode)) | |
16936 | |
16937 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16938 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. | |
16939 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16940 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16941 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16942 | |
16943 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\" | |
16944 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), | |
16945 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16946 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16947 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16948 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16949 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16950 | |
16951 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16952 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16953 | |
16954 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16955 \\{plain-tex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16956 |
16957 Mode variables: | |
16958 tex-run-command | |
16959 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16960 tex-directory | |
16961 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs | |
16962 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
16963 tex-dvi-print-command | |
16964 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
16965 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
16966 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
16967 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
16968 tex-dvi-view-command | |
16969 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
16970 tex-show-queue-command | |
16971 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
16972 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
16973 | |
16974 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
16975 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the | |
16976 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
16977 | |
16978 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
16979 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. | |
16980 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
16981 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
16982 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
16983 | |
16984 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
16985 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
16986 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
16987 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
16988 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16989 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
16990 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
16991 | |
16992 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
16993 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
16994 | |
16995 Special commands: | |
38398 | 16996 \\{latex-mode-map} |
25876 | 16997 |
16998 Mode variables: | |
16999 latex-run-command | |
17000 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
17001 tex-directory | |
17002 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs | |
17003 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
17004 tex-dvi-print-command | |
17005 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
17006 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
17007 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
17008 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
17009 tex-dvi-view-command | |
17010 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
17011 tex-show-queue-command | |
17012 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
17013 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
17014 | |
17015 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then | |
17016 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special | |
17017 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
17018 | |
17019 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\ | |
17020 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. | |
17021 Makes $ and } display the characters they match. | |
17022 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, | |
17023 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\. | |
17024 | |
17025 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble | |
17026 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.), | |
17027 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. | |
17028 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. | |
17029 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
17030 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. | |
17031 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. | |
17032 | |
17033 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing | |
17034 mismatched $'s or braces. | |
17035 | |
17036 Special commands: | |
38398 | 17037 \\{slitex-mode-map} |
25876 | 17038 |
17039 Mode variables: | |
17040 slitex-run-command | |
17041 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
17042 tex-directory | |
17043 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs | |
17044 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer]. | |
17045 tex-dvi-print-command | |
17046 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. | |
17047 tex-alt-dvi-print-command | |
17048 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix | |
17049 argument) to print a .dvi file. | |
17050 tex-dvi-view-command | |
17051 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. | |
17052 tex-show-queue-command | |
17053 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print | |
17054 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on. | |
17055 | |
17056 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook | |
17057 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook | |
17058 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook | |
17059 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil) | |
17060 | |
17061 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil) | |
17062 | |
17063 ;;;*** | |
17064 | |
17065 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17066 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el |
17068 | |
17069 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\ | |
17070 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. | |
17071 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
17072 name specified in the @setfilename command. | |
17073 | |
17074 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table | |
17075 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and | |
17076 Info-split to do these manually." t nil) | |
17077 | |
17078 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\ | |
17079 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. | |
17080 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. | |
17081 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is | |
17082 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil) | |
17083 | |
17084 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\ | |
17085 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. | |
17086 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file | |
17087 names specified in the @setfilename command. | |
17088 | |
17089 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and | |
17090 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that | |
17091 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original | |
17092 Texinfo source buffer is not changed. | |
17093 | |
17094 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file | |
17095 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil) | |
17096 | |
17097 ;;;*** | |
17098 | |
34166 | 17099 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote) |
43051 | 17100 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15425 28364)) |
25876 | 17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el |
17102 | |
34166 | 17103 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\ |
17104 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.") | |
17105 | |
17106 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\ | |
17107 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.") | |
17108 | |
25876 | 17109 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\ |
17110 Major mode for editing Texinfo files. | |
17111 | |
17112 It has these extra commands: | |
17113 \\{texinfo-mode-map} | |
17114 | |
17115 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals | |
17116 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or | |
17117 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and | |
17118 modified version of TeX input format. | |
17119 | |
17120 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is | |
17121 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see | |
17122 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, | |
17123 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. | |
17124 | |
17125 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. | |
17126 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the | |
17127 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. | |
17128 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. | |
17129 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and | |
17130 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot | |
17131 in the Texinfo file. | |
17132 | |
17133 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various | |
17134 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these | |
17135 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with | |
17136 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to | |
17137 move forward past the closing brace. | |
17138 | |
17139 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or | |
17140 updating menus and node pointers. These functions | |
17141 | |
17142 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, | |
17143 * insert or update the menu for a section, and | |
17144 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. | |
17145 | |
17146 Here are the functions: | |
17147 | |
17148 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] | |
17149 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] | |
17150 texinfo-sequential-node-update | |
17151 | |
17152 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] | |
17153 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] | |
17154 texinfo-master-menu | |
17155 | |
17156 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) | |
17157 | |
17158 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to | |
17159 which menu descriptions are indented. | |
17160 | |
17161 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the | |
17162 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs | |
17163 in the region. | |
17164 | |
17165 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file | |
17166 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the | |
17167 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an | |
17168 `@chapter' or `@section' line. | |
17169 | |
17170 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and | |
17171 be the first node in the file. | |
17172 | |
28710 | 17173 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the |
17174 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
25876 | 17175 |
17176 ;;;*** | |
17177 | |
26899 | 17178 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion |
28919 | 17179 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
17180 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15390 29811)) |
25876 | 17181 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el |
17182 | |
17183 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\ | |
17184 Compose Thai characters in the region. | |
17185 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
17186 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil) | |
17187 | |
17188 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\ | |
17189 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil) | |
17190 | |
17191 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\ | |
17192 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil) | |
17193 | |
17194 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil) | |
17195 | |
26899 | 17196 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\ |
17197 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. | |
17198 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. | |
17199 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text | |
17200 to compose. | |
17201 | |
17202 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil) | |
25876 | 17203 |
17204 ;;;*** | |
17205 | |
27949 | 17206 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point |
17207 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17208 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 17209 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el |
17210 | |
17211 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\ | |
17212 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil) | |
17213 | |
17214 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
17215 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. | |
17216 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
17217 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
17218 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
17219 | |
17220 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
17221 a symbol as a valid THING. | |
17222 | |
17223 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions | |
17224 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil) | |
17225 | |
17226 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\ | |
17227 Return the THING at point. | |
17228 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. | |
17229 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', | |
17230 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. | |
17231 | |
17232 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define | |
17233 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil) | |
17234 | |
27949 | 17235 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) |
17236 | |
17237 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
17238 | |
17239 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
17240 | |
17241 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil) | |
17242 | |
25876 | 17243 ;;;*** |
17244 | |
17245 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion | |
26899 | 17246 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function |
29505 | 17247 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region |
17248 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription | |
43051 | 17249 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15441 |
17250 ;;;;;; 20095)) | |
25876 | 17251 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el |
17252 | |
26899 | 17253 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\ |
25876 | 17254 Check if char CH is Tibetan character. |
17255 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil) | |
17256 | |
26899 | 17257 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\ |
17258 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil) | |
17259 | |
17260 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\ | |
17261 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. | |
17262 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil) | |
25876 | 17263 |
17264 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 17265 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil) |
25876 | 17266 |
17267 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\ | |
26899 | 17268 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil) |
17269 | |
29505 | 17270 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\ |
17271 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. | |
17272 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
17273 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil) |
29505 | 17274 |
17275 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\ | |
17276 Decompose Tibetan string STR. | |
17277 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
17278 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil) |
26899 | 17279 |
17280 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
25876 | 17281 |
17282 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
17283 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. | |
26899 | 17284 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil) |
25876 | 17285 |
17286 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\ | |
17287 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. | |
17288 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil) | |
17289 | |
17290 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
17291 | |
17292 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil) | |
17293 | |
17294 ;;;*** | |
17295 | |
26724 | 17296 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17297 ;;;;;; (15371 46417)) |
26724 | 17298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el |
17299 | |
17300 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\ | |
17301 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. | |
17302 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
17303 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
17304 parameters. | |
17305 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
17306 | |
17307 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\ | |
17308 Add hard spaces in the current buffer. | |
17309 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and | |
17310 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration | |
17311 parameters. | |
17312 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil) | |
17313 | |
17314 ;;;*** | |
17315 | |
32115 | 17316 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date) |
43051 | 17317 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 17318 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el |
17319 | |
17320 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\ | |
17321 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.") | |
17322 | |
17323 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\ | |
17324 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
17325 This display updates automatically every minute. | |
17326 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
17327 are displayed as well. | |
17328 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
17329 | |
32115 | 17330 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\ |
37617 | 17331 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. |
33357 | 17332 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 17333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
17334 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.") | |
17335 | |
17336 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17337 | |
17338 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time)) | |
17339 | |
25876 | 17340 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\ |
17341 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. | |
17342 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. | |
17343 | |
17344 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. | |
17345 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date | |
17346 are displayed as well. | |
17347 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil) | |
17348 | |
17349 ;;;*** | |
17350 | |
43051 | 17351 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year |
17352 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract | |
17353 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time) | |
17354 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230)) | |
17355 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el | |
32115 | 17356 |
17357 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
43051 | 17358 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil) |
17359 | |
17360 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
17361 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil) | |
17362 | |
17363 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\ | |
17364 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil) | |
17365 | |
17366 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
17367 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil) | |
17368 | |
17369 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\ | |
17370 Return the time elapsed since TIME. | |
17371 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil) | |
17372 | |
17373 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract)) | |
17374 | |
17375 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\ | |
17376 Subtract two time values. | |
17377 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil) | |
17378 | |
17379 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\ | |
17380 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil) | |
17381 | |
17382 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\ | |
17383 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE. | |
17384 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil) | |
17385 | |
17386 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\ | |
17387 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2. | |
17388 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil) | |
17389 | |
17390 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\ | |
17391 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil) | |
17392 | |
17393 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\ | |
17394 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil) | |
17395 | |
17396 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\ | |
17397 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME. | |
17398 TIME should be a time value. | |
17399 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil) | |
32115 | 17400 |
17401 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\ | |
43051 | 17402 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value. |
17403 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil) | |
32115 | 17404 |
17405 ;;;*** | |
17406 | |
25876 | 17407 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17408 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 17409 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el |
17410 | |
17411 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\ | |
25998 | 17412 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. |
25876 | 17413 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp |
17414 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: | |
17415 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) | |
17416 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and | |
17417 look like one of the following: | |
17418 Time-stamp: <> | |
17419 Time-stamp: \" \" | |
17420 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: | |
17421 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> | |
17422 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. | |
17423 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. | |
25998 | 17424 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', |
17425 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the | |
17426 template." t nil) | |
25876 | 17427 |
17428 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\ | |
17429 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer. | |
17430 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
17431 | |
17432 ;;;*** | |
17433 | |
31388 | 17434 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string |
17435 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out | |
17436 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in | |
17437 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17438 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
31388 | 17439 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el |
17440 | |
17441 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\ | |
17442 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. | |
17443 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be | |
17444 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the | |
17445 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. | |
17446 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is | |
17447 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display | |
17448 \(non-nil means on)." t nil) | |
17449 | |
17450 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\ | |
17451 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
17452 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that | |
17453 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg | |
17454 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or | |
17455 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of | |
17456 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time | |
17457 this function is called within a day. | |
17458 | |
17459 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and | |
17460 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' | |
17461 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to | |
17462 discover the name of the project." t nil) | |
17463 | |
17464 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
17465 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. | |
17466 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was | |
17467 begun during the last time segment. | |
17468 | |
17469 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and | |
17470 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' | |
17471 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to | |
17472 discover the reason." t nil) | |
17473 | |
17474 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17475 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil) | |
17476 | |
17477 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\ | |
17478 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. | |
17479 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been | |
17480 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last | |
17481 project you were working on." t nil) | |
17482 | |
17483 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\ | |
17484 Ask the user before clocking out. | |
17485 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil) | |
17486 | |
17487 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\ | |
17488 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. | |
17489 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil) | |
17490 | |
17491 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17492 Return a string representing the amount of time left today. | |
17493 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY | |
17494 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. | |
17495 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of | |
17496 \"relative to today\"." t nil) | |
17497 | |
17498 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17499 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. | |
17500 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is | |
17501 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil) | |
17502 | |
17503 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\ | |
17504 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. | |
17505 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If | |
17506 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the | |
17507 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned | |
17508 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned | |
17509 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. | |
17510 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is | |
17511 non-nil." t nil) | |
17512 | |
17513 ;;;*** | |
17514 | |
25876 | 17515 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer |
17516 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17517 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el |
17519 | |
17520 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer)) | |
17521 | |
17522 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17523 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil) | |
17524 | |
17525 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\ | |
17526 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil) | |
17527 | |
17528 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\ | |
17529 Perform an action at time TIME. | |
17530 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
17531 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds | |
17532 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) | |
17533 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. | |
17534 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. | |
17535 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
17536 | |
17537 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17538 | |
17539 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17540 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. | |
17541 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. | |
17542 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. | |
17543 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. | |
17544 | |
17545 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17546 | |
17547 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17548 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. | |
17549 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. | |
17550 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil) | |
17551 | |
17552 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\ | |
17553 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. | |
30565 | 17554 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. |
25876 | 17555 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. |
30565 | 17556 |
17557 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for | |
17558 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). | |
25876 | 17559 |
17560 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil) | |
17561 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1) | |
17562 | |
17563 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\ | |
17564 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. | |
17565 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. | |
17566 The call should look like: | |
17567 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) | |
17568 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external | |
17569 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); | |
17570 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not | |
17571 be detected." nil (quote macro)) | |
17572 | |
17573 ;;;*** | |
17574 | |
17575 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17576 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el |
17578 | |
17579 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17580 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. | |
17581 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which | |
17582 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil) | |
17583 | |
17584 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\ | |
17585 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. | |
17586 Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; | |
17587 it won't work in an interactive Emacs. | |
17588 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to | |
17589 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\". | |
17590 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil) | |
17591 | |
17592 ;;;*** | |
17593 | |
17594 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm" | |
43051 | 17595 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15450 56540)) |
25876 | 17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el |
17597 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar) | |
17598 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar) | |
17599 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse) | |
17600 | |
17601 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\ | |
17602 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17603 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. | |
17604 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; | |
17605 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil) | |
17606 | |
17607 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\ | |
17608 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. | |
17609 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar | |
17610 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. | |
17611 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil) | |
17612 | |
17613 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\ | |
17614 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. | |
17615 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements | |
17616 in the menu in two ways: | |
17617 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; | |
17618 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. | |
17619 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. | |
17620 | |
17621 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a | |
17622 keymap or an alist of alists. | |
17623 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. | |
17624 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil) | |
17625 | |
17626 ;;;*** | |
17627 | |
35196 | 17628 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities |
17629 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category) | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
17630 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15390 29801)) |
28919 | 17631 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el |
17632 | |
35196 | 17633 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\ |
17634 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil) | |
17635 | |
17636 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17637 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil) | |
17638 | |
17639 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17640 Insert new TODO list entry. | |
17641 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current | |
17642 category." t nil) | |
17643 | |
30565 | 17644 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\ |
17645 List top priorities for each category. | |
17646 | |
17647 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which | |
17648 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. | |
17649 | |
17650 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted | |
17651 between each category." t nil) | |
17652 | |
28919 | 17653 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\ |
29505 | 17654 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. |
30565 | 17655 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted |
28919 | 17656 between each category. |
17657 | |
30565 | 17658 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil) |
28919 | 17659 |
35196 | 17660 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\ |
17661 Major mode for editing TODO lists. | |
17662 | |
17663 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil) | |
17664 | |
17665 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17666 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil) | |
17667 | |
17668 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\ | |
17669 Show TODO list." t nil) | |
17670 | |
28919 | 17671 ;;;*** |
17672 | |
33002 | 17673 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17674 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15371 46417)) |
32115 | 17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el |
17676 | |
17677 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\ | |
36101 | 17678 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. |
33357 | 17679 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
32115 | 17680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
17681 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.") | |
17682 | |
33357 | 17683 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
32115 | 17684 |
17685 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar)) | |
17686 | |
17687 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17688 Toggle use of the tool bar. | |
34166 | 17689 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. |
32115 | 17690 |
17691 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for | |
17692 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil) | |
17693 | |
17694 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17695 Add an item to the tool bar. | |
17696 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol | |
33002 | 17697 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments |
17698 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See | |
17699 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. | |
32115 | 17700 |
36101 | 17701 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The |
17702 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally | |
17703 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. | |
33002 | 17704 |
17705 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17706 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17707 function." nil nil) | |
17708 | |
17709 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\ | |
17710 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. | |
17711 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default | |
17712 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which | |
17713 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. | |
17714 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. | |
17715 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. | |
17716 | |
17717 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in | |
17718 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this | |
17719 function." nil nil) | |
32115 | 17720 |
17721 ;;;*** | |
17722 | |
25998 | 17723 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el" |
42814 | 17724 ;;;;;; (15425 58604)) |
25876 | 17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el |
17726 | |
17727 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\ | |
17728 Mode for tooltip display. | |
17729 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil) | |
17730 | |
25998 | 17731 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\ |
17732 Toggle tooltip-mode. | |
17733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17734 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.") | |
17735 | |
17736 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17737 | |
17738 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip)) | |
17739 | |
17740 ;;;*** | |
17741 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17742 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15402 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17743 ;;;;;; 32084)) |
25876 | 17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el |
17745 | |
40341 | 17746 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on)) |
17747 | |
17748 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on)) | |
25876 | 17749 |
17750 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\ | |
17751 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil) | |
17752 | |
17753 ;;;*** | |
17754 | |
17755 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17756 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el |
17758 | |
17759 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17760 Set scroll margins." t nil) | |
17761 | |
17762 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17763 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil) | |
17764 | |
17765 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\ | |
17766 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil) | |
17767 | |
17768 ;;;*** | |
17769 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17770 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el |
17772 | |
17773 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\ | |
17774 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. | |
17775 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving | |
17776 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected | |
17777 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil) | |
17778 | |
17779 ;;;*** | |
17780 | |
17781 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17782 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 17783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el |
17784 | |
17785 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\ | |
17786 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.") | |
17787 | |
17788 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\ | |
17789 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. | |
17790 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17791 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17792 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17793 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. | |
17794 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other | |
17795 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil) | |
17796 | |
17797 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\ | |
17798 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. | |
17799 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument | |
17800 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the | |
17801 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice | |
17802 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing | |
17803 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil) | |
17804 | |
17805 ;;;*** | |
17806 | |
17807 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17808 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el |
17810 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap) | |
17811 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command) | |
17812 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command) | |
17813 | |
17814 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\ | |
17815 Split current window vertically for two-column editing. | |
17816 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current | |
17817 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ). | |
17818 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. | |
17819 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer | |
17820 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil) | |
17821 | |
17822 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\ | |
17823 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. | |
17824 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by | |
17825 accepting the proposed default buffer. | |
17826 | |
17827 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17828 | |
17829 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\ | |
17830 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. | |
17831 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that | |
17832 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The | |
17833 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local | |
17834 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both | |
17835 columns remain untouched in the first buffer. | |
17836 | |
17837 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You | |
17838 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: | |
17839 | |
17840 First column's text sSs Second column's text | |
17841 \\___/\\ | |
17842 / \\ | |
17843 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here. | |
17844 | |
17845 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil) | |
17846 | |
17847 ;;;*** | |
17848 | |
17849 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics | |
17850 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold | |
17851 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
17852 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 17853 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el |
17854 | |
17855 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\ | |
17856 Toggle typing break mode. | |
17857 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. | |
17858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
17859 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.") | |
17860 | |
17861 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
17862 | |
17863 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break)) | |
17864 | |
17865 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\ | |
17866 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.") | |
17867 | |
17868 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\ | |
17869 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. | |
17870 | |
17871 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between | |
17872 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\" | |
17873 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. | |
17874 | |
17875 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be | |
17876 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.") | |
17877 | |
17878 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\ | |
17879 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. | |
17880 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). | |
17881 | |
17882 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been | |
17883 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if | |
17884 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later | |
17885 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, | |
17886 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has | |
17887 elapsed, the user will always be queried. | |
17888 | |
17889 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered | |
17890 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally | |
17891 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks | |
17892 will occur; only scheduled ones will. | |
17893 | |
17894 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one | |
17895 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. | |
17896 | |
17897 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to | |
17898 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.") | |
17899 | |
17900 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\ | |
17901 Enable or disable typing-break mode. | |
17902 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. | |
17903 | |
17904 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at | |
17905 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the | |
17906 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user | |
17907 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask | |
17908 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time | |
17909 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently | |
17910 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. | |
17911 | |
17912 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. | |
17913 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. | |
17914 | |
17915 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the | |
17916 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or | |
17917 reset the keystroke counter. | |
17918 | |
17919 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of | |
17920 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to | |
17921 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the | |
17922 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. | |
17923 | |
17924 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to | |
17925 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly | |
17926 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the | |
17927 `type-break-schedule' command. | |
17928 | |
17929 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum | |
17930 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever | |
17931 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for | |
17932 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break | |
17933 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether | |
17934 or not to continue. | |
17935 | |
17936 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the | |
17937 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use | |
17938 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to | |
17939 approximate good values for this. | |
17940 | |
17941 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about | |
17942 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: | |
17943 | |
17944 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' | |
17945 `type-break-time-warning-intervals' | |
17946 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' | |
17947 `type-break-warning-repeat' | |
17948 `type-break-warning-countdown-string' | |
17949 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' | |
17950 | |
17951 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin | |
17952 a typing break occur. They include: | |
17953 | |
17954 `type-break-query-mode' | |
17955 `type-break-query-function' | |
17956 `type-break-query-interval' | |
17957 | |
17958 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil) | |
17959 | |
17960 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\ | |
17961 Take a typing break. | |
17962 | |
17963 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in | |
17964 `type-break-demo-functions' is run. | |
17965 | |
17966 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled | |
17967 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil) | |
17968 | |
17969 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\ | |
17970 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. | |
17971 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is | |
17972 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil) | |
17973 | |
17974 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\ | |
17975 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. | |
17976 | |
17977 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how | |
17978 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your | |
17979 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it | |
17980 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one | |
17981 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing | |
17982 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate | |
17983 average typing speed.) | |
17984 | |
17985 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' | |
17986 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average | |
17987 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of | |
17988 the computed maximum threshold. | |
17989 | |
17990 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be | |
17991 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the | |
17992 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. | |
17993 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of | |
17994 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil) | |
17995 | |
17996 ;;;*** | |
17997 | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
17998 ;;;### (autoloads (unify-8859-on-decoding-mode unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) |
43051 | 17999 ;;;;;; "ucs-tables" "international/ucs-tables.el" (15425 28363)) |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-tables.el |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18001 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18002 (defvar unify-8859-on-encoding-mode nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18003 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Encoding mode is enabled. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18004 See the command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18006 use either \\[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18007 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18008 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18009 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18010 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18011 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18012 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18013 Set up translation tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on encoding. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18014 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18015 The ISO 8859 characters sets overlap, e.g. 8859-1 (Latin-1) and |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18016 8859-15 (Latin-9) differ only in a few characters. Emacs normally |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18017 distinguishes equivalent characters from those ISO-8859 character sets |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18018 which are built in to Emacs. This behaviour is essentially inherited |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18019 from the European-originated international standards. Treating them |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18020 equivalently, by translating to and from a single representation is |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18021 called `unification'. (The `utf-8' coding system treats the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18022 characters of European scripts in a unified manner.) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18023 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18024 In this mode, on encoding -- i.e. output operations -- non-ASCII |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18025 characters from the built-in ISO 8859 and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18026 charsets are handled automatically by the coding system used if it can |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18027 represent them. Thus, say, an e-acute from the Latin-1 charset (the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18028 unified representation) in a buffer saved as Latin-9 will be encoded |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18029 directly to a byte value 233. By default, in contrast, you would be |
42730 | 18030 prompted for a general coding system to use for saving the file, which |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18031 can cope with separate Latin-1 and Latin-9 representations of e-acute. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18032 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18033 See also command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18034 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18035 (defvar unify-8859-on-decoding-mode nil "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18036 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Decoding mode is enabled. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18037 See the command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18039 use either \\[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'.") |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18040 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18041 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote custom-variable)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18042 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18043 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables)) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18044 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18045 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\ |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18046 Set up translation table for unifying ISO 8859 characters on decoding. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18047 On decoding -- i.e. input operations -- non-ASCII characters from the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18048 built-in ISO 8859 charsets are unified by mapping them into the |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18049 `iso-latin-1' and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18050 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18051 This sets the parent of `standard-translation-table-for-decode'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18052 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18053 See also command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'." t nil) |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18054 |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18055 ;;;*** |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18056 |
25876 | 18057 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18058 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417)) |
25876 | 18059 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el |
18060 | |
18061 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\ | |
18062 Underline all nonblank characters in the region. | |
18063 Works by overstriking underscores. | |
18064 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
18065 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
18066 | |
18067 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\ | |
18068 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. | |
18069 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END | |
18070 which specify the range to operate on." t nil) | |
18071 | |
18072 ;;;*** | |
18073 | |
18074 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18075 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 18076 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el |
18077 | |
18078 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
18079 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. | |
18080 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil) | |
18081 | |
18082 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\ | |
18083 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. | |
18084 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message | |
18085 following the containing message." t nil) | |
18086 | |
18087 ;;;*** | |
18088 | |
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18090 ;;;;;; (15371 46424)) |
25876 | 18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el |
18092 | |
18093 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
18094 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. | |
18095 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. | |
18096 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name | |
18097 is made by adding `.mail' at the end. | |
18098 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil) | |
18099 | |
18100 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\ | |
18101 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil) | |
18102 | |
18103 ;;;*** | |
18104 | |
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18106 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el |
18108 | |
18109 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\ | |
18110 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. | |
18111 This function has a choice of three things to do: | |
26724 | 18112 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) |
25876 | 18113 to refrain from editing the file |
18114 return t (grab the lock on the file) | |
18115 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). | |
18116 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives | |
18117 in any way you like." nil nil) | |
18118 | |
18119 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\ | |
18120 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. | |
18121 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification | |
18122 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), | |
18123 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. | |
18124 | |
18125 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. | |
18126 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil) | |
18127 | |
18128 ;;;*** | |
18129 | |
32115 | 18130 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external) |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18131 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421)) |
32115 | 18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el |
18133 | |
18134 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 18135 Uudecode region between START and END using external program. |
18136 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program | |
18137 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil) | |
32115 | 18138 |
18139 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\ | |
34166 | 18140 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. |
32115 | 18141 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil) |
18142 | |
18143 ;;;*** | |
18144 | |
25876 | 18145 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file |
39050 | 18146 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer |
18147 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory | |
18148 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window | |
18149 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file | |
18150 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) | |
43051 | 18151 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15425 28362)) |
25876 | 18152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el |
18153 | |
39050 | 18154 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\ |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18155 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file. |
39050 | 18156 See `run-hooks'.") |
18157 | |
25876 | 18158 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\ |
18159 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. | |
18160 See `run-hooks'.") | |
18161 | |
18162 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18163 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in. |
25876 | 18164 See `run-hooks'.") |
18165 | |
18166 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18167 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY. |
31388 | 18168 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. |
18169 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within | |
18170 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by | |
25876 | 18171 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro)) |
18172 | |
18173 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 18174 Edit FILE under version control, executing body. |
18175 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. | |
25876 | 18176 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. |
18177 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro)) | |
18178 | |
38452 | 18179 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\ |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18180 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors. |
38452 | 18181 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the |
18182 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not | |
18183 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is | |
18184 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if | |
18185 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that | |
18186 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the | |
18187 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that | |
18188 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, | |
18189 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil) | |
18190 | |
25876 | 18191 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\ |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18192 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file. |
31388 | 18193 |
18194 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, | |
25876 | 18195 it will operate on the file in the current line. |
31388 | 18196 |
18197 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more | |
25876 | 18198 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on |
18199 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register | |
18200 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted | |
18201 lock steals will raise an error. | |
31388 | 18202 |
18203 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. | |
25876 | 18204 |
18205 For RCS and SCCS files: | |
18206 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
18207 control. | |
18208 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out | |
18209 a writable and locked file ready for editing. | |
18210 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this | |
18211 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, | |
18212 it performs a revert. | |
18213 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry | |
18214 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the | |
18215 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If | |
18216 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a | |
18217 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. | |
18218 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given | |
18219 the option to steal the lock. | |
18220 | |
18221 For CVS files: | |
18222 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version | |
18223 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\". | |
18224 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. | |
18225 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is | |
18226 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the | |
18227 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along | |
18228 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. | |
18229 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to | |
18230 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil) | |
18231 | |
18232 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 18233 Register the current file into a version control system. |
18234 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version | |
31388 | 18235 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. |
18236 | |
32115 | 18237 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list |
31388 | 18238 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares |
18239 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that | |
18240 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to | |
18241 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the | |
18242 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil) | |
25876 | 18243 |
18244 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\ | |
18245 Display diffs between file versions. | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18246 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18247 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18248 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18249 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18250 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18251 saving the buffer." t nil) |
25876 | 18252 |
18253 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18254 Visit version REV of the current file in another window. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18255 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18256 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil) |
25876 | 18257 |
18258 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18259 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system. |
25876 | 18260 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from |
31388 | 18261 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil) |
18262 | |
18263 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 18264 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. |
18265 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the | |
18266 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that | |
18267 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes | |
18268 from the current branch. | |
31388 | 18269 |
18270 See Info node `Merging'." t nil) | |
25876 | 18271 |
18272 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\ | |
18273 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. | |
18274 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil) | |
18275 | |
31388 | 18276 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\ |
18277 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. | |
18278 | |
18279 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. | |
18280 | |
18281 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override | |
18282 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil) | |
25876 | 18283 |
18284 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 18285 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. |
31388 | 18286 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version |
18287 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument | |
18288 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files | |
18289 are checked out in that new branch." t nil) | |
25876 | 18290 |
18291 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\ | |
32115 | 18292 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. |
18293 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. | |
18294 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any | |
18295 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are | |
18296 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil) | |
25876 | 18297 |
18298 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\ | |
18299 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil) | |
18300 | |
18301 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18302 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on. |
25876 | 18303 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical |
32115 | 18304 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer |
18305 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil) | |
25876 | 18306 |
18307 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\ | |
18308 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. | |
32115 | 18309 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil) |
25876 | 18310 |
39050 | 18311 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\ |
18312 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. | |
18313 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not | |
18314 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes | |
18315 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. | |
18316 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. | |
18317 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil) | |
18318 | |
18319 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\ | |
18320 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. | |
18321 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend | |
18322 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in | |
18323 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the | |
18324 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current | |
18325 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current | |
18326 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. | |
18327 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil) | |
18328 | |
25876 | 18329 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\ |
18330 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil) | |
18331 | |
18332 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\ | |
31388 | 18333 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. |
25876 | 18334 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default |
31388 | 18335 directory. |
25876 | 18336 |
32115 | 18337 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. |
25876 | 18338 |
18339 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited | |
18340 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the | |
18341 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. | |
18342 | |
32115 | 18343 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which |
31388 | 18344 log entries should be gathered." t nil) |
25876 | 18345 |
18346 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\ | |
39437 | 18347 Display the edit history of the current file using colours. |
18348 | |
18349 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current | |
18350 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are | |
18351 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means | |
18352 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By | |
18353 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; | |
18354 everything that is older than that is shown in blue. | |
18355 | |
18356 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the | |
18357 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer | |
18358 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version | |
18359 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18360 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18361 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18362 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their |
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
18363 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue. |
39437 | 18364 |
18365 Customization variables: | |
25876 | 18366 |
18367 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the | |
18368 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and | |
18369 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to | |
18370 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil) | |
18371 | |
18372 ;;;*** | |
18373 | |
43051 | 18374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15425 28362)) |
31388 | 18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el |
18376 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f) | |
18377 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name | |
18378 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f))) | |
18379 (require 'vc-cvs) | |
18380 (vc-cvs-registered f))) | |
18381 | |
18382 ;;;*** | |
18383 | |
18384 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el" | |
43051 | 18385 ;;;;;; (15425 28362)) |
31388 | 18386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el |
18387 | |
18388 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\ | |
18389 *Where to look for RCS master files. | |
18390 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
18391 | |
18392 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f)) | |
18393 | |
18394 ;;;*** | |
18395 | |
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el" | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18397 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
31388 | 18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el |
18399 | |
18400 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\ | |
18401 *Where to look for SCCS master files. | |
18402 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.") | |
18403 | |
18404 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f)) | |
18405 | |
18406 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\ | |
18407 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. | |
18408 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not | |
18409 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir))))) | |
18410 | |
18411 ;;;*** | |
18412 | |
25876 | 18413 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" |
43051 | 18414 ;;;;;; (15441 20097)) |
25876 | 18415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el |
18416 | |
18417 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\ | |
18418 Major mode for editing VHDL code. | |
18419 | |
18420 Usage: | |
18421 ------ | |
18422 | |
18423 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and | |
18424 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated | |
18425 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) | |
18426 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are | |
18427 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. | |
18428 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is | |
18429 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. | |
18430 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template | |
18431 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be | |
18432 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable | |
18433 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
18434 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. | |
18435 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by | |
18436 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. | |
18437 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'. | |
18438 The following abbreviations can also be used: | |
18439 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. | |
18440 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' | |
18441 (see CUSTOMIZATION). | |
18442 | |
18443 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A | |
18444 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by | |
18445 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. | |
18446 | |
18447 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax | |
18448 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by | |
18449 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in | |
18450 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: | |
18451 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment | |
18452 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code | |
18453 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line | |
18454 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment | |
18455 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\" | |
18456 | |
18457 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL | |
18458 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts | |
18459 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. | |
18460 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). | |
18461 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized | |
18462 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard | |
18463 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\" | |
18464 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\"). | |
18465 | |
18466 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning | |
18467 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator | |
18468 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. | |
18469 | |
18470 - COMMENTS: | |
18471 `--' puts a single comment. | |
18472 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. | |
18473 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a | |
18474 comment in between. | |
18475 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out | |
18476 following lines. | |
18477 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, | |
18478 uncomments a region if already commented out. | |
18479 | |
18480 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, | |
18481 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications | |
18482 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are | |
18483 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and | |
18484 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. | |
18485 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are | |
18486 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to | |
18487 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a | |
18488 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment | |
18489 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills | |
18490 multi-line comments. | |
18491 | |
18492 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. | |
18493 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. | |
18494 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable | |
18495 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region | |
18496 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally | |
18497 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable | |
18498 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, | |
18499 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow | |
18500 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. | |
18501 | |
18502 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline | |
18503 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group | |
18504 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an | |
18505 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code | |
18506 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns | |
18507 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. | |
18508 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable | |
18509 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. | |
18510 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols | |
18511 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. | |
18512 | |
18513 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component | |
18514 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and | |
18515 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding | |
18516 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual | |
18517 parameters, and as a test bench (menu). | |
18518 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened | |
18519 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual | |
18520 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be | |
18521 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. | |
18522 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates | |
18523 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and | |
18524 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. | |
18525 See customization group `vhdl-port'. | |
18526 | |
18527 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. | |
18528 | |
18529 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in | |
18530 menu). | |
18531 | |
18532 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. | |
18533 | |
18534 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. | |
18535 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if | |
18536 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. | |
18537 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and | |
18538 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. | |
18539 | |
18540 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the | |
18541 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current | |
18542 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see | |
18543 variable `vhdl-project-alist'). | |
18544 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the | |
18545 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. | |
18546 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their | |
18547 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and | |
18548 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. | |
18549 | |
18550 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a | |
18551 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or | |
18552 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file | |
18553 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be | |
18554 specified. | |
18555 | |
18556 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can | |
18557 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible | |
18558 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to | |
18559 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu | |
18560 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing | |
18561 the current directory for VHDL source files. | |
18562 | |
18563 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed | |
18564 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is | |
18565 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed | |
18566 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, | |
18567 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers | |
18568 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable | |
18569 `vhdl-compiler-options'. | |
18570 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command | |
18571 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. | |
18572 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also | |
18573 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. | |
18574 | |
18575 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable | |
18576 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, | |
18577 Math Packages. | |
18578 | |
18579 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, | |
18580 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable | |
18581 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower | |
18582 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, | |
18583 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, | |
18584 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) | |
18585 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables | |
18586 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. | |
18587 | |
18588 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, | |
18589 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable | |
18590 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template | |
18591 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, | |
18592 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well | |
18593 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. | |
18594 | |
18595 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that | |
18596 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or | |
18597 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable | |
18598 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as | |
18599 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. | |
18600 | |
18601 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and | |
18602 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable | |
18603 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some | |
18604 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other | |
18605 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. | |
18606 | |
18607 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to | |
18608 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only | |
18609 highlighted if written in lower case. | |
18610 | |
18611 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted | |
18612 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' | |
18613 is non-nil. | |
18614 | |
18615 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'. | |
18616 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group | |
18617 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]'). | |
18618 | |
18619 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made | |
18620 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword | |
18621 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. | |
18622 | |
18623 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the | |
18624 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable | |
18625 `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). | |
18626 | |
18627 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of | |
18628 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors | |
18629 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs | |
18630 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines | |
18631 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The | |
18632 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to | |
18633 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. | |
18634 | |
18635 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' | |
18636 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). | |
18637 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in | |
18638 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. | |
18639 site-wide, read the INSTALL file). | |
18640 | |
18641 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are | |
18642 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\", | |
18643 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): | |
18644 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) | |
18645 | |
18646 - HINTS: | |
18647 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. | |
18648 | |
18649 | |
18650 Maintenance: | |
18651 ------------ | |
18652 | |
18653 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. | |
18654 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. | |
18655 | |
18656 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18657 | |
18658 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. | |
18659 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. | |
18660 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above | |
18661 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>. | |
18662 | |
18663 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page | |
18664 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest | |
18665 version and release notes can be found. | |
18666 | |
18667 | |
18668 Bugs and Limitations: | |
18669 --------------------- | |
18670 | |
18671 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. | |
18672 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). | |
18673 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. | |
18674 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. | |
18675 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers | |
18676 does not work under XEmacs. | |
18677 | |
18678 | |
18679 The VHDL Mode Maintainers | |
18680 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby | |
18681 | |
18682 Key bindings: | |
18683 ------------- | |
18684 | |
18685 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil) | |
18686 | |
18687 ;;;*** | |
18688 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18689 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el |
18691 | |
18692 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\ | |
18693 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. | |
18694 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, | |
18695 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. | |
18696 | |
18697 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. | |
18698 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input | |
18699 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. | |
18700 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) | |
18701 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned. | |
18702 | |
18703 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again. | |
18704 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. | |
18705 | |
18706 Major differences between this mode and real vi : | |
18707 | |
18708 * Limitations and unsupported features | |
18709 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are | |
18710 not supported. | |
18711 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. | |
18712 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. | |
18713 | |
18714 * Modifications | |
18715 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, | |
18716 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. | |
18717 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. | |
18718 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need | |
18719 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed | |
18720 for undoing a repeated change command. | |
18721 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr | |
18722 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. | |
18723 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. | |
18724 | |
18725 * Extensions | |
18726 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as | |
18727 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. | |
18728 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to | |
18729 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. | |
18730 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. | |
18731 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', | |
18732 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. | |
18733 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. | |
18734 | |
18735 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil) | |
18736 | |
18737 ;;;*** | |
18738 | |
18739 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion | |
18740 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer | |
28919 | 18741 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18742 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15371 46423)) |
25876 | 18743 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el |
18744 | |
18745 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\ | |
18746 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil) | |
18747 | |
18748 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18749 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. | |
18750 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18751 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18752 | |
18753 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18754 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil) | |
18755 | |
18756 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\ | |
18757 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. | |
18758 When called from a program, expects two arguments, | |
18759 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil) | |
18760 | |
18761 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\ | |
18762 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil) | |
18763 | |
18764 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18765 | |
18766 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil) | |
18767 | |
18768 ;;;*** | |
18769 | |
18770 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame | |
18771 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18772 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18773 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
25876 | 18774 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el |
18775 | |
18776 (defvar view-mode nil "\ | |
18777 Non-nil if View mode is enabled. | |
18778 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the | |
18779 functions that enable or disable view mode.") | |
18780 | |
18781 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode)) | |
18782 | |
18783 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\ | |
18784 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18785 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18786 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18787 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18788 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18789 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18790 | |
18791 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18792 | |
18793 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18794 View FILE in View mode in another window. | |
18795 Return that window to its previous buffer when done. | |
18796 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18797 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18798 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18799 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18800 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18801 | |
18802 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18803 | |
18804 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18805 View FILE in View mode in another frame. | |
18806 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. | |
18807 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18808 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18809 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18810 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18811 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18812 | |
18813 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18814 | |
18815 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\ | |
18816 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. | |
18817 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18818 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18819 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18820 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18821 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18822 | |
18823 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18824 | |
18825 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18826 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18827 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18828 | |
18829 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\ | |
18830 View BUFFER in View mode in another window. | |
18831 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18832 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18833 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18834 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18835 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18836 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18837 | |
18838 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18839 | |
18840 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18841 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18842 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18843 | |
18844 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\ | |
18845 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. | |
18846 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. | |
18847 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, | |
18848 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) | |
18849 are defined for moving around in the buffer. | |
18850 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. | |
18851 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18852 | |
18853 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. | |
18854 | |
18855 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as | |
18856 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. | |
18857 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil) | |
18858 | |
18859 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\ | |
18860 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. | |
27949 | 18861 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. |
25876 | 18862 |
18863 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. | |
18864 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands | |
18865 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is | |
18866 read-only. | |
18867 \\<view-mode-map> | |
18868 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix | |
18869 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole | |
18870 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to | |
18871 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search | |
18872 commands default to a repeat count of one. | |
18873 | |
18874 H, h, ? This message. | |
18875 Digits provide prefix arguments. | |
18876 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. | |
18877 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. | |
18878 > move to the end of buffer. | |
18879 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. | |
27949 | 18880 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines. |
18881 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. | |
18882 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines. | |
18883 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. | |
18884 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18885 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix. | |
18886 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18887 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. | |
18888 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets | |
18889 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. | |
18890 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). | |
18891 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). | |
25876 | 18892 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. |
18893 Use this to view a changing file. | |
18894 \\[what-line] prints the current line number. | |
18895 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. | |
18896 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). | |
18897 . set the mark. | |
18898 x exchanges point and mark. | |
18899 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. | |
18900 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when | |
18901 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. | |
18902 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register. | |
18903 ' go to position saved in character register. | |
18904 s do forward incremental search. | |
18905 r do reverse incremental search. | |
18906 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. | |
18907 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. | |
18908 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start | |
18909 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. | |
18910 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. | |
18911 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. | |
18912 p searches backward for last regular expression. | |
18913 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. | |
18914 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. | |
18915 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started | |
18916 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. | |
18917 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. | |
18918 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. | |
18919 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. | |
18920 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. | |
18921 | |
18922 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was | |
27949 | 18923 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame |
18924 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will | |
18925 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer | |
18926 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, | |
18927 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] | |
18928 will return to that buffer. | |
25876 | 18929 |
18930 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil) | |
18931 | |
18932 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\ | |
18933 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. | |
18934 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist | |
18935 `view-return-to-alist'. | |
18936 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. | |
18937 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. | |
18938 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. | |
18939 | |
18940 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or | |
18941 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). | |
18942 WINDOW is a window used for viewing. | |
18943 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. | |
18944 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: | |
18945 1) nil Do nothing. | |
18946 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. | |
18947 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text | |
18948 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. | |
27949 | 18949 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. |
25876 | 18950 |
18951 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. | |
18952 | |
18953 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil) | |
18954 | |
18955 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\ | |
18956 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil) | |
18957 | |
18958 ;;;*** | |
18959 | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18960 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419)) |
25876 | 18961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el |
18962 | |
18963 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\ | |
18964 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil) | |
18965 | |
18966 ;;;*** | |
18967 | |
18968 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el" | |
43051 | 18969 ;;;;;; (15425 28363)) |
25876 | 18970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el |
18971 | |
18972 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18973 Toggle Viper on/off. | |
26724 | 18974 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil) |
25876 | 18975 |
18976 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\ | |
18977 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil) | |
18978 | |
18979 ;;;*** | |
18980 | |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
18981 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15390 29811)) |
28212 | 18982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el |
25876 | 18983 |
18984 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\ | |
18985 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. | |
18986 | |
18987 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the | |
18988 hotlist. | |
18989 | |
18990 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke | |
18991 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil) | |
18992 | |
18993 ;;;*** | |
18994 | |
38398 | 18995 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
18996 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 18997 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el |
18998 | |
38398 | 18999 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode)) |
19000 | |
19001 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\ | |
19002 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. | |
19003 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. | |
25876 | 19004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; |
38398 | 19005 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.") |
19006 | |
19007 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
19008 | |
19009 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func)) | |
19010 | |
19011 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\ | |
25876 | 19012 Toggle Which Function mode, globally. |
19013 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is | |
19014 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. | |
19015 | |
33002 | 19016 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, |
25876 | 19017 and off otherwise." t nil) |
19018 | |
19019 ;;;*** | |
19020 | |
39050 | 19021 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook |
19022 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region | |
37203 | 19023 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check |
19024 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check | |
19025 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19026 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474)) |
25998 | 19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el |
19028 | |
37203 | 19029 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\ |
19030 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
19031 | |
19032 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
19033 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
19034 | |
19035 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
19036 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
19037 | |
19038 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
19039 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil) | |
19040 | |
19041 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\ | |
19042 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil) | |
19043 | |
25998 | 19044 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\ |
33002 | 19045 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. |
19046 These are: | |
25998 | 19047 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). |
19048 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
19049 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). | |
19050 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). | |
19051 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. | |
19052 | |
19053 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file | |
19054 and: | |
19055 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or | |
19056 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil) | |
19057 | |
19058 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 19059 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil) |
25998 | 19060 |
19061 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\ | |
19062 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. | |
19063 | |
19064 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the | |
19065 whitespace problems." t nil) | |
19066 | |
19067 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\ | |
33002 | 19068 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil) |
19069 | |
19070 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\ | |
19071 Toggle global Whitespace mode. | |
19072 | |
19073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
19074 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' | |
19075 \(which see).") | |
19076 | |
19077 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
19078 | |
19079 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace)) | |
25998 | 19080 |
39050 | 19081 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\ |
19082 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. | |
19083 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. | |
19084 | |
19085 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to | |
19086 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil) | |
19087 | |
19088 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\ | |
19089 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when | |
19090 whitespace check is enabled." t nil) | |
19091 | |
25998 | 19092 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\ |
19093 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. | |
19094 | |
19095 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types | |
19096 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. | |
19097 | |
19098 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). | |
19099 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). | |
19100 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be | |
19101 replaced with TABS). | |
33002 | 19102 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). |
25998 | 19103 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. |
19104 | |
19105 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. | |
19106 | |
26724 | 19107 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace, |
19108 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: | |
25998 | 19109 |
19110 e - End-of-Line whitespace. | |
19111 i - Indentation whitespace. | |
19112 l - Leading whitespace. | |
19113 s - Space followed by Tab. | |
19114 t - Trailing whitespace. | |
19115 | |
19116 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a | |
26724 | 19117 !<y>. |
25998 | 19118 |
19119 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most | |
19120 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even | |
33002 | 19121 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost |
25998 | 19122 always they default to 8.) |
19123 | |
33002 | 19124 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to |
25998 | 19125 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or |
19126 even print it. | |
19127 | |
19128 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like | |
19129 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you | |
33002 | 19130 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these |
19131 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs | |
19132 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your | |
25998 | 19133 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between |
19134 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them | |
19135 to set smarttab.) | |
19136 | |
19137 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and | |
19138 merge problems. | |
19139 | |
19140 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and | |
33002 | 19141 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any |
19142 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil) | |
25998 | 19143 |
19144 ;;;*** | |
19145 | |
25876 | 19146 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19147 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15371 46418)) |
25876 | 19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el |
19149 | |
19150 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\ | |
19151 Browse the widget under point." t nil) | |
19152 | |
19153 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\ | |
19154 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil) | |
19155 | |
19156 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\ | |
19157 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil) | |
19158 | |
19159 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\ | |
19160 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. | |
19161 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
19162 | |
19163 ;;;*** | |
19164 | |
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19166 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15413 39890)) |
25876 | 19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el |
19168 | |
19169 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\ | |
19170 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. | |
19171 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil) | |
19172 | |
19173 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\ | |
29505 | 19174 Create widget of TYPE. |
25876 | 19175 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil) |
19176 | |
19177 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\ | |
19178 Delete WIDGET." nil nil) | |
19179 | |
19180 ;;;*** | |
19181 | |
27545 | 19182 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19183 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15371 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19184 ;;;;;; 46418)) |
27545 | 19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el |
19186 | |
19187 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\ | |
19188 Select the window to the left of the current one. | |
19189 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
19190 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
19191 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge | |
19192 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
19193 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
19194 | |
19195 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\ | |
19196 Select the window above the current one. | |
19197 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\" | |
19198 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is | |
19199 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for | |
19200 negative ARG) of the current window. | |
19201 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
19202 | |
19203 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\ | |
19204 Select the window to the right of the current one. | |
19205 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
19206 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window; | |
19207 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the | |
19208 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
19209 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
19210 | |
19211 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\ | |
19212 Select the window below the current one. | |
19213 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, | |
19214 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise | |
19215 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge | |
19216 \(for negative ARG) of the current window. | |
19217 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil) | |
19218 | |
19219 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\ | |
19220 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil) | |
19221 | |
19222 ;;;*** | |
19223 | |
28077 | 19224 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19225 ;;;;;; (15371 46418)) |
28077 | 19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el |
19227 | |
19228 (defvar winner-mode nil "\ | |
19229 Toggle winner-mode. | |
19230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect; | |
19231 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.") | |
19232 | |
19233 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable)) | |
19234 | |
19235 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner)) | |
19236 | |
19237 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\ | |
19238 Toggle Winner mode. | |
19239 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil) | |
19240 | |
19241 ;;;*** | |
19242 | |
28919 | 19243 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19244 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15413 39890)) |
28919 | 19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el |
19246 | |
19247 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\ | |
29505 | 19248 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). |
28919 | 19249 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. |
19250 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the | |
19251 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and | |
19252 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for | |
19253 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be | |
19254 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). | |
19255 | |
29505 | 19256 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC |
19257 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil) | |
28919 | 19258 |
19259 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
19260 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil) | |
19261 | |
19262 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\ | |
19263 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. | |
19264 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. | |
19265 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting | |
29505 | 19266 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. |
28919 | 19267 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to |
19268 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the | |
19269 `woman' command for further details." t nil) | |
19270 | |
19271 ;;;*** | |
19272 | |
25876 | 19273 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19274 ;;;;;; (15400 1475)) |
25876 | 19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el |
19276 | |
19277 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\ | |
19278 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. | |
19279 | |
19280 BUGS: | |
19281 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) | |
19282 are not implemented | |
19283 - Options for search and replace | |
19284 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange | |
19285 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction | |
19286 | |
19287 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work | |
19288 Emacs-like. | |
19289 | |
19290 The key bindings are: | |
19291 | |
19292 C-a backward-word | |
19293 C-b fill-paragraph | |
19294 C-c scroll-up-line | |
19295 C-d forward-char | |
19296 C-e previous-line | |
19297 C-f forward-word | |
19298 C-g delete-char | |
19299 C-h backward-char | |
19300 C-i indent-for-tab-command | |
19301 C-j help-for-help | |
19302 C-k ordstar-C-k-map | |
19303 C-l ws-repeat-search | |
19304 C-n open-line | |
19305 C-p quoted-insert | |
19306 C-r scroll-down-line | |
19307 C-s backward-char | |
19308 C-t kill-word | |
19309 C-u keyboard-quit | |
19310 C-v overwrite-mode | |
19311 C-w scroll-down | |
19312 C-x next-line | |
19313 C-y kill-complete-line | |
19314 C-z scroll-up | |
19315 | |
19316 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 | |
19317 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 | |
19318 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 | |
19319 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 | |
19320 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 | |
19321 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 | |
19322 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 | |
19323 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 | |
19324 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 | |
19325 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 | |
19326 C-k b ws-begin-block | |
19327 C-k c ws-copy-block | |
19328 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs | |
19329 C-k f find-file | |
19330 C-k h ws-show-markers | |
19331 C-k i ws-indent-block | |
19332 C-k k ws-end-block | |
19333 C-k p ws-print-block | |
19334 C-k q kill-emacs | |
19335 C-k r insert-file | |
19336 C-k s save-some-buffers | |
19337 C-k t ws-mark-word | |
19338 C-k u ws-exdent-block | |
19339 C-k C-u keyboard-quit | |
19340 C-k v ws-move-block | |
19341 C-k w ws-write-block | |
19342 C-k x kill-emacs | |
19343 C-k y ws-delete-block | |
19344 | |
19345 C-o c wordstar-center-line | |
19346 C-o b switch-to-buffer | |
19347 C-o j justify-current-line | |
19348 C-o k kill-buffer | |
19349 C-o l list-buffers | |
19350 C-o m auto-fill-mode | |
19351 C-o r set-fill-column | |
19352 C-o C-u keyboard-quit | |
19353 C-o wd delete-other-windows | |
19354 C-o wh split-window-horizontally | |
19355 C-o wo other-window | |
19356 C-o wv split-window-vertically | |
19357 | |
19358 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 | |
19359 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 | |
19360 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 | |
19361 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 | |
19362 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 | |
19363 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 | |
19364 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 | |
19365 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 | |
19366 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 | |
19367 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 | |
19368 C-q a ws-query-replace | |
19369 C-q b ws-to-block-begin | |
19370 C-q c end-of-buffer | |
19371 C-q d end-of-line | |
19372 C-q f ws-search | |
19373 C-q k ws-to-block-end | |
19374 C-q l ws-undo | |
19375 C-q p ws-last-cursorp | |
19376 C-q r beginning-of-buffer | |
19377 C-q C-u keyboard-quit | |
19378 C-q w ws-last-error | |
19379 C-q y ws-kill-eol | |
19380 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol | |
19381 " t nil) | |
19382 | |
19383 ;;;*** | |
19384 | |
43051 | 19385 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15384 |
19386 ;;;;;; 21744)) | |
25876 | 19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el |
19388 | |
19389 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\ | |
19390 Toggle XTerm mouse mode. | |
19391 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. | |
19392 | |
19393 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil) | |
19394 | |
19395 ;;;*** | |
19396 | |
19397 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism | |
43051 | 19398 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15401 43553)) |
25876 | 19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el |
19400 | |
19401 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\ | |
19402 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil) | |
19403 | |
19404 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\ | |
19405 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil) | |
19406 | |
19407 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\ | |
19408 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. | |
19409 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil) | |
19410 | |
19411 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\ | |
19412 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil) | |
19413 | |
19414 ;;;*** | |
19415 | |
43051 | 19416 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364)) |
30565 | 19417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el |
19418 | |
19419 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\ | |
19420 Zone out, completely." t nil) | |
19421 | |
19422 ;;;*** | |
19423 | |
25876 | 19424 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" |
42853
81b1c9e74efc
Updated to include w32-vars.el
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
42814
diff
changeset
|
19425 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15390 29811)) |
28212 | 19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el |
25876 | 19427 |
19428 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\ | |
42219
3465372c9239
loaddefs.el and finder-inf.el regenerated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
41587
diff
changeset
|
19429 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil) |
25876 | 19430 |
25998 | 19431 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\ |
19432 A mode for editing DNS zone files. | |
19433 | |
19434 Zone-mode does two things: | |
19435 | |
19436 - automatically update the serial number for a zone | |
19437 when saving the file | |
19438 | |
19439 - fontification" t nil) | |
25876 | 19440 |
19441 ;;;*** | |
19442 | |
43051 | 19443 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("w32-vars.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" |
19444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "finder-inf.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" | |
19445 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" | |
19446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" | |
19447 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" | |
19448 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" | |
19449 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" | |
19450 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "play/gametree.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" | |
19451 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" | |
19452 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el" | |
19453 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" | |
19454 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" | |
19455 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el" | |
19456 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" | |
19457 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" | |
19458 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el" | |
19459 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el" | |
19460 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el" | |
19461 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el" | |
19462 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el" | |
19463 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" | |
19464 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" | |
19465 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-store.el" | |
19466 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" | |
19467 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" | |
19468 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-map.el" | |
19469 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" | |
19470 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" | |
19471 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" | |
19472 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" | |
19473 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" | |
19474 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el" | |
19475 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" | |
19476 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" | |
19477 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" | |
19478 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" | |
19479 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" | |
19480 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" | |
19481 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mml.el" | |
19482 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" | |
19483 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" | |
19484 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" | |
19485 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" | |
19486 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" | |
19487 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el" | |
19488 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" | |
19489 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" | |
19490 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" | |
19491 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" | |
19492 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" | |
19493 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" | |
19494 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" | |
19495 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" | |
19496 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" | |
19497 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" | |
19498 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" | |
19499 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" | |
19500 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" | |
19501 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" | |
19502 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" | |
19503 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" | |
19504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" | |
19505 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" | |
19506 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" | |
19507 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" | |
19508 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" | |
19509 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" | |
19510 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" | |
19511 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" | |
19512 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el" | |
19513 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el" | |
19514 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el" | |
19515 ;;;;;; "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el" | |
19516 ;;;;;; "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el" | |
19517 ;;;;;; "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el" | |
19518 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/news.el" "term/mac-win.el" | |
19519 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" | |
19520 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" | |
19521 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el" | |
19522 ;;;;;; "unused.el" "uniquify.el" "timezone.el" "tcp.el" "subdirs.el" | |
19523 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el" "register.el" "regi.el" | |
19524 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-copy.el" | |
19525 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" | |
19526 ;;;;;; "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "dos-w32.el" "dos-vars.el" | |
19527 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "byte-run.el" "abbrev.el" | |
19528 ;;;;;; "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el" "buff-menu.el" "case-table.el" | |
19529 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" | |
19530 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "float-sup.el" | |
19531 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "format.el" "indent.el" "isearch.el" "pcvs-info.el" | |
19532 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "select.el" "vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" | |
19533 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "xscheme.el" "term/internal.el" "textmodes/fill.el" | |
19534 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" | |
19535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" | |
19536 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" | |
19537 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" | |
19538 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" | |
19539 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" | |
19540 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" | |
19541 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" | |
19542 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" | |
19543 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-math.el" | |
19544 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "international/characters.el" "international/iso-insert.el" | |
19545 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" | |
19546 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8-subst.el" "international/utf-8.el" "language/chinese.el" | |
19547 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/european.el" | |
19548 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" | |
19549 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" | |
19550 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" | |
19551 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" | |
19552 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-pick.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" | |
19553 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "bindings.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" | |
19554 ;;;;;; "ediff-hook.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" | |
19555 ;;;;;; "help.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el" "mouse.el" "replace.el" | |
19556 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" | |
19557 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "window.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" | |
19558 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" | |
19559 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "play/gamegrid.el" | |
19560 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/w32-win.el" | |
19561 ;;;;;; "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el") (15450 56890 602)) | |
42731
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19562 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19563 ;;;*** |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19564 |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19565 ;; Local Variables: |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19566 ;; version-control: never |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19567 ;; no-byte-compile: t |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19568 ;; no-update-autoloads: t |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19569 ;; End: |
7a19d4477f47
*** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents:
42730
diff
changeset
|
19570 ;;; loaddefs.elends here |